CD Actual 10/mycd10.iso/share/os2/utilidad/mesa204/mesa2doc.in_/mesa2doc.inf

OS/2 Help File | 1995-10-23 | 451.7 KB | 16,854 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. TUTORIAL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Try the tasks described in the following sections to get you started using Mesa
for OS/2.

     Exercises for Starting Mesa

     Exercises for Filling and Formatting Ranges

     Exercises for Including Graphics

     Exercises for Navigating Mesa

     Exercises for Saving, Printing, and Closing Files


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. What's new in Mesa 2.0.1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa 2.0.1 is the first upgrade of Mesa and is available free to all registered
Mesa users. It addresses a number of priority bugs that our users have pointed
out to us or that we've detected in-house, and includes a few additional
features we've added along the way.

The fixed bugs and new features are listed below by category:

     Desktop issues

     Printer issues

     Keyboard issues

     Menu and manager issues

     Pop-up menu and help panel issues

     Miscellaneous issues

 Also, we are listing here corrections to several errors in the Mesa User's
 Guide (see Errata). These errors have been corrected in the on-line help for
 Mesa 2.0.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1. Desktop issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Drag files onto open application

      You can now open Mesa files by right-dragging the file icon from the
      desktop onto the application window. Simply start the application and
      drag a file icon onto, for example, the display area of the application
      window.

     Eliminated video corruption

      Everyone's favorite bug. There was a problem with 2.0 that caused the
      desktop to fail to repaint windows properly when Mesa was closed (Mesa
      2.0 opened a handle to a presentation space that was not closed when the
      application was). We have worked around this problem within Mesa and it
      has been reported to IBM as a problem with OS/2's thread protection.

     Minimizing with open menu no longer causes lockup

      A problem with menus caused the entire system to lock up whenever a file
      window was minimized while a menu was opened. We have worked around this
      problem within Mesa and it has been reported to IBM as a problem with
      OS/2's menus.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2. Printer issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Optional multithreaded printing (printer crashes)

      Mesa 2.0 operated on a multithreaded printing model, wherein each
      workbook would open a separate thread to print on. This caused problems
      with certain print drivers, which would result in the application
      crashing if an attempt was made to print on anything other than thread
      #1.

      As a workaround to this problem, we have made multithreaded printing
      optional. If you are experiencing crashes when you attempt to print a
      file, please turn off the Background printing checkbox in the Preferences
      manager (see Preferences Manager in the on-line help) and try again.

      We recognize that this is not an ultimate solution, but we hope it will
      solve most of the immediate difficulties.

     Printing extra lines and pages

      We have received several bug reports related to extra lines and pages
      being printed on certain printer drivers. We hope most of these are fixed
      in 2.0.1. While we have tested the fixes on several printer drivers, we
      are unable to test all of them; if you experience problems of this sort,
      please provide us with the type of printer and printer driver (name,
      date, and size).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3. Keyboard issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Page Up/Down

     Delete

      These keys did not work properly in Mesa 2.0 for a variety of reasons. In
      2.0.1, Page Up and Page Down work normally (as specified by the CUA
      guidelines), the Delete/decimal point key on the numeric keypad works
      properly, and the Delete key works when editing the contents of the
      Formula Bar.

      The key bindings for Wrap and Unwrap are no longer (Alt+)Shift+F1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4. Menu and manager issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Help button on print panel works

      ' Nuff said.

     Long file names don't make the Selection Manager "throb"

      In Mesa 2.0, filenames longer than 14 characters would sometimes make the
      Selection Manager update itself constantly (interrupting any attempt to
      do anything useful).

     Mnemonics & shortcuts

      Several mnemonics have been reassigned to avoid duplication. The
      shortcuts for Wrap and Unwrap have been removed to avoid problems with
      the F1 key. Several errors in the on-line help related to keyboard
      shortcuts have been fixed.

     Control panels

      Numerous changes have been made to the Selection Manager and other
      control panels to improve the location and appearance of controls.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5. Pop-up menu and help panel issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     New RMB menus

      The layer RMB menu has been completely redesigned to include
      range-formatting, sorting, and similar functionality.

      The Script, Page Tab, Row Heading and Column Heading menus have been
      redesigned slightly.

      A Formula Bar menu has been added.

     New help panels

      Technical support information and legal and licensing information are now
      available through the help system. The help system has also been
      redesigned slightly to make certain information more readily accessible.

      Changes have been made to the text to correct errors in the original
      version, to clear up some confusing sections, and to reflect the changed
      functionality of v2.0.1. In addition, some graphics have been added to
      improve clarity, and more hooks into context-sensitive and RMB-based help
      have been added.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6. Miscellaneous issues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Drag and drop fonts onto windows

      The following areas of the file and application window now support drag
      and drop fonts from the Font Palette. This works just like fonts on a
      cell does in 2.0.

        -  Status bar

        -  Formula bar

        -  Row/column headings

        -  Location display

     Add help to config.sys in installer

      When Mesa 2.0.1 is installed, it should automatically include a reference
      to the location of the help files (the Installer configuration that
      shipped with 2.0 did not do this).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7. Errata ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following substantive errors appear in the printed User's Guide (and in the
equivalent sections of the 2.0 help files), and have been corrected in the
2.0.1 help files:

     (page 47) To resize a number of columns, select them and Ctrl+Drag the
      border. Resize a number of rows the same way.

     (page 62, 69) You cannot save a file with a file password.

     (page 68) File windows cannot be accessed through the Window List

     (page 68) Tile Horizontal is repeated. In fact, both Tile Vertical and
      Tile Horizontal should appear here.

     (page 69) To export a .wk1 file, add a ".wk1" extension to the file name.
      The File Type menu will not work for this purpose.

     (page 117) Wedges cannot be pulled out of pie graphs.

     (page 125) The example given of graphing discontinuous ranges is
      incorrect. The references should be relative rather than absolute for
      this to work properly.

     (page 213) The MScript function RANGE() does not select a range. Rather,
      it returns a reference to it.

     (page 217) The Print command doesn't print scripts.

     (page 224) The Alt+F2 accelerator for Numbers to Strings is not
      documented.

     (page 228) The Ctrl+t accelerator for Times is not documented.

     (page 228) The Alt+. accelerator for General is not documented.

     (page 231) The Ctrl+Alt+/ accelerator for MM/DD is not documented.

     (page 231) The Alt+/ accelerator for MM/DD/YY is not documented.

     (page 231) The Alt+; accelerator for Time-HMS12 is not documented.

     (page 231) The Alt+: accelerator for Time-HMS24 is incorrectly
      documented.

     (page 231) The Ctrl+; accelerator for Time-HM12 is incorrectly
      documented.

     (page 231) The Ctrl+: accelerator for Time-HM24 is incorrectly
      documented.

     (page 238) The Ctrl+Tab accelerator for Fill Right is not documented.

     (page 241) The Ctrl+Alt+g accelerator for Graph Settings is not
      documented.

     (page 242) The Ctrl+Alt+h accelerator for Hi/Lo is not documented.

     (page 243) The Ctrl+Alt+r accelerator for 3-D Ribbon is not documented.

     (page 245) The Ctrl+Alt+k accelerator for Keys Help is not documented.

     (page 274) The reference to "DOS-formatted floppy disks" applies to all
      non-FAT floppy disks.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. What's new in Mesa 2.0.2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa 2.0.2 is our second upgrade of Mesa and is available free to all
registered Mesa users. It addresses a number of feature requests that our users
have made to us.

     Support for OS/2 System Settings

      Mesa now reads its default currency and numeric settings directly from
      the desktop. This can be overriden within the Preferences panel, if you
      like.

      See the on-line help for Preferences for more information.

     File passwords

      You can now save files with passwords. 2.0.2 files saved with passwords
      can still be read by earlier versions of Mesa, although the earlier
      versions do not check for passwords, nor do they save out passwords once
      a file has been opened. (Yes, this means that a copy of 2.0.1 works as a
      password-cracker for 2.0.2 files. We decided that backwards-compatibility
      was more important at this stage of the game.)

      See on-line help for the Password panel for more information.

     Direct manipulation of color and fonts for graphs

      You can drag and drop color from the OS/2 color palette directly onto
      various parts of a graph. This is documented more extensively under
      "Changing the appearance of a graph" in the on-line help.

      A few notes here:

        -  Drag and drop color directly onto bars, columns, etc. does not work
           yet. Instead, you can drag color onto the legend boxes associated
           with each set of bars, columns, etc.

        -  Drag and drop color onto three-dimensional graph axes doesn't work
           yet.

     Improved file import and export

      Mesa now supports full import and export for WK1, WK3, and XLS (Excel 3 &
      4 workbook) files. We have also fixed a variety of import/export bugs
      that have been reported.

     Dynamic Data Exchange

      Mesa now supports DDE links, both as client and server, to other OS/2 and
      Windows DDE applications. There are still some bugs that creep up now and
      then with other applications, but we decided to ship the existing
      functionality primarily because it allows Mesa-to-Mesa file linking, a
      frequently-requested feature.

      See "Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)" in the on-line help for more info.

     Zoom

      You can now magnify or shrink a Mesa workbook: zoom out to get "the big
      picture" of a range of data, or zoom in to get a larger picture. Among
      other things, this allows us to solve the "default font is too small!"
      complaint while not giving up WYSIWYG screen-to-printer compatibility.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. What's New In Mesa 2.0.4 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa 2.0.4 is the third upgrade of Mesa since its release in 1994 and is
available free to all registered Mesa users. The upgrade contains several new
features and modifications, including those suggested by our users. These are
listed below by category:

     New Features

     Expanded File Compatibility

     User Interface Familiarity

 In addition, the performance of Mesa has been improved with enhancements to
 display and recalculation routines.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1. New Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Script Recorder

      Mesa now automatically records all MScript commands executed within the
      Workbook during a current session. Portions of the Script History
      clipboard may be used to generate Script layers (see Recording Actions in
      a Script in the on-line help).

     Formula Builder

      The Formula Builder view contains a list of all the formula functions
      currently available in Mesa, as well as a brief description of each
      function and an example of how it can be used. Users can select formula
      functions from the Formula Builder view and insert them directly into the
      Formula Bar (see Formula-building shortcuts in the on-line help).

     TextBox Graphics

      TextBox graphics allow users to enter and store text which is independent
      of cell contents. This feature is handy when annotating graphs and
      labeling cells. TextBox's can be moved, stacked, copied, resized, and
      deleted like any other graphic. Users can drag and drop colors and fonts
      to customize TextBox appearance (see Creating shapes and Manipulating
      Graphics in the on-line help for more information).

     SmartSize

      Users can resize Row height and Column width to "shrink-wrap" around cell
      text by double-clicking on the lines separating Row and Column labels
      after the text has been typed. For more information on sizing rows and
      columns see Rows and columns in the on-line help.

     In-Cell Editing

      By popular demand, the option of editing cell contents directly within
      the cell is now available. This feature can be turned on or off in the
      Options->Preferences... panel. If In-Cell Editing is off, all contents
      editing will take place in the Formula Bar. (For more information on
      editing cell contents see Editing cell contents in the on-line help.)

     Print Preview

      Allows users to review the appearance of their work prior to printing.
      See Print Preview Panel in the on-line help for more information.

     Additional MScript Commands

      Several new MScript commands have been added to Mesa, including FIND,
      SORT, REPLACE, REPLACEALL, SIZEROW and SIZECOL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2. Expanded File Compatibility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Import and export of WK4 format files

     Import of the QuattroPro WB1 format files

     Improved ASCII file import

      The current ASCII import allows users to choose between tab, space, and
      comma-delimetered files. In addition, users can choose file line
      termination of CR, LF, or both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.3. User Interface Familiarity ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Workbook Page Tabs

      Page Tabs, which are used to maneuver between different Worksheets, are
      now located at the bottom of the page. Users can change Page Tab fonts
      via drag and drop, or turn the Tabs off entirely. For more information on
      using Page Tabs see Using Page Tabs and Moving Between Pages in the
      on-line help.

     Improved Keyboard Manipulation and Mouse Actions

      New keystroke and mouse-action definitions have been introduced to
      enhance Mesa's usability. For more information, see Moving Within a Page
      and Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges in the on-line help.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. INTRODUCTION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section introduces some of the basic concepts that will assist you in
learning to use Mesa for OS/2.

Using the OS/2 Workplace Shell provides a brief introduction to the OS/2
operating system and to techniques for manipulating Mesa files and programs.

Using Spreadsheets provides a general overview of the structure and purpose of
spreadsheet software.

Using Mesa provides an overview of features available in Mesa for OS/2 of which
you should be aware.

Technical Support provides contact information for finding out more about Mesa
for OS/2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1. Using the OS/2 Workplace Shell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Workplace Shell(TM) is the graphical interface that lets you work with OS/2
objects and operating system features. It is your view of the OS/2 operating
system.

The screen, or desktop, is designed to represent a physical workplace, and
contains various types of objects, displayed as icons (pictures representing
items in your work environment). The following different kinds of objects are
supplied with the Workplace Shell:

     Program-file objects and program objects, which contain or refer to
      executable applications like Mesa.

     Data-file objects which contain information, such as Mesa workbook files.

     Device objects, which represent physical devices like printers and
      modems.

     Folder objects which can contain other objects.

 When using Mesa, you will be primarily interested in programs and data files.

 To start a program, simply double-click the program-file icon. For example,
 when you double-click the Mesa program icon, the Mesa application window is
 opened. See The Mesa Application Window for a complete description of this
 window.

 Similarly, double-click a data-file icon to open the file. Whenever you open a
 data file, the operating system either starts an application to view that
 file, or uses an already-running application window to view it. For example,
 when you double-click a Mesa file, either:

     a file window is opened within an existing Mesa application window, if
      Mesa is already running; or

     Mesa is launched, and a file window is then opened within that
      application window.

 Related topics:

     Using Direct Manipulation

     Using Object-Oriented Commands

     Using Menus

     Using Minimized Windows


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.1. Using Direct Manipulation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most OS/2 machines are equipped with an input device called a mouse, which
allows easy manipulation of desktop icons.

For example, to copy a file from one place to another in many operating
systems, you must type some sort of "copy" command, the name of the file you
wish to copy, and the desired location of the copy. In OS/2, you just hold down
the Ctrl key and use the mouse to drag and drop a data-file object,
representing the file, onto a folder object, representing its new location.

Like OS/2, Mesa includes a graphical user interface (or GUI) that allows
important actions to be performed with the mouse through direct manipulation of
icons.

See:

     Using the mouse

     Manipulating icons


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.1.1. Using the mouse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To get the most out of Mesa, you should be familiar with using the mouse to
point, click, double-click, and drag icons. Use the on-line OS/2 Tutorial to
learn more (see OS/2 Documentation for more information).

Usually, you will be instructed to perform an action on an object; the use of
the mouse will be assumed. For example, the phrase "Double-click the program
object" means:

   1. Move the mouse until the mouse pointer is pointing to the program object.

   2. Double-click.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.1.2. Manipulating icons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Some commands can be applied to an object simply by direct manipulation of an
icon with the mouse. For example, if you want to move a range, simply:

   1. Select the range.

   2. Right-drag the range until it is where you want it.

      Notice how the entire selected area, along with the cell contents, is
      displayed as you move it around the layer. This allows you to see exactly
      where you are about to move the range, and what information (if any) will
      be overwritten.

 Since direct manipulation of icons is among the easiest ways to perform an
 action, Mesa supports it whenever possible. Each mouse action has a specific
 result, which varies depending on the object being manipulated.

 In general, mouse actions in Mesa have the following results:

     Click an object to select it or to execute its function (and deselect the
      current selection).

     Right-click an object to open an object-oriented pop-up menu (see Using
      Menus).

     Right drag an object to move it.

     Ctrl+right-drag an object to create a copy of it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.2. Using Object-Oriented Commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most Mesa commands are designed to be applied to some object. Applying a
command to an object is a 2-step process:

   1. Select the object you want the command to affect.

   2. Choose the command you want to apply.

 This may seem counterintuitive at first, since the English language tends to
 work the other way around. When we talk about actions, we usually mention the
 action first, then the object of the action - we talk about "underlining a
 phrase", "entering a sequence of numbers", "typing a word", "deleting a
 range", and so forth. In object-oriented programs like Mesa, however, the
 sequence is reversed. It's like saying "this phrase: underline it!" or "this
 sequence: enter it!". First you select the object, then you choose the
 command.

 For example, to make the contents of cells A1:D5 red:

   1. Select A1:D5.

   2. Choose Range  Text Color Red ().

 There are exceptions to this rule. For example, to open a file:

   1. Choose File Open... (Ctrl+o).

   2. Select the file you want to open from the list box.

 In that case, you selected the command first, then the object to apply it to.

 However, although there are exceptions, the general principle of "object, then
 command" is important to remember.

 See also:

     Selecting objects


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.2.1. Selecting objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In general, when you select an object you automatically deselect all other
objects. In all cases, the selected item(s) will be highlighted in some way to
let you know that they are selected.

     Visible objects: You can select most objects simply by clicking them.

     Ranges: To select a range using the mouse, click and drag the mouse
      pointer from one corner of the desired range to the other. You can also
      select one corner and Shift+clicking the opposite corner. If you drag the
      mouse outside the file window, the window will automatically scroll in
      the direction of the mouse and the selected range will be extended.

      To select a range via the keyboard: select the cell corresponding to one
      corner of the range, hold down the Shift key, and move the base cell with
      the arrow keys to expand the selection in the appropriate direction.

     Sections of text: Whenever text can be edited directly (for example,
      inside the Formula Bar, or when writing a script), you can double-click a
      word to select it or drag the mouse from one character to another to
      select all the characters in between.

     Rows and columns: Click a column or row heading to select the entire
      column or row. Drag from one heading to another to select a series of
      columns or rows.

     Entire layers: Click the layer heading (the area above the row headings
      and to the left of the column headings) to select all the cells in the
      layer, or choose Edit Select Layer (Ctrl+/)

     If you are looking for specific contents or values, choose Edit Find...
      (Ctrl+f) and enter the items you are looking for.

     If you know the address or the name of the object you are looking for,
      choose Edit GoTo... (Ctrl+g) and enter the name or address.

 See Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.3. Using Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most Mesa commands are available through the menu structure, namely through the
Menu Bar or through context-specific pop-up menus.

     When you click or press an option on the menu bar, a pull-down menu
      appears. The pull-down menu contains a listing of direct actions and/or
      sub-menus associated with the option originally selected from the menu
      bar. For example, when you click Edit on the menu bar, all options
      associated with the command Edit will appear listed below.

     When you right-click an object on the screen, a pop-up menu appears.
      Pop-up menus behave just like pull-down menus. However, pop-up menus
      contain choices associated with a particular object rather than with the
      application as a whole. For example, by right-clicking the Status Bar,
      you obtain a pop-up menu containing options relevant only to the Status
      Bar. All pop-up menus include a Help option which, when selected,
      provides a description of the right-clicked object. This is known as
      context-sensitive help.

 Menus contain action choices, which cause something to happen when selected,
 and routing choices, which display additional choices when selected.

 If a menu item is followed by an ellipsis (...), it is a routing choice that
 opens a control panel (see Mesa Control Panels). If a menu item is followed by
 a right arrow, it is a routing choice that opens a submenu (also known as a
 cascaded menu). Otherwise, it is an action choice. Click any choice to execute
 it.

 If a menu item is written in gray rather than black, it is grayed out and
 unavailable.

 See Menu Commands for a full description of Mesa's menu structure.

 See also:

     Using mnemonics and shortcuts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.3.1. Using mnemonics and shortcuts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every menu item contains an easy-to-remember character that selects that choice
whenever it is available, called a mnemonic. For example, the mnemonic for the
Graphics menu is G. The mnemonic for a menu choice is always underlined as part
of that choice.

To open a menu from the menu bar, press Alt+mnemonic. To select an item from an
open menu, simply press the mnemonic key. For example, press Alt+F to open the
File menu, then press O to choose the Open... command within that menu.

Note:   Because the ToolBar and the menu bar are two instances of the same kind
       of object, mnemonics will not work as expected if the ToolBar is
       visible. They will work normally if the ToolBar is hidden. See The
       ToolBar for more information.

 Many menu items also offer keyboard shortcuts, which are keys or combinations
 of keys that can be pressed at any time to perform an action. Shortcuts are
 usually combinations of Alt, Shift, Ctrl, and other keys, and are listed next
 to the menu item.

 For example, you can press Ctrl+o at any time to select the File -> Open...
 choice, whether the File menu is open or not.

 See Keyboard Equivalents for a full listing of keyboard shortcuts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.4. Using Minimized Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Click the Minimize button to minimize a window (see The Mesa Application
Window). When you minimize the Mesa application window, the program continues
to run but the window is replaced by a minimized window icon.

The minimized window icon is placed either on the desktop or in OS/2's
Minimized Window Viewer, depending on the window settings. The application
window can be re-opened by double-clicking the minimized window icon, or by
double-clicking the name of the window in the Window List.

See IBM's Using the Operating System document (the OS/2 manual) for more
information about minimizing application windows.

When you minimize a Mesa file window, the file remains open but the window is
replaced by a minimized window icon, which appears in the display area of the
Mesa application window. Like minimized applications, minimized Mesa files can
be re-opened by double-clicking the minimized window icon, or by
double-clicking the name of the window in the window list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2. Using Spreadsheets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A spreadsheet is an application that organizes information in a series of
boxes, or cells. Traditional spreadsheets like Mesa arrange cells in rows
(horizontally) and columns (vertically), using letters to label the columns and
numbers to label the rows.

A grid of rows and columns like this is referred to in Mesa as a layer.
Individual cells within a layer can be identified uniquely through the column
and row that intersect at them. For example, the upper-left cell in any layer
is in column A and row 1. The cell's address is therefore A1.

A rectangular set of cells can be addressed using the addresses of two cells at
diagonally opposite corners of the rectangle. For example, the cells B2 and D7
define a rectangular set of 18 cells.

A rectangular set of cells is called a range. Since most of the operations you
perform in Mesa will be performed in or on ranges, it is important to know how
to refer to them. The range address for the range just described, for example,
is commonly written B2:D7, although Mesa will accept a number of alternate
syntaxes (see Addressing Part of a Layer for a full listing).

When a range is selected, every cell in the range is highlighted, but one and
only one cell is specially outlined. The outline indicates the base cell.
Generally speaking, when only a single cell can be affected by an operation,
but a range of cells is selected, only the base cell is affected. For example,
if you select a range and choose Edit  Clear Special Single Cell
(Ctrl+Shift+X) (a command that empties only a single cell of all its contents),
the base cell will be cleared.

By default, the base cell will always be the first cell you select when
selecting a range. You can change the base cell within the selected range by
using the arrow keys, Return, Enter, Tab, and other movement commands (see
Moving Within a Page for more details).

Mesa allows you to select and address discontinuous ranges - that is, ranges
that are not rectangular. Again, see Addressing Part of a Layer for a
description of how to address such ranges.

See also:

     Constants and Formulas

     Other Layer Contents

     3-D Workbooks


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.1. Constants and Formulas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Any cell in a layer can contain a constant, which is usually either a number or
a text entry. Numbers are sometimes called numeric constants, and text entries
are sometimes called string constants. (Text entries are called "labels" in
some other spreadsheets. In Mesa, they are never referred to in this way.)

 These constants can be entered into cells in a variety of ways (see Entering
Constants). Additionally, cells can contain arrays - sets of multiple constants
- composed of numbers and text entries (see Arrays of constants).

Instead of simply holding a constant value, a cell can be made to calculate its
own value by using a formula. A formula can be as simple as an echo (e.g; the
formula =A1 returns whatever value is in A1) or a simple math formula (e.g; the
formula =A1 * A2 will return the product of the values in A1 and A2; therefore,
if A1 contains 1000 and A2 contains 50, =A1*A2 will return 50,000) or can be a
complex equation using mathematical, scientific, financial, conditional and
other special functions. See Types of Functions for more information.

Note:   In order to remain compatible with other popular spreadsheets, Mesa
       supports Microsoft Excel(TM) -style and Lotus 1-2-3(TM) -style formula
       syntax. If you are familiar with building formulas in either of these
       styles, you will be able to write formulas in Mesa without needing to
       learn a new style.

 Usually, if there is a formula in a cell, you will not see the formula;
 instead, Mesa will display the value the formula returns. The formula itself
 will appear in the Formula Bar if that cell is selected, so you can examine
 and edit it (see The Mesa Application Window).

 The ability to build formulas that can calculate their own value is what makes
 a spreadsheet a data-modeling tool. You can arrange your data visually on a
 page, in any way that is meaningful to you, and you can write formulas that
 capture the relationships between the data. This is the most fundamentally
 important part of any spreadsheet program.

 See Types of formulas for more information about formulas in Mesa 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.2. Other Layer Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to values and formulas, cells can contain formatting information
that determines the appearance of the cell - color, size, style and alignment
of text, and so forth. Formatting information can completely alter the
appearance of the value that the cell displays.

You can use Mesa's formatting to present information in a clear, dramatic
fashion, by displaying critical information in different colors or fonts, by
connecting related information with lines and borders, by displaying values in
different formats, and in many other ways. See Formatting a Range for more
information about Mesa's formatting features.

You can also graph a range to display the values in it graphically, and call
attention to critical information and relationships by placing shapes
(rectangles, ovals, arrows, etc.) directly along with your data. See Including
Graphics for more information about Mesa graphics facilities.

Mesa files can also contain Tools, which are graphics that execute a sequence
of commands when clicked. Because they can be customized and placed wherever
you want them, Tools are a powerful way of making Mesa's functionality easily
accessible. See Placing commands where you want them for an introduction to
Mesa Tools.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.3. 3-D Workbooks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you open a Mesa file, the first thing you see is a a collection of rows
and columns - a layer of cells.

However, that layer is only the first page of a multiple-page workbook, which
can contain many pages of different types. You can think of a workbook as a
three-ring binder that contains data and calculations, presentations, notes and
reminders, checklists for performing common tasks, and other items related to a
particular project or person.

For example, you might have a workbook containing sales information for a
number of related products in a given month. For clarity, you could keep
product information for each product in a separate layer. You can build layers
that refer to information in other layers to collate that information into
total sales statements and comparative analyses of product success. You can
graph that information and drop the graph directly into a layer, next to the
information it represents. And you can keep all of these calculations, data,
graphs, and reports together in a single file.

See Moving Within a Workbook for more information about navigating through the
pages of a Mesa workbook file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3. Using Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     The Mesa Application Window

     Mesa File Windows

     Mesa Control Panels

     Special Mesa Features


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1. The Mesa Application Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Standard window features

     The ToolBar

     The Formula Bar

     The Status Bar


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1.1. Standard window features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following parts of the Mesa application window are standard OS/2 window
features:

     Window sizing buttons

      Click the left-hand button to minimize the window (see Using Minimized
      Windows).

      Click the right-hand button to maximize the window (causing it to fill
      the entire screen). If the window is already maximized, click this button
      to restore it to its normal size.

     Window border

      Drag the sides of the yellow rectangular border to change the width or
      the height of the window. Drag the corners to change both at once.

      If you resize or move a window, Mesa remembers the new size and location
      of the window the next time that workbook is opened.

     Title bar

      Double-click the title bar to maximize the window. If the window is
      already maximized, click this button to restore it to its normal size.

      Drag the title bar to move the window.

     Title bar icon

      Click to open the OS/2 System Menu (see The System Menu).

      Double-click to close the application window and exit Mesa (see Quitting
      Mesa).

     Menu bar

      Click or drag any item in this bar to open that menu. For example, click
      File to open the File menu.

      See Menu Commands for a full description.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1.2. The ToolBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Mesa ToolBar is a collection of buttons that activate commonly used Mesa
features. It can be hidden and displayed using Options Show/Hide ToolBar
(Ctrl+Shift+T).

Note:   Because the ToolBar and the menu bar are two instances of the same kind
       of object, some menu functions are not available if the ToolBar is
       displayed. In particular, mnemonics (like Alt+F for File) will not work
       as expected. The menus will work normally if the ToolBar is hidden.

 Click on any ToolBar button to execute a command. The available buttons are:

     New

      Opens a new file. (See Creating a new file from within Mesa.)

     Open

      Opens an existing file. (See Opening an existing file from within Mesa.)

     Save

      Saves the current file. (See Saving a File.)

     Print

      Prints the current page, range, and/or graphic (see Printing a File).

     Copy

      Puts a copy of the current selection onto the clipboard (see Copying a
      range).

     Paste

      Puts a copy of the current clipboard contents into the current range (see
      Transferring data between ranges).

     Fill Smart Right

      Fills the current selection with a sequence of values or an Inherited
      formula based on the first column (see Filling and SmartFilling a range).

     Fill Smart Down

      Fills the current selection with a sequence of values or an Inherited
      formula based on the first row (see Filling and SmartFilling a range).

     Sum

      Places a sum formula in or near the current selection, depending on its
      shape and location (see Smart math).

     Bold

      Bolds selected cells (see Typeface, font, and size).

     Italic

      Italicizes selected cells (see Typeface, font, and size).

     Under

      Places a border underneath each cell in the current selection (see Using
      Borders).

     Outline

      Places a border around the entire current selection (see Using Borders).

     Preferences

      Opens the Preferences panel, which lets you set the global behavior of
      the application and of new workbooks. See Preferences Manager for more
      information.

     Selection Manager

      Opens the Selection Manager, which lets you control various properties of
      ranges, graphs, and other objects within the current workbook. See The
      Mesa Selection Manager for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1.3. The Formula Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Mesa Formula Bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell in an
editable panel. When you want to enter data into a cell or edit the existing
contents of a cell, you will do so through the Formula Bar.

This is particularly useful for editing long entries or formulas, since the
full cell contents are displayed here no matter what is displayed in the cell
itself. For example, if a cell contains the number 3.1415926, it may be set to
display only to a fixed precision - for example, 3.1416 - within the cell.
Nevertheless, the Formula Bar will contain the entire number.

Click anywhere in the Formula Bar to create an insertion point which lets you
edit the contents directly. See Editing cell contents for more information
about using the Formula Bar to edit a cell.

To the left of the Formula Bar is the location display, which displays the
address of the currently selected base cell. You can click the location display
to open the GoTo panel. See Moving Within a Workbook for more information about
GoTo and other navigational tools.

You can drag fonts from the Font Palette onto the Formula Bar and the location
display to change the font. See Font Palette for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1.4. The Status Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Mesa Status Bar is segmented into several sections which display various
information about the workbook, as well as cell formatting information and
keyboard status. Each segment of the status bar has a corresponding pop-up
menu, which may be accessed by right-clicking the segment. To obtain a listing
of options in each pop-up menu, simply double click the segment titles below.
From left to right, the status bar segments are:

     The Abacus or recalc icon

      The Abacus animates whenever a recalculation is in progress. To update
      cell values in the current layer, simply click on the icon (see
      Recalculating values).

     Operation Status Segment

      This segment of the Status Bar displays warnings and error messages (see
      Warnings and Errors in the on-line help). Also, whenever you begin an
      operation that will take a long time, a colored bar fills the segment in
      proportion to how much of the operation has been completed. When the
      colored bar completely fills the segment, the operation is finished. In
      addition, this segment of the status bar provides a brief explanation of
      the Tool Bar Options whenever you point the mouse to any Tool Bar button.

     Font and Font Size

      Displays the font and the font size inside a selected cell, or inside the
      base cell of a selected range.

     Cell Text Alignment

      Displays the type of text alignment within a selected cell, or inside the
      base cell of a selected range.

     Keyboard Status

      Displays the currently active keyboard flags, such as Number Lock,
      Insert, and Caps Lock. In addition, this segment displays End every time
      the End-key is pressed.

 You can hide or re-display the status bar and recalc icon using Options
 Show/Hide Status Bar ().

 You can drag fonts from the Font Palette onto the different segments of the
 status bar to change the font of the messages that appear there. See Font
 Palette for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.2. Mesa File Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you open a Mesa file, it appears in its own window, inside the application
window.

Each file window contains a separate border, title bar, title bar icon, border,
and maximize and minimize button. These controls affect the file window within
the application exactly the same way that the equivalent controls on the
application window affect the application window within the desktop.

For example, when you maximize a file window, it takes up the entire display
area of the application window, and when you double-click the title bar icon of
a file window, the file window closes. See The Mesa Application Window for more
information about these tools.

Additionally, every Mesa file window includes the following tools for
navigating within a file:

     Page Tabs

      Every Mesa file is a 3-D workbook that can contain hundreds of pages.
      (See 3-D Workbooks for an introduction to Mesa workbook files.)

      Every page in the workbook has a Page Tab associated with it, and these
      Tabs are displayed at the bottom of the file window. These tabs allow you
      to navigate between pages in a workbook. You can also rename and
      otherwise manipulate pages using the Page Tabs.

      The Page Tab representing the current page is always highlighted. To
      select a different page, click the Tab for that page. For example, click
      the Page Tab labelled B to display layer B.

      See Using Page Tabs for more information.

     Scroll bars

      The vertical and horizontal scroll bars can be used to view different
      parts of a page, whenever the current page cannot fit in the file window
      all at once. Click the scroll bars to move through the file window by
      screens.

      For example:

        1. Click the horizontal scrollbar to the right of the slider box.
           Notice how a new set of columns is displayed in the file window.

        2. Click the horizontal scrollbar to the left of the slider box. Notice
           how the original set of columns is displayed again.

        3. Click the vertical scrollbar below, then above, the slider box.
           Notice how a new set of rows is displayed in the file window,
           followed by the original rows.

           The Page Tab scrollbar can be used to view different Page Tabs,
           whenever the full set of Tabs cannot fit in the file window all at
           once. It behaves just like the other scrollbars.

           Scrollbars have no effect on the actual data, only on what you see.

     Slider boxes

      Slide a slider box back and forth to display adjacent areas of the page.
      For example, slide the horizontal slider box from the left side of the
      scroll bar to the right side of the scroll bar. Notice how the page
      scrolls past the file window, horizontally.

      The slider box indicates what portion of the file you are currently
      viewing in that window. For example, if both slider boxes are at the
      midpoints of the scroll bars, you are viewing approximately the center of
      the page.

     Scroll buttons

      Press and hold the up, down, right, or left scroll buttons to scroll
      through the file window, or click them to move by a small amount in that
      direction.

 See also Layer-specific control areas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.2.1. Layer-specific control areas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Several control areas are unique to a particular type of page: layers of data
have one set of controls, and script pages have a different set of controls.

The following controls are available only when a layer of data is displayed:

     Row and column headings

      These areas, to the left of each row and above each column, label the
      rows and columns, allowing you to see where you are in a layer of data at
      all times. Additionally, you can directly manipulate the headings and the
      borders between them in various ways, allowing you to select, move, copy
      and resize rows and columns. The default heading font and font size has
      been set to 14. Helvetica Bold for easier reading.

      You can also drop colors and fonts onto the row/column headings to change
      their appearance. The file window must be active in order to do this.

      See Rows and columns and Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges for more
      information.

     Layer selection button

      Click this button (to the left of the column headings and above the row
      headings) to select the entire layer.

 You can also think of the cells themselves as a control device, since you can
 directly manipulate cells to select them, move or copy them from place to
 place, and perform other operations. Techniques for direct manipulation of
 cells are listed in the sections of this document describing the individual
 operations - for example, directions for drag-and-drop moving and copying of
 ranges are given in Copying a range and Moving a range.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.3. Mesa Control Panels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa includes several special windows that control the properties of objects in
a file, customize Mesa's behavior, perform operations on data, etc. Unlike the
application and file windows, these control panels are simply collections of
related buttons, data fields, and other controls. When a particular piece of
information or action is required, these panels appear to prompt the user, and
disappear again when their purpose is served.

The Mesa Selection Manager is a general-purpose, notebook-style control panel
that controls properties of the currently selected object. For a complete
description of the Selection Manager, see The Mesa Selection Manager.

Another important control panel is the Preferences Manager, which allows you to
set the default behavior of Mesa (see Preferences Manager).

For more details about Mesa control panels, see Other Control Panels.

Most Mesa control panels are modeless - that is, it is possible to do other
things while they are open. For example, you can usually open a control panel,
begin an operation within that control panel, click a file window to check some
data, and return to the control panel to finish the operation. Modeless control
panels give you more control over how you interact with Mesa 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.4. Special Mesa Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa for OS/2 is designed to be easy to learn and easy to use, while still
providing a powerful tool for data analysis and presentation. If you have used
Lotus 1-2-3(TM) , Quattro Pro(TM) , Microsoft Excel(TM) , or other traditional
spreadsheets, you will find Mesa relatively familiar in terms of general
layout, available features, and fundamental behavior.

However, Mesa also offers some unique tools for performing common tasks. We
introduce a few of those features here, to give you a feeling for how Mesa may
differ from what you are accustomed to. These features are described in detail
elsewhere in the Mesa documentation.

See:

     Drag and Drop ranges

     SmartFill and Formula Inheritance

     REXX scripts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.4.1. Drag and Drop ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Ranges of data can be directly manipulated in Mesa - you can pick them up, move
them elsewhere on a layer, drop them into a graph to be graphed, and generally
treat them as objects. For example, if you want to copy a range of data from
one place to another, simply Ctrl+right-drag it the way you would a file on the
desktop. If you are in the habit of cutting and pasting ranges of data,
learning to manipulate them directly will save you time and energy.

See Copying a range and Moving a range for more details.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.4.2. SmartFill and Formula Inheritance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The power of any spreadsheet is based on the ability of cells to refer to other
cells to calculate their values. For example, you can have a formula in one
cell that displays the sum of several other cells.

Mesa takes this concept a step further, and allows a cell to refer to other
cells to calculate its own formula, as well. For example, one cell can refer to
another to determine whether it should display the sum, the product, or the
variance of several other cells.

Rather than copy and paste a long formula into multiple cells (and copy and
paste it again and again whenever you change the formula), you can make one
cell automatically inherit its formula from another cell (this is sometimes
referred to as Formula Inheritance). That way, when you change the formula,
every copy of the formula will automatically change as well, without you having
to worry about it.

Use SmartFill to fill a range with inherited formulas: just select a range and
choose Range  Fill Fill Smart with Base Cell (Shift+Enter). If the base cell
contains a formula, the range will inherit that formula.

If you SmartFill a range with something other than a formula, Mesa
automatically creates a dynamic sequence of values. For example, if the base
cell contains the value January, the range will return the values February,
March, April, etc. Since the sequence is dynamic, if you change the base cell
to Monday, the range will automatically display Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
etc.

See Filling and SmartFilling a range for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.4.3. REXX scripts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can save yourself a great deal of time and effort in creating, editing, and
maintaining workbooks by using Mesa scripts - automated procedures that can be
executed with the click of a button. You can also build more powerful tools in
REXX that interact with the OS/2 workplace shell and with other applications.

Mesa scripts are written in REXX, a standard OS/2 programming language that is
powerful, but easy to learn and use. Each script is saved as a separate page in
the 3-D workbook file, which you can edit or execute.

You can also set scripts to autoexecute when a workbook is opened or closed, to
automate setup and cleanup procedures.

See Automating commands for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.4. Technical Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Your copy of Mesa includes 90 days of free limited technical support. During
this period, you can obtain technical support for Mesa via e-mail at
[e-mail] or fax [phone].

Additional technical support is available in one-year increments. Contact
Athena Design or your local OS/2 reseller for more details.

Please include your license number in all correspondence with Athena Design.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. GETTING STARTED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section covers the topics you will need to know about in order to start
using Mesa for OS/2:

   1. Starting Mesa explains how to install and register Mesa, create new
      files, and open existing files.

   2. Filling and Formatting Ranges describes contents of cells in Mesa files
      and how to edit and format them.

   3. Including Graphics introduces techniques for creating and manipulating
      Mesa graphic objects.

   4. Navigating Mesa describes how to find the parts of a file you are
      interested in and apply Mesa commands.

   5. Saving, Printing and Closing Files explains how to save your work,
      produce a printed copy of it, and quit Mesa.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. Starting Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Installing Mesa

     Registering Mesa

     Launching Mesa

     Creating or Opening Files

     Exercises for Starting Mesa

 See also:

     The Mesa Application Window

     Mesa File Windows

     Mesa Control Panels

     Creating a new file from within Mesa

     Creating or opening workbooks automatically


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.1. Installing Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In order to run Mesa for OS/2, you must have at least the following hardware
and software in use on your system:

     OS/2 2.11 or greater

     8 MB of RAM

     any video adaptor supported by OS/2 (minimum 640x480 resolution)

     any CPU supported by OS/2 (486 or Pentium CPU is recommended)

     a mouse or similar input device

 A math co-processor is also strongly recommended.

 If Mesa for OS/2 has already been installed on your computer or network, you
 can skip this section. Mesa uses the IBM Installer, so if you are already
 familiar with the Installer package you can probably go ahead and install Mesa
 without any further information.

 To install Mesa for OS/2:

   1. Move into the directory where the Mesa files are kept.

      For example, if you are installing from floppy disk, insert the first
      disk into your disk drive and type CD A: at an OS/2 prompt.

   2. Type install at the OS/2 prompt.

   3. If an earlier version of Mesa is already installed on your computer, the
      Installer will ask you whether to Update existing files or Delete them.

          Choose Delete to eliminate all files from the previous version.

          Choose Update to replace only those files that have changed since
           the previous version.

           Update is generally the faster of the two options. However, if
           problems arise with an existing installation of Mesa, you can choose
           Delete to be sure that all of the files have been replaced with
           original, working files.

           Note:   If a file that the Installer wishes to replace or delete
                  doesn't exist on your system, the installation process is
                  aborted and an error message identifying the missing file is
                  displayed. To solve this problem, move to your boot drive
                  (usually C:OS2\System) and enter the following command: del
                  epf* at the OS/2 prompt.

             a. The Installer will list the various directories it needs to
                create in order to install Mesa, and the default names of these
                directories. You can change the names and locations of these
                directories here; however, we recommend you use the default
                names if at all possible.

             b. The Installer will list the various components of the Mesa
                package, along with descriptions of each component, and ask you
                which of those components you want to install. For example, in
                order to save space, you may choose not to install the sample
                files that come with Mesa.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.2. Registering Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Please fill out the registration form that came with your copy of Mesa as soon
as possible.

Your registration allows us to notify you of upgrades, and it gives us a better
sense of who our customers are so that we can more effectively respond to your
needs. Also, we can only provide technical support to registered Mesa users.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.3. Launching Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Once Mesa for OS/2 has been installed, you can run it by double-clicking the
Mesa program icon.

When you first run Mesa, it will prompt you for a license number. If you do not
enter a valid license number, Mesa will run in demo mode. In this mode, most
Mesa features are available, but the maximum size of a single layer is 32 rows
by 32 columns. To enable Mesa for OS/2's full functionality, you must license
your copy.

Whenever you launch a licensed copy of Mesa, the application window will appear
on your desktop (see The Mesa Application Window). This window will continue to
exist for as long as you are using Mesa.

When you launch Mesa, a workbook file called autoload.m2 is automatically
loaded and displayed in a file window. This workbook contains sample files that
will help you familiarize yourself with Mesa features.

You can rename this workbook to prevent it from loading automatically, or you
can change the name of the file that Mesa automatically loads by entering a new
file name under File to autoload: in the Preferences panel. If the file Mesa is
looking for is not available, a new, empty workbook will be created.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4. Creating or Opening Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Whenever you create or open a Mesa workbook file, it is displayed in a separate
file window inside the Mesa application window.

     To create a new Mesa file from within Mesa, choose File New (Ctrl+n)
      (see Creating a new file from within Mesa).

     To open an existing Mesa file from the OS/2 desktop, double-click the
      file icon or drop it onto the Mesa program icon. If Mesa is already
      running, the file window will be opened inside the existing application
      window; otherwise, Mesa is launched automatically. See Opening an
      existing file from the desktop for more information.

      To open an existing file from within Mesa, choose File Open... (Ctrl+o)
      and select the file name you want from the list box. See Opening an
      existing file from within Mesa for more information.

      Mesa can open Lotus 1-2-3(TM) and Microsoft Excel(TM) files, as well as
      delimited text files. See Exchanging Data with Other Applications for
      more information.

     To create or open multiple files, choose File New (Ctrl+n) or File
      Open... (Ctrl+o) again. The new files will appear in additional file
      windows within the boundaries of the Mesa application window.

      You can also open multiple files simultaneously by selecting them from
      the desktop. See OS/2's On-Line Help for more information.

 If the file has had a password defined for it, you will be prompted to enter
 the password before the file will open. If you do not enter the correct
 password, the file will not open. (This only applies to version 2.0.2 or
 later. Earlier versions of Mesa will not exhibit this behavior.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.5. Exercises for Starting Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Try the following tasks to become familiar with installation, starting the
program, and creating new files.

   1. Install Mesa.

      See Installing Mesa for instructions.

   2. Launch Mesa from the desktop.

      See Launching Mesa for instructions.

   3. Familiarize yourself with the existing autoload file.

   4. Create a new, empty workbook file.

      See Creating or Opening Files for instructions.

 For more exercises, see Exercises for Filling and Formatting Ranges.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Filling and Formatting Ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Entering Data in a Cell

     Moving, Copying, and Filling a Range

     Formatting a Range

     Labelling a Range

     Exercises for Filling and Formatting Ranges


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1. Entering Data in a Cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa stores your data in cells, as described in Using Spreadsheets. When you
type a line of text, a number, a formula, etc., that data is entered into the
current base cell.

For example, to enter your name in cell B5:

   1. Click cell B5 to select it.

   2. Type your name.

      (Notice that the Formula Bar at the top of the Mesa window is activated
      when you begin typing, and displays every character you type.)

   3. Press Enter.

      (Notice that the Formula Bar is deactivated, and cell B5 now displays the
      new cell contents - your name.)

 Whenever you enter data in a cell, you replace the previous contents of that
 cell. You can also edit the existing cell contents instead of replacing them;
 see Editing cell contents below for an explanation.

 Many different kinds of data can be entered into a cell - numbers, dates,
 text, formulas, etc. These are introduced in Cell contents and cell values and
 described in Types of constants and Types of formulas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1.1. Editing cell contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are two ways to edit the contents of a cell:

     Directly within the cell, if the In-Cell Editing box has been checked in
      the Preferences Panel. (See the In-Cell Editing section in the
      Preferences Manager in the on-line help for more information on how to
      activate In-Cell Editing.)

        1. Click on a cell to select it.

        2. Press F2 to display cell contents inside the cell.

        3. Point the mouse inside the cell at the beginning of the text to be
           edited and click to position the insertion point.

        4. Use the keyboard and/or the mouse to edit text as needed.

        5. Press Enter when finished.

           The cell remains selected and shows a value corresponding to the
           edited contents.

           Note that although In-Cell Editing is on, you can still edit cell
           contents inside the Formula Bar by following the procedure below.

     Inside the Formula Bar.

        1. Click on a cell to select it.

        2. Press F2 or click on the Formula Bar.

           The background color of the Formula Bar will change from grey to
           white to indicate that it is in editing mode.

        3. Point the mouse inside the cell at the beginning of the text to be
           edited and click to position the insertion point.

        4. Use the keyboard and/or the mouse to edit text as needed.

        5. Press Enter when finished.

           The cell remains selected and shows a value corresponding to the
           edited contents.

 Whenever you select a cell, its entire contents are selected and displayed in
 the Formula Bar at the top of the Mesa application window. If you enter new
 data at this point, all of the original contents will be replaced.

 To replace part of the original cell contents, select only the characters you
 want to replace prior to entering new data. The procedure for selecting
 cell-contents text is the same, regardless of whether you are editing directly
 in the cell or in the Formula Bar: place the insertion point at the beginning
 of the text to be edited and drag the mouse to the last character you wish to
 select. (You can also double-click a word in the Formula Bar to select the
 entire word.) Now, anything you type will replace the selected characters but
 leave the unselected characters unaffected.

 You can also add characters to or delete them from the cell contents without
 selecting any text:

   1. Click between any two characters in the Formula Bar to create an
      insertion point.

   2. Enter the text you want to add.

      or

       Press the Backspace key to delete characters backwards, one at a time.

   3. Press Enter.

      The cell remains selected and shows a value corresponding to the edited
      contents.

 If the Formula Bar is not active, you can also press Ctrl+Left Arrow to create
 an insertion point just before the first character in the cell, or Ctrl+Right
 Arrow to create an insertion point just after the last character.

 You can move an existing insertion point within the Formula Bar, as follows:

     Use Right Arrow or Left Arrow to move left or right one character.

     Use Home or End to move to the beginning or end of the Formula Bar.

     Click the Formula Bar to create an insertion point wherever you want it.

 Note that most Mesa commands are unavailable while you are editing the Formula
 Bar, and some keys and mouse actions have a different function. See
 Formula-building shortcuts for information about special formula-building
 behaviors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1.2. Cell contents and cell values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you select a cell, the Formula Bar displays the contents of that cell (see
Editing cell contents for an example).

You may notice that the appearance of the Formula Bar differs from the
appearance of the cell itself. This is because the cell displays the cell's
value, while the Formula Bar displays the cell's contents.

First, a few definitions:

     The term cell contents refers to whatever data, formulas, formatting, and
      other information actually reside in a cell. It is most often used to
      refer to the formulas, numbers, text, and other items that you enter into
      a cell.

     The term cell value refers to a number, a series of characters, or some
      other item that is returned when the cell contents are interpreted.

 For example, cell A1 contains the formula =5+5; its value is 10. Cell A2
 contains the number 10; its value is also 10. The contents of these cells are
 completely different (A1 contains a formula, A2 contains a number), but the
 values of the two cells are the same.

 Another example: cell A3 contains the formula = RAND * 100, which generates a
 random number between 0 and 100 every time it is recalculated. While A3
 changes its value regularly, its contents remain unchanged.

 This is an important distinction to keep in mind. Generally, any reference to
 a cell will refer toits value alone; how that value is arrived at is
 completely irrelevant. The formulas =A1 and =A2 will both return the number
 10, even though A1 contains a formula and A2 contains a constant.

 For an introduction to formulas and constants in cells, see Constants and
 Formulas. For more information, see Types of constants below and Types of
 formulas.

 In addition to formulas and constants, cells may contain formatting
 information (see Formatting a Range). If a cell contains none of these things,
 it is an empty cell (see Empty cells).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1.3. Types of constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Numeric constants are simply numbers. Mesa accepts a numeric constant whenever
you enter a series of numbers, or numbers separated by symbols Mesa recognizes
as numeric, such as a percent sign, etc.(see Numeric constants for a complete
list).

Date constants are also numbers, but they are used to represent the number of
days since January 1, 1900. Mesa interprets several types of inputs as date
constants; for example, 1/5/94 will be interpreted as a date constant
representing January 5th, 1994. Any number in a cell will be displayed as a
date if a date or time display format is used (see Date and time constants for
more information). Date constants are sometimes referred to as date serial
numbers. A serial value of 2 is assigned to the base date of 1/1/1900. Other
serial numbers are simply the number of days above or below the base data. Some
date serial numbers will be negative, since the lowest date supported by Mesa
is 1/1/1000.

Text entries are sequences of zero or more characters. When you enter a
sequence of characters into a cell that Mesa cannot interpret as another kind
of constant, or when you preface your input with an apostrophe ('), it is
interpreted as a text entry (see Text or string constants). Text entries are
sometimes referred to as strings or string constants.

Errors are special Mesa constants that indicate something is wrong with the
contents of the cell. For example, if cell A1 contains the formula =1/0, the
value of A1 is the error !/0, indicating an illegal division by zero. See Error
constants for more information, and Warnings and Errors for a full list of Mesa
errors.

Arrays are sets of values that are stored together. Arrays can contain any
number of values, arranged in one or more rows. If a cell contains an array,
only the first element of the array will be visible in the cell (see Arrays of
constants for more information).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1.4. Types of formulas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A formula is an instruction that tells Mesa how to calculate a value, often
(though not always) by reference to values in other cells.

Some examples of formulas:

     (in cell A1)

      =AVE(5,7,12)

      Returns 8.

     (in cell B1)

      @COS(PI)

      Returns -1.

     (in cell C1)

      C1: =A1*B1

      Returns -8.

     (in cell D1)

      =B1

      Returns -1.

 The value of an argument is used to calculate the value of the formula. For
 example, in cell D1 above, B1 is an argument which returns the value of cell
 B1. The formula in D1 returns the value of its argument, which is -1. (This is
 sometimes called an echo formula, and is the simplest formula available in
 Mesa.)

 More complicated formulas, like those in cells A1 through C1, use functions or
 operators to determine how the formula calculates its value. For example, in
 cell A1 above, the function AVE instructs Mesa to calculate the average of its
 arguments, 5, 7, and 12. In cell C1 above, the multiplication operator (*)
 instructs Mesa to calculate the product of its arguments, A1 and B1.

 If the first character in your input is an equals sign (=), Mesa will
 interpret your input as a formula; otherwise, it will probably be interpreted
 as a text entry. For example, if you replace =B1 with B1 in cell D1 above,
 Mesa will display the text entry B1 rather than the calculated value -1. There
 are other ways to make Mesa interpret formula input as well; see Entering
 Formulas for more information.

 For a full list of Mesa functions and operators, including the type of
 argument that each one expects, see Formula and MScript Functions. See
 Functions, operators, and arguments for more information about formulas and
 how they work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2. Moving, Copying, and Filling a Range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa supports a number of different commands for copying or moving cell
contents from one range to another, or linking cells together so that changes
in one cell are reflected in another. Many of these are one-click or
direct-manipulation commands designed to make range manipulation fast and easy.

For example, to move the contents of A1:D5 elsewhere in the same layer:

   1. Select A1:D5.

   2. Right-drag the range.

   3. Drop the range where you want it.

 You can copy a range in much the same way - just Ctrl+right-drag it and drop
 it where you want it. See Copying and moving formulas to learn how to build
 formulas that either vary or remain fixed as they are moved and copied from
 cell to cell.

 Mesa supports standard OS/2 clipboard commands such as Cut, Copy, and Paste,
 as well as several special commands for transferring information through the
 OS/2 clipboard. See Using the OS/2 clipboard for more information.

 To delete the contents of a range, select the range and choose Edit Clear
 (Delete). See Clearing and deleting a range for a more complete list of
 commands to remove all or part of the contents of a range.

 Mesa's Fill commands copy the contents of a single cell, row, or column into
 the entire selected range. SmartFill commands take this process a step
 further, allowing you to link the entire selected range to a single cell, row,
 or column. For example, if you SmartFill a range using the formula in cell A1,
 whenever you change that formula, the entire SmartFilled range will
 automatically update itself and use the new formula. See Filling and
 SmartFilling a range for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2.1. Copying and moving formulas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you copy a formula from one cell to another, the cell references in the
formula often change. For example, if you enter the following formula into cell
D1:

=AVERAGE(A1,B1,C1)

...and then copy it into cell D2, the formula in cell D2 will read:

=AVERAGE(A2,B2,C2)

In this example, the formula remembers that the cells it refers to are one,
two, and three cells to the left. When the formula is moved, it refers to the
cells one, two, and three cells to the left of its new location. This is
referred to as relative cell reference - a reference that keeps track its
target relative to the cell containing the formula.

An absolute cell reference, on the other hand, keeps track of the absolute
location of its target. No matter where the formula is moved, an absolute
reference to cell A1 will always point to cell A1. A mixed cell reference
combines absolute and relative references - for example, it keeps the column
fixed while keeping the row relative, or vice versa.

Use a dollar sign ($) in absolute or mixed references to indicate which part(s)
of the address should remain fixed. For example, $A1 will always refer to a
cell in column A, although the row may change as the formula is moved.
Conversely, A$1 will always refer to a cell in row 1, but the column may
change. $A$1 will always refer to cell A1.

   A1   relative

   $A1   mixed (absolute column, relative row)

   A$1   mixed (absolute row, relative column)

   $A$1   absolute

For example, the following formula contains one relative, two mixed, and one
absolute cell reference, in that order:

=AVERAGE(A1, $B1, C$1, $D$1)

If you enter this formula into cell E1 and copy it into cell F2, the formula in
cell E2 will read:

=AVERAGE(B2, $B2, D$1, $D$1)

Notice how the absolute row references ($1) stay unchanged, while the relative
row references change to row 2; meanwhile, the absolute column references stay
unchanged while the relative ones change one column to the right.

In addition to specifying a row and a column, cell references can specify a
layer. For example, [A]A1 refers to cell A1 in layer A. Layer references can be
absolute or relative, just like row and column references - [$A]A1 will refer
to layer A, no matter where the formula is moved. See Relative and absolute
cell references for more information.

Label names are always absolute: no matter where you move or copy the formula,
the name remains the same. (See Labelling a Range and Addressing Part of a
Layer for more information.)

When you move a cell containing a formula, all references in that formula are
treated as absolute. In other words, the references will not change when you
move a formula. However, whenever you move a cell, all references to that cell
are automatically updated to refer to its new address. See Moving a range for
more information about moving cells and ranges.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2.2. Using the OS/2 clipboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 clipboard is a system-wide virtual space that temporarily holds data.
You can transfer data from one range to another through the clipboard, using
the following commands:

     Edit Cut (Shift+Delete)

      Removes the range contents from layer and places them on clipboard.

     Edit Copy (Ctrl+Insert)

      Places a copy of the range contents on clipboard, and leaves the layer
      unchanged.

     Edit Paste (Shift+Insert)

      Replaces contents of the current range with contents of clipboard.

 If you are not familiar with these operations, please refer to "Clipboard
 Operations" in the OS/2 On-Line Help. In addition to these basic operations,
 Mesa supports several special commands for moving ranges and graphic objects
 onto and off of the clipboard in unusual ways. For a full listing and
 description of these commands, see:

     Edit  Paste Special 

     Edit  Clear Special 


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2.3. Filling and SmartFilling a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use Mesa's fill commands (Fill Right, Fill Down, and Fill with Base
Cell) to copy the contents of a selected row, column or cell into the entire
selected range. For example:

   1. Enter the number 22 in cell A1.

   2. Select the range A1:D5, making sure that A1 remains the base cell (see
      Using Spreadsheets for more information about ranges and base cells).

   3. Choose Range  Fill Fill with Base Cell ().

      Notice how each cell in the selected range now contains the number 22.

 Mesa's SmartFill commands (Fill Smart Right, Fill Smart Down and Fill Smart
 with Base Cell) behave similarly to the fill commands described above.
 However, rather than copy the contents of a selected row, column or cell into
 the selected range, SmartFill links the selected range to the selected row,
 column or cell.

 The links that SmartFill creates are dynamic, which means that the contents of
 the SmartFilled range will update themselves automatically whenever the cells
 they are linked to change. This feature makes it easy to maintain consistency
 in your formulas and your data.

 SmartFill provides an easy way to take advantage of Mesa's Formula Inheritance
 and automatic sequencing features. When you SmartFill a range with a cell,
 Mesa creates one of two kinds of dynamic link, depending on the cell's
 contents. If the cell contains a constant, SmartFill generates a sequence
 using the NEXT() function. If the cell contains a formula, SmartFill inherits
 that formula using the SAME() function.

 For example:

   1. Enter Monday into cell A1 in a layer.

   2. Select the range A1:A12.

   3. Choose Range  Fill Fill Smart with Base Cell (Shift+Enter).

      Notice how the cells in the selected range fill with a sequence of days.
      Notice how the cycle of days repeats itself.

   4. Enter January into cell A1 (replacing Monday)

      Notice how the SmartFilled cells automatically update to reflect the new
      value of cell A1. This is the advantage of dynamic linking.

   5. Select cell A2 and look at the Formula Bar.

      Notice the NEXT() formula that SmartFill automatically generated. You can
      create these kinds of formulas manually as well, to create links between
      cells in different ranges.

   6. Enter =A1 & " " & 5 into cell B1 in the same layer.

      B1 should display January 5. (See & (concatenate) and String equivalents
      for more information about this formula.)

   7. Select the range B1:B12.

   8. Choose Range  Fill Fill Smart with Base Cell (Shift+Enter).

      Notice how the selected range now displays a sequence of dates: February
      5, March 5, etc.

   9. Enter =A1 & " " & 10 into cell B1 (replacing the existing formula).

      Notice how every SmartFilled cell in column B now displays the 10th of
      the month, rather than the 5th. By changing the formula in a single cell,
      you have changed the way the entire range calculates its value, without
      having to cut and paste the new formula into the range.

  10. Select cell B2 and look at the Formula Bar.

      Notice the SAME() formula that SmartFill automatically generated. You can
      enter the same formula yourself anywhere in a layer.

 The SAME() and NEXT() functions used by SmartFill make it easy to maintain and
 update your workbooks, since both functions constantly update themselves
 whenever the cells they are based on change. See Using SAME() and NEXT() for
 more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3. Formatting a Range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To emphasize or draw attention to a range of data, you can add formatting
information to each cell, which controls how the cell and its value appear on
the screen or the printed page.

Normally, every cell in a layer has the default format defined for that layer.
You can change the default format for a layer through the Page Settings view of
the Selection Manager. (See Page Settings.)

You can change the format of a cell or range of cells, leaving the rest of the
layer unchanged, through the Range Settings view of the Selection Manager. You
can also select a range and apply menu-based formatting commands to it (see
Using Object-Oriented Commands).

This section describes how to use the following types of formatting
information:

     Display format

      Controls how the cell's value is displayed. For example, the numeric
      value 10000 might be displayed as one of the following:

      10,000

      $10,000.00

      1.00e+04

      18-May-27

      depending on the display format.

     Font

      The font, typeface, and size of each character in a cell can be changed,
      using the OS/2 font palette.

     Color

      The values within each cell and the background of each cell can be set to
      different colors, using the OS/2 color palette.

     Borders

      The lines around each cell can be drawn in different colors and
      thicknesses. Use borders to organize data into tables or to separate
      regions in a layer.

     Alignment

      The contents of each cell can be centered or aligned against any side of
      the cell. You can also control whether text in the cell spills over into
      other cells in the same row, or wraps around within the same cell.

 Formatting information can be copied from range to range, or cleared from a
 range, without affecting data or formulas. For example, you can restore the
 default display format, typeface, color, border, etc. of a range of cells,
 simply by selecting the range and choosing Edit  Clear Special Format
 (Ctrl+Delete). See Copying, pasting and clearing formats for more information.

 Additionally, the sizes of rows and columns in a layer can be manipulated to
 control where information appears on a page. See Rows and columns for more
 information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.1. Using display formats ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The display format of a cell is a character pattern that determines how the
cell's value appears. The same value can appear in completely dissimilar ways,
depending on the display format used.

To apply a display format to a range:

   1. Select the range.

   2. Choose the format you wish to apply from the Range  Display Format 
      submenu.

 The Range  Display Format  menu offers:

     nine numeric formats: General, Fixed Decimal, Thousands, Percent,
      Scientific, Currency1-3 and (Paren);

     seven date formats: DD-Mon-YY, Mon-DD-YY, DD-Mon, Mon-DD, MM/DD/YY, MM/DD
      and DD.MM.YY;

     four time formats: HMS12, HM12, HMS24, HM24;

     Text format, which displays the cell contents, rather than its value (for
      example, the formula =5 * 5 in text format would appear as =5 * 5, not
      25);

     Hidden format, which conceals the cell contents altogether (useful for
      concealing intermediate steps in your calculations, for example).

 These are described in detail in Range  Display Format . Additional date
 display formats are available by using Display format in the Range Settings
 view of the Selection Manager.

 The default currency symbols, decimal markers, and thousands-place markers for
 numeric display formats can be changed in several ways:

     The default appearance of Currency1 and Currency2 is chosen from the
      Country Settings control panel within OS/2. Whenever a new workbook is
      created, these settings are used by default.

     Use the Numeric display formats controls in the Preferences panel to
      change the default appearance of currency formats for new workbooks. You
      can use this panel to override the Country Settings information. See
      Preferences Manager.

     Use the Wkbook, Defaults view of the Selection Manager to change the
      appearance of currency formats for the current workbook. This affects
      only the current workbook. See Wkbook, Defaults.

      Note:   Mesa display formats are described throughout this document using
             United States currency, date, and number examples.

 When you enter data into an unformatted cell, Mesa often makes assumptions
 about the display format you want to use. If you enter a number followed by a
 percent sign, for example, Mesa automatically interprets that as one hundredth
 of the number you entered, and formats it in Percent. See Entering Constants
 for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.2. Typeface, font, and size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can set the typeface, font, and size of a range of cells by dragging and
dropping a font onto it. Simply:

   1. Select the range you want to format.

   2. Choose Range  Font Font Palette... (Ctrl+Shift+F) to open the Font
      Palette (see Font Palette).

   3. Right-drag any entry on the Palette onto the selected range.

 If a font is dropped on a cell that is not part of a selected range, only that
 cell changes.

 Note that the typeface/font of a cell must be constant throughout the cell -
 you cannot make a single word in a sentence bold, for example.

 You can also set some font properties of a range through the Range  Font 
 submenu: Bold, Italic, Larger, Smaller, etc. See Range  Font  for more
 information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.3. Color and background color ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can set the color of the text or the background of a range by dragging and
dropping color onto it. Simply:

   1. Select the range you want to color.

   2. Choose Range  Text Color Color Palette... (Ctrl+Shift+C) to open the
      Color Palette (see Color Palette).

   3. Ctrl+right-drag a color from the Palette onto the selected range to
      change the text color.

   4. Right-drag a color from the Palette onto the selected range to change the
      background color.

 If color is dropped on a cell that is not part of a selected range, only that
 cell changes.

 You can also set the background color for the entire workbook by
 right-dragging color from the Palette onto the layer selection button (see
 Layer-specific control areas). Ctrl+right-drag color onto the layer selection
 button to change the color of the grid.

 Note that the color must be consistent for every character in a cell - you
 cannot make a single word in a sentence blue, for example.

 You can also set text and background colors for a selected range through the
 Range  Text Color  and Range  Background Color  submenus. See Range  Text
 Color  and Range  Background Color  for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.4. Using Borders ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Borders add emphasis to important regions in a worksheet, and clarify how
information is grouped on the page.

Mesa supports three kinds of borders:

     Thin - 1 point wide (a point is 1/72nd of an inch).

     Thick - 2 points wide.

     Very Thick- 3 points wide.

 To create borders within a range from the pull-down menus:

   1. Select the range you want to apply borders to.

   2. Open the Range  Border  submenu.

   3. Choose:

 Outline to create a thin border around the entire range.Grid to create a
 single thin border between every two selected cells, as well as around the
 entire range. Under to create a thin border underneath every selected cell.You
 can use the Under and Outline buttons on the ToolBar to add borders to a range
 (see The Mesa Application Window).

 Choose Thin, Thick or Very Thick to change the widths of all the existing
 borders around every selected cell, without adding any borders.

 For example, if you select A1:A2 and choose Range  Border Outline
 (Ctrl+Shift+O), a 1-pt border is drawn around the entire range. If you then
 choose Range  Border Very Thick (Ctrl+Shift+D), it changes to a 3-point
 border.

 You can also control the appearance of borders from the Range Settings view of
 the Selection Manager. This view gives you more fine control over the
 appearance of borders - for example, you can make each side of a cell a
 different thickness (e.g; a thin line on top and a thick line on the bottom).
 See Range Settings for more information.

 Borders are always drawn in the same color as the text for that cell. See
 Color and background color for more information about changing text colors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.5. Horizontal and vertical alignment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The alignment of text within a range can be altered to make the flow of
information within the range clearer. For example, columns of dollar figures
are usually right-aligned, so that the decimal points line up properly, whereas
long text entries are often wrapped, so that the text appears as a paragraph
instead of as a single line.

Text can be horizontally aligned in the following ways:

     Left - The left margin is straight, and the right margin is ragged.

     Right - The right margin is straight, and the left margin is ragged.

     Center - Text is centered, and both margins are ragged.

 Text can be vertically aligned in the following ways:

     Top - Text is a single line along the top of the cell.

     Bottom - Text is a single line along the bottom of the cell.

     Center - Text is a single line in the middle of the cell.

     Wrap - Text is broken into multiple lines, each the width of the cell.

 Note that if text entries are not wrapped, their display "spills over" into
 adjacent empty cells and is truncated by adjacent non-empty cells. Numeric
 values whose displays do not fit in the cell are replaced by hashmarks
 (######).

 Additionally, Mesa supports smart alignment, which automatically chooses an
 appropriate alignment based on the type of cell contents.

 For example, to left-align, right-align, or center the text in a range:

   1. Select the range you want to align.

   2. Open the Range  Alignment  submenu.

   3. Choose Left, Right, or Center.

 These and other options can also be applied from the Range Settings view of
 the Selection Manager. See Range Settings for more information.

 Additionally, you can force the alignment of text entries using the following
 special input characters (note that the input characters are not included in
 the cell contents):

     Apostrophe(' )

      Left-aligned text entry.

     Double-quote (")

      Right-aligned text entry.

     Caret (^)

      Centered text entry.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.6. Copying, pasting and clearing formats ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa supports the following special clipboard commands that help you control
the appearance of ranges:

     Edit  Paste Special Paste Format (Ctrl+Shift+Insert) copies the
      formatting information from the contents of the clipboard into the
      current layer. This behaves identically to the normal Paste command,
      except that the contents of the cells are not transferred (see Paste
      Format).

      This command makes it easy to copy formatting information from one range
      to another.

     Edit  Clear Special Format (Ctrl+Delete) removes all formatting
      information from the selected range, restoring the layer defaults.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3.7. Rows and columns ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Between every two row headings or column headings, there is a thin border line
that separates them (see Mesa File Windows for an example). To change the size
of a column or row, drag this border until it is the size you want. If several
rows or columns are selected, you can resize all of them at once by
Ctrl+Dragging the border of any one of them.

You can also have Mesa SmartSize row heights and column widths so that the cell
boundaries "shrink-wrap" around cell text. To SmartSize an individual row, say
Row 2, double-click on the border line separating the Row 2 - Row 3 headers. To
SmartSize an individual column, say Column C, double-click on the border line
separating the Column C - Column D headers. You can also SmartSize all the
columns (or all the rows) within a selected range. Simply, select the range and
Ctrl-double-click on any column (or row) header separator which is part of the
selected range. For more information on sizing rows and columns using MScript
commands see SIZEROW and SIZECOL.

To restore all rows and columns containing selected cells to the default row or
column size for that layer, choose Range  Rows and Columns Reset Row Size
(Alt+_) and Range  Rows and Columns Reset Column Size (Alt+|).

You can change the default size of rows and columns in each layer through Layer
Settings in the Page Settings view of the Selection Manager. As with all page
and workbook defaults, if the size of an individual row or column has been
changed from the default, then changing the default size will not affect that
row or column.

You can also set the size of a row or column to zero - in other words, make it
completely invisible. This is known as hiding the row or column. Hidden rows
and columns are still in the layer and untouched (for example, formulas that
refer to them are unaffected), but they cannot be seen by the user. This is
useful, for example, for hiding intermediate steps in a calculation so that
they are not distracting.

To hide all rows or columns that contain selected cells, choose Range  Rows
and Columns Hide Rows (Ctrl+_) or Range  Rows and Columns Hide Columns
(Ctrl+|).

To reveal all hidden rows or columns that contain selected cells, choose Range
 Rows and Columns Show Rows (Ctrl+Alt+_) or Range  Rows and Columns Show
Columns (Ctrl+Alt+|).

To insert one or more columns, select a number of columns equal to the number
you wish to add and choose Range  Rows and Columns Insert Cells Right
(Ctrl+j). The selected columns will be displaced to the right, and new, empty
columns will appear in their place.

To delete one or more columns, select the columns you wish to delete and choose
Edit  Clear Special Delete Left (Ctrl+k).

To insert one or more rows, select a number of rows as above and choose Range 
Rows and Columns Insert Cells Down (Ctrl+Shift+J). To delete one or more rows,
select them and choose Edit  Clear Special Delete Up (Ctrl+Shift+K).

Note that inserting or deleting rows will not change the size of the layer. You
can change the number of rows or columns in a layer through the Page Settings
view of the Selection Manager (see Changing the Size of a Workbook for more
information).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.4. Labelling a Range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can assign memorable names, called labels, to ranges of cells. Once you do
this, you can refer to those labels elsewhere in a workbook, and use them to
build easy-to-understand formulas and to navigate quickly through your
workbooks. You can also set a labelled range to AutoGrow, so that the label
automatically updates when the range is expanded.

See Range, Labels for more information.

See also:

     Using labelled ranges

     Using AutoGrow (TM) To Expand Ranges


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.4.1. Using labelled ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Say you have a layer containing income and expenses for a month, with one
transaction per row, expenses entered in column D, and income entered in column
E. If you have 100 transactions entered, you could calculate your total
expenses and total income with the following formulas:

= SUM(D1:D100)

= SUM(E1:E100)

Unfortunately, it is not clear what the formulas calculate. Even worse, if you
add another 20 transactions to your layer, you will have to edit each formula
manually. (This may not seem important with two formulas, but imagine the
confusion if there are dozens of formulas like these scattered throughout the
workbook!)

Both of these problems can be solved by using labelled ranges. To assign the
label Expenses to the range D1:D100, follow these steps:

   1. Choose Range Label Range... (Ctrl+Shift+L).

   2. Enter Expenses under Label.

   3. Enter D1:D100 under Range.

   4. Click Add label.

 To assign the label Income to the range in column E, follow the above steps,
 entering E1:E100 instead of D1:D100, and Income instead of Expenses.

 Now, you can calculate your total expenses and total income with the following
 formulas:

     =SUM(Expenses)

     =SUM(Income)

 ...which are considerably more clear than the originals.

 Also, if you want to include another 20 transactions in your list, you can
 follow the same steps to redefine the labels, and all of your formulas will
 work properly.

 Labelled ranges also provide a convenient way of getting to different parts of
 a workbook quickly and easily. See Using GoTo for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.4.2. Using AutoGrow (TM) To Expand Ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Whenever a range is selected, there is always a single cell, called the base
cell, which is specially marked (see Using Spreadsheets for more information
about base cells). The base cell can be moved, using the arrow keys, without
affecting the selected range.

Normally, when the base cell attempts to move below the bottom row of a
selected range, it wraps to the top of that range. For example:

   1. Select the range A1:D5.

      A1 is selected as the base cell.

   2. Press the down arrow four times.

      A5 is now the base cell.

   3. Press the down arrow once again.

      B1 is now the base cell - in other words, the base cell has wrapped
      around to the top of the range.

 AutoGrow(TM) ranges behave differently: when the base cell attempts to move
 below the bottom row of a selected AutoGrow(TM) range, the selection is
 extended. To turn a labelled range into an AutoGrow(TM) range, simply check
 AutoGrow for that label on the Range, Labels view of the Selection Manager.

 For example, say you create an AutoGrow(TM) labelled range called My_Range,
 which refers to the range A1:D5.

   1. Enter My_Range in the GoTo panel.

      A1:D5 will be selected, with A1 as the base cell.

   2. Press the down arrow four times.

      A5 is now the base cell.

   3. Press the down arrow once again.

      A6 is now the base cell, and the selection is extended by one row - the
      range A1:D6 is now selected.

 When you extend an AutoGrow range, the label is automatically redefined to
 include the new selection. In the example above, My_Range automatically
 changes so that it refers to the range A1:D6.

 Also, when you extend an AutoGrow(TM) range, everything underneath the range
 is automatically pushed down to make room. For example, the contents of cell
 B7 are automatically moved to cell B8 when My_Range is extended in the example
 above.

 Note:   Remember, the entire AutoGrow range must be selected for these
        behaviors to work!


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.5. Exercises for Filling and Formatting Ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Within a new, empty workbook file (see Exercises for Starting Mesa), try the
following tasks to test your skills:

   1. Enter 100 in cell A1.

   2. Enter 1 in cell B1.

      See Entering Data in a Cell for instructions.

   3. Copy A1 into the first ten rows of column A.

      See Using the OS/2 clipboard for instructions.

   4. Enter a formula in cell C1 that returns the sum of A1 and B1.

      See Types of formulas for instructions.

   5. SmartFill the first ten rows of columns B and C.

      See Filling and SmartFilling a range for instructions.

   6. Edit the formula in C1, so that it returns the product of A1 and B1.

      See Editing cell contents for instructions.

   7. Copy C1:C10 into column D.

      Notice the contents of D1.

      See Moving, Copying, and Filling a Range for instructions.

   8. Clear column D of all contents.

      See Copying, pasting and clearing formats for instructions.

   9. Move C1:C10 into column D.

      Notice the contents of D1.

  10. Move A1:B10 to columns B and C.

      Notice the contents of D1.

  11. Format columns B and D in US dollars with two decimal places of
      precision.

      See Using display formats for instructions.

  12. Move the entire data table down two rows, leaving rows 1 and 2 blank.

  13. Enter Price in cell B2, Number in cell C2, and Total Price in cell D2.

  14. Format B2:D2 as follows:

          14-point Times Bold

          Red background

          Blue lettering

          Centered

           See Formatting a Range for instructions.

             a. Resize columns B, C and D to eliminate wasted space.

                See Rows and columns for instructions.

             b. Enter Summary of product orders in cell C1.

             c. Format C1 in 24-point Times Bold Italic, blue, wrapped.

             d. Change C1 to Summary of Product Orders.

             e. Resize row 1 to fit cell C1.

             f. Label range D3:D12 Totals.

                See Labelling a Range for instructions.

 See Exercises for Including Graphics for further exercises.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3. Including Graphics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Creating a Shape

     Creating a Graph

     Importing a Graphic

     Creating a Tool

     Manipulating Graphics

     Exercises for Including Graphics


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.1. Creating a Shape ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Creating shapes

     Placing a shape where you want it


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.1.1. Creating shapes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa lets you add basic shapes (rectangles, ovals, lines, arrows, etc.) to your
workbook. You can create shapes from the Graphic, Create view of the Selection
Manager.

For example, to create a circle of a given diameter:

   1. Open the Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager.

   2. Select an oval.

   3. Enter the desired diameter in the Height and Width views.

   4. Press Create.

 The Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager remembers its settings, so
 that it is easy to create a series of objects with the same appearance. After
 following the steps above, for example, to create a rectangle of the same
 size, just select a rectangle and press Create.

 A TextBox is a special kind of shape that includes text in it. You can think
 of a TextBox as a "sticky" note that can be attached to a spreadsheet layer -
 for example, you can use TextBoxes to call someone's attention to a
 particularly interesting set of data, or as a banner headline across a sheet,
 or as a caption underneath an imported graphic or a graph.

 You create a TextBox the same way you create any other shape. When a new
 TextBox is created, it always contains the word "Text".

 When you select a TextBox, the text appears in the Formula Bar and can be
 edited there. Essentially, you can edit the text in a TextBox the same way you
 edit text in a cell.

 Note:   The Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager only controls the
        appearance of new shapes. To change the appearance of existing shapes,
        use the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager (see
        Manipulating Graphics).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.1.2. Placing a shape where you want it ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can specify exactly where in the layer you want a new shape to appear
through the Placement section of the Graphic, Create view of the Selection
Manager.

For example, to create a rectangle around cell B5:

   1. Open the Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager.

   2. Select a rectangle.

   3. Enter B5 in the Offset from: field.

   4. Enter zero (0) in the X and Y fields.

   5. Click Create.

 When you create a shape, it is anchored to a cell, so that it always keeps the
 same vertical and horizontal distance from that cell, no matter how that cell
 is moved. See Anchoring graphics for more information.

 If you don't explicitly enter an offset cell and distance, the shape is
 anchored to cell A1 and offset so that it is visible in the currently viewed
 window.

 You can change the location and anchoring of existing shapes through the
 Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager (see Manipulating Graphics.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.2. Creating a Graph ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A graph is a special kind of graphic object that derives its appearance from
data in a range. When the data in the range changes, the appearance of the
graph automatically changes to reflect it.

To graph a range of data:

   1. Select the range you want to graph.

   2. Choose the graph type you want from the Graphics  Graph  submenu.

 The graph you have created will appear directly on top of the current layer.

 When you create a graph, Mesa analyzes the data in the range in order to graph
 it intelligently. For example:

     If the left column and/or the top row of the range contains text entries,
      Mesa will generally assume they are row and/or column headings rather
      than data to be graphed.

     The maximum values on the axes are set approximately equal to the maximum
      value being graphed.

     Each axis is labelled at regular intervals based on the scale of the
      axis.

 For more information on specific types of graphs and their properties, see
 Graph and Chart Types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.3. Importing a Graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa allows you to import.BMP graphics files into a workbook, simply by
dragging the file icon from the desktop into an open Mesa workbook. You can
also import a .BMP file through the Graphics Import Graphic... (Ctrl+Alt+i)
command.

The imported graphic will appear in the currently viewed window.

The file must have its type set to Bitmap in order to be imported. To change
the file type, open the OS/2 Settings panel for that file (see the OS/2 on-line
help for more information on file settings).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.4. Creating a Tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A Tool is a graphic object that executes a series of commands whenever it is
selected. You can turn any graphic into a Tool as follows:

   1. Select the graphic.

   2. Open the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.

   3. Enter the name of a script you want the Tool to execute in the Script to
      execute: field.

 For example, say you have created a script called MoveDirectlyToGo, and you
 have imported a graphic called Go into the same workbook, and you would like
 the imported graphic to execute the script whenever it is clicked. Simply
 select Go and choose MoveDirectlyToGo from Script to execute: in the Graphic
 Settings view of the Selection Manager. Now, whenever Go is clicked,
 MoveDirectlyToGo will be executed.

 To select a Tool without executing it, use Ctrl+click.

 See Automating commands for more information about scripts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5. Manipulating Graphics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Graphs, graphic shapes, and imported graphics files belong to a class of
objects often referred to as graphics or graphic objects. These objects can be
manipulated in similar ways within a Mesa workbook.

All graphic objects can be:

     moved anywhere within a layer (see Moving a graphic)

     stacked on top of one another (see Stacking graphics)

     copied (see Copying a graphic)

     resized (see Resizing a graphic)

     deleted (see Deleting a graphic)

 ...in essentially the same ways.

 The text in a TextBox can be changed by selecting the TextBox and editing the
 text in the Formula Bar (see Creating a Shape for more information).

 The appearance of shapes and graphs can be altered in several ways. See
 Changing the appearance of a shape and Changing the appearance of a graph for
 more information. The appearance of imported graphics files generally cannot
 be changed.

 Additionally, graphic objects can be anchored to cells, so that they move with
 the cell. See Anchoring graphics for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.1. Moving a graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To move a graphic horizontally or vertically, simply right-drag it where you
want it to be.

To move a graphic to a location you can't see (for example, if the file window
is currently displaying cells A1:K30, and you want to center the graphic on
cell X45), simply drag it past the borders of the file window. The window will
automatically scroll to display the region you want.

If a graphic has been anchored to a cell, the graphic will move automatically
whenever rows or columns are resized, to maintain the same distance from the
cell. If you move the graphic by dragging it, as described above, the graphic
will remain anchored to the same cell, but the offset distance between the
graphic and the cell will change.

For example, if you create a rectangle anchored to cell B5, as described in
Placing a shape where you want it, then right-drag that rectangle three inches
to the right, the rectangle will be anchored three inches to the right of cell
B5. For example, if column A is made four inches wider, the rectangle will be
pushed four inches to the right.

You can also move a graphic by selecting it, choosing Edit Cut (Shift+Delete),
selecting a new cell, and choosing Edit Paste (Shift+Insert). The graphic will
appear anchored to the current base cell. This is the best way to move a
graphic from one window or layer to another.

Note:   If the graphic is a Tool (see Creating a Tool), you can still move it
       with the right mouse button, but you must use Ctrl+click rather than a
       normal click to select it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.2. Stacking graphics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you first create or paste a graphic into a layer, it appears on top of
everything in the layer. The cells behind the graphic cannot be selected;
neither can other graphics underneath the topmost graphic.

You can change the depth of a graphic relative to other graphics. For example,
to bring a graphic to the top of the stack, simply select the graphic and
choose Graphics Bring to Front (Ctrl+[).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.3. Copying a graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The procedure for copying a graphic objects is similar to the procedure for
copying ranges: using either the clipboard, or direct manipulation. To copy an
existing graphic via the clipboard.

   1. Click on an existing graphic to select it

   2. Choose Edit Copy (Ctrl+Insert)

   3. Select the destination of the graphic copy by clicking on the appropriate
      cell within the worksheet

   4. Choose Edit Paste (Shift+Insert)

 The resulting graphic copy will appear anchored to the base cell selected in
 Step 3. Use this method to copy graphics from one window (or layer) to
 another.

 To copy an existing graphic through direct manipulation, simply
 Ctrl+right-drag the graphic anywhere within the worksheet.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.4. Resizing a graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you select a graphic, resize handles appear on its sides and corners. You
can resize the graphic by directly manipulating these handles:

     Drag the top or bottom handle to change the graphic height.

     Drag the right or left handle to change the graphic width.

     Drag any corner to change graphic size and maintain a fixed
      height-to-width ratio.

 You can also resize a graphic by entering new values in the Height and Width
 fields in the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.

 If you have imported a graphic into Mesa from another package, you will be
 able to resize it, but unable to change its appearance in most other ways (see
 Importing a Graphic).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.5. Changing the appearance of a shape ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can change the appearance, location, and size of a shape through the
Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager. For example, change the line
width for the graphic by entering a new value in the Line width: field.

You can change the line and fill colors of a shape through the Color Palette:

   1. Choose Graphics Color Palette... (Ctrl+Shift+C) to open the Color
      Palette.

   2. Right-drag color from the Palette onto a shape to change the fill color.

   3. Ctrl+right-drag color from the Palette onto a shape to change the line
      color.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.6. Changing the appearance of a graph ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A graph can be resized, anchored to cells, moved, copied and deleted in the
same ways as other graphic objects.

You can change the colors and fonts used in a graph by dropping color and font
onto various graph elements. Specifically, you can right-drag color from the
Color Palette or a font from the Font Palette onto:

     any title (main title, subtitle, x-axis title, y-axis title), to change
      the text color or font for that title;

     any text displayed as part of an axis (x or y), to change the color or
      font of all axis text (this only works on 2-d graphs);

     the legend box, to change the background color of the legend or the font
      of the legend text;

     any colored box within the legend, to change the color of the associated
      data series.

 You can also Ctrl+right-drag color onto the legend box to change the border
 color of the legend box.

 You can control other properties of a graph through the Selection Manager:

     Use the Graph Settings and Graph, Titles view of the Selection Manager to
      control what range is graphed and how it is graphed (e.g; whether the
      data points are grouped by rows or columns), and the appearance and
      location of legends.

      See Graph Settings and Graph, Titles.

     Use the Graph, X Axis or Graph, Y Axis view of the Selection Manager to
      control the location and appearance of each axis - ticks, labels, scale,
      etc.

      See Graph, X Axis and Graph, Y Axis.

     Use the Graph, 3-D view of the Selection Manager to control the
      appearance of Mesa's three-dimensional graphs.

      See Graph, 3-D.

 You can open all of these views using the notebook tabs in the Selection
 Manager itself. See The Mesa Selection Manager for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.7. Anchoring graphics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If a graphic is anchored to a cell, then it always remains a fixed distance
from the upper-left corner of that cell.

For example, if a graphic is anchored to cell B5, with an offset of zero, the
upper-left corner of the graphic touches the upper-left corner of the cell. If
you make column A three inches wider, so that the upper-left corner of column B
moves three inches to the right, then the graphic moves three inches to the
right as well.

If you move the graphic, it remains anchored to the same cell, but the offset
changes. For example, if you move the graphic one inch to the right of cell B5,
then it will always stay one inch to the right of cell B5. See Moving a graphic
for more information about moving graphics.

To change the cell that a graphic is anchored to, simply:

   1. Select the graphic.

   2. Open the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.

   3. Enter the new cell address in Offset from. You can also enter new values
      in X and Y.

      For example, enter C6 in Offset from, 3 in X, and 4 in Y to anchor the
      graphic 3 inches to the right and 4 inches down from cell C6.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.5.8. Deleting a graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can delete any graphic object simply by selecting it and choosing Edit Cut
(Shift+Delete) or Edit Clear (Delete).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3.6. Exercises for Including Graphics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Within a workbook file containing a sample data table (see Exercises for
Filling and Formatting Ranges), try the following tasks to test your skills:

   1. Create a half-inch-diameter circle, anchored a quarter-inch underneath
      cell A1.

   2. Create a copy of the circle immediately underneath it.

   3. Change the second circle to a yellow circle with a thick, blue outline.

   4. Move cell A1 to A10.

   5. Create a scatter chart of the data table.

   6. Move the graph to the lower right-hand corner of the window.

   7. Add a title and a subtitle to your graph

 See Exercises for Navigating Mesa for further exercises.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4. Navigating Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Moving Within a Workbook

     Using Mesa Commands

     Exercises for Navigating Mesa


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1. Moving Within a Workbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A workbook file can be as simple as a single layer, or it can contain hundreds
of related layers and other pages (see 3-D Workbooks for an introduction to
Mesa workbook files).

If you are using a multiple-page workbook, it is important to be able to move
quickly to the page you want to work with. The easiest way to do this is by
clicking the Page Tabs at the bottom of each file window (see Using Page Tabs
and Moving Between Pages) or using the GoTo panel (see Using GoTo). You can
also use the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager (see Using the Selection
Manager).

Generally, the contents of a page will not fit in a single window, and you must
be able to display the part of the page are interested in.

The easiest way to display different parts of a page is by dragging or clicking
the scrollbars that are part of each file window (see Mesa File Windows). You
can also use the GoTo panel to move directly to a range (see Using GoTo), or
several keyboard commands to move quickly through a layer (see Using keyboard
commands).

See Moving Within a Page to learn more techniques for finding the area you
want.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1.1. Using Page Tabs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every page in a workbook is represented by a Page Tab, which appears at the
bottom of the window.

Click on the Page Tab for any page to replace the current view of the workbook
with a view of that page. For example, if you are viewing layer A and click on
the tab marked B, your view of layer A will be replaced by a view of layer B.
(Layer A is still available and no work is lost; the only thing that has
changed is the page you are viewing.)

Pages can be named, to make it easier to remember what information each page
contains. To name or rename a page, Alt+click the Page Tab to open the Page
Settings view of the Selection Manager, and enter the new name (see Naming
pages for more information). When a page is renamed, all references to that
page (in formulas, etc.) automatically update to reflect the new page name.
Page Tabs grow to accommodate the text inside them.

If there are more Page Tabs available than can fit in the file window at one
time, you can use the Page Tabs scrollbar to control what Tabs are visible. See
Mesa File Windows for a description of the Page Tabs scrollbar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1.2. Using GoTo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The GoTo panel is a control panel that allows you to move quickly and
accurately to a specific location in any layer in your workbook. Simply:

   1. Choose Range Go To... (Ctrl+g) to open the GoTo panel

   2. Enter the destination range(s) in the data-entry field.

      For example, enter:

      [B]A1:D7

   3. Click GoTo to move to range A1:D7 in layer B. (See Addressing Part of a
      Layer for more information about how to name a range.)

 If you do not specify a layer name, Mesa assumes you mean the current page.

 This is exceptionally useful if you have labelled the ranges you are
 interested in, since you can enter the label for your destination range(s) to
 move directly to it. You can also select discontinuous ranges in this fashion,
 by connecting range references with commas. For example, try:

 A1:D1,A3:D3,A2,D2

 ...in the GoTo panel, as above.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1.3. Using the Selection Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can move to a specific page through the Wkbook view of the Selection
Manager:

   1. Choose File  Workbook Workbook settings... ().

   2. Select the page you want in the Pages list box.

   3. Press GoTo page.

 See Wkbook for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1.4. Using keyboard commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Press Home to move directly to the home cell (cell A1) for the current layer,
or to the upper-left corner of the selected range.

Press Page Up to move up one screenfull within the current page.

Press Page Down to move down one screenfull within the current page.

Press Ctrl+Page Up to move left one screenfull within the current page.

Press Ctrl+Page Down to move right one screenfull within the current page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2. Using Mesa Commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

As described in Using Object-Oriented Commands, most Mesa commands are designed
to be applied to the currently selected object or objects. Simply select the
object that you want to manipulate, then apply the command - choose it from a
menu, use a keyboard shortcut or mnemonic, open a control panel, or directly
manipulate it with the mouse.

Additionally, Mesa allows you to automate a series of commands and execute them
with the click of a button. See Automating commands and Placing commands where
you want them below for more information.

Mesa also allows you to undo a series of commands, thereby restoring the
workbook to its state prior to the command's execution, and to abort a script
in progress. See Undoing commands for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2.1. Automating commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa allows you to build and include scripts in your workbook files, that
execute a sequence of commands automatically. You can think of a script as a
list of instructions you are giving Mesa, so it can perform routine tasks by
itself. When you execute the script - for example, by Shift+clicking the Page
Tab for it - the whole sequence of commands is executed automatically.

Mesa scripts are written in REXX(TM) , the REstructured eXtended eXecutor
programming language that is an integral part of the OS/2 operating system.
REXX's simplicity makes it a good first language for beginners, although it
also offers powerful functions for experienced users. In particular, REXX
offers you the ability to communicate with other environments besides the Mesa
application - your scripts can interact with the Workplace Shell or with other
OS/2 apps.

 If you are a long-time OS/2 user, you may already have REXX scripts you use
for various tasks; you can cut and paste these scripts directly into your Mesa
workbook. You can also set scripts to automatically execute when the workbook
is opened or closed, in order to automate setup or cleanup procedures.

Mesa includes Mesa-specific MScript(TM) functions which can be called from
within a REXX program, to retrieve information about Mesa workbooks, to format
ranges, and much more.

Occasionally, you will want to abort the execution of a script before it has
completed - for example, you may accidentally write a script that contains an
infinite loop. Press Break or Ctrl+Break to abort the execution of a script.

See List of MScript Functions for a list of MScript functions, and see Creating
Scripts for more information about Mesa scripts. To learn more about REXX,
consult a REXX reference book - for example, the OS/2 2.1 REXX Handbook by
Hallet German (ISBN 0-442-01734-0) or the Procedures Language 2/REXX User's
Guide document from the OS/2 2.0 Technical Library.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2.2. Placing commands where you want them ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can turn any imported graphic in Mesa into a button that executes a REXX
script when clicked. These buttons are called Tools. Simply:

   1. select the graphic

   2. open the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager

   3. enter the name of the script you want executed next to Script to execute:
      in the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.

 See Creating a Tool for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2.3. Undoing commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To undo the effects of a command, choose Edit Undo (Alt+Backspace). Undo
returns the workbook to the state it was in prior to the most recently executed
command.

For example, if you paste the contents of the clipboard into a range, you will
overwrite whatever data is in that range. If you then choose Undo, the range
will be returned to its prior state - the pasted-in data will disappear and the
original data will be restored, along with all formatting and other
information.

If you choose Undo multiple times in a row, Mesa will undo earlier and earlier
commands.

For example, if you select range A1:B5 and choose the following commands:

   1. Range  Alignment Center (Ctrl+F1)

   2. Range  Display Format Fixed Decimal (Ctrl+.)

   3. Range  Decimal Places3 (Ctrl+3)

 ...each cell in the range will be centered, and numbers in the range will be
 displayed to three decimal places of precision. To undo these changes:

   1. Choose Undo to restore the range to the previous precision.

   2. Choose Undo again to restore the range to the previous display format.

   3. Choose Undo to restore the range to normal alignment.

 A separate undo queue is maintained for each open workbook, so that commands
 are undone in the order they were applied to the workbook rather than the
 order that they were executed. For example, if you apply Center and Fixed
 Decimal to a range as in the example above, then select a different workbook
 and apply a series of commands to it, then return to the first workbook and
 apply 3 as above, you will be able to undo 3, then Fixed Decimal, then Center,
 no matter how many commands you typed in the second workbook. If you select
 the second workbook again, you will be able to undo the commands in that
 workbook without worrying about the formatting commands.

 The length of the undo queue can be set for a workbook through Levels of undo:
 in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager (see The Mesa Selection Manager).
 The default length of the undo queue for new workbooks can be set through the
 Undo: field in the Preferences Manager (see Preferences Manager).

 Choose Edit Redo (Alt+Shift+Backspace) to undo the effects of Undo. Like
 Undo, Redo can be used multiple times to undo the effects of multiple Undos.

 Generally speaking, the following kinds of actions cannot be undone:

     actions that involve data transfer outside of Mesa, like printing a file;

     actions that involve file manipulation (like opening, saving, or closing
      a file).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.3. Exercises for Navigating Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Within a workbook file containing a sample data table and graph (see Exercises
for Including Graphics), try the following tasks to test your skills:

   1. Select rows 3, 5, 7 and 9 of columns A and E.

      See Using GoTo for instructions.

   2. Change the background color of that selection to light blue.

      See Color and background color for instructions.

   3. Select the range labelled Totals.

   4. Change the text color of Totals to green.

   5. Return the text and background colors of the layer to what they were
      before.

      See Undoing commands for instructions.

   6. Choose File  Workbook Add Script (Ctrl+Shift+A) to create a new, empty
      script page.

   7. Rename the new script test.

      See Using Page Tabs for instructions.

   8. Create a Tool for test, and drop it in the upper-right corner of the
      window.

   9. Delete the Tool.

  10. Select the bottom-right cell in the layer.

  11. Extend the layer by one column and one row.

 See Exercises for Saving, Printing, and Closing Files for further exercises.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5. Saving, Printing and Closing Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Saving a File

     Printing a File

     Closing a File

     Quitting Mesa


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.1. Saving a File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To save the current workbook, choose File Save (Ctrl+s). If it is a new file,
you will be prompted for a file name.

If it is not a new file, the original file name will be used and you will not
be prompted for a file name. If you wish to save an existing workbook under a
different name, choose File Save As... (Ctrl+Shift+S). You will be prompted
for a file name, as above.

By default, Mesa saves files in .m2 format. You can export files in other
spreadsheet file formats through the Save As panel, as well:

To export Lotus .wk1 or .wk3 files, give the file a wk1 or wk3 extension and
save it, or choose 123 .WK1 Format File or 123 .WK3 Format File from the Save
file as type: menu.

Note:   Because there exist two mutually exclusive formats for wk3 files - one
       for Windows and one for OS/2 - wk3 files exported from Mesa may not
       appear identically when read in from OS/2 products and from Windows
       products. We have concentrated our efforts on the OS/2 products; there
       is some chance that reading in wk3 files from a Windows product will not
       work properly. Please let us know if any problems occur.

 To export Excel 3.0 or 4.0 files, you must choose Excel v3.0 .XLS File or
 Excel v4.0 .XLS File from the Save file as type: menu. You cannot simply give
 the file an xls extension, since xls describes both file formats.

 Note:   Currently, Mesa only exports version 3.0 and version 4.0 worksheets.
        Support for version 4.0 and version 5.0 workbooks will appear in a
        future release.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.2. Printing a File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The File Print... (Ctrl+p) command behaves in different ways, depending on
what objects are selected:

     If a range of two or more cells is selected, the range is printed.

     If only a single cell is selected, the entire current layer is printed.

      Mesa will only print up to the last row and the last column in the layer
      that contains data - for example, if the layer is 200 rows by 300
      columns, but only the first 10 rows and columns have anything in them,
      only the first 10 rows and columns will be printed.

 When you print an object (range, graphic, or layer), it appears in the
 printout precisely as it does on the screen. For example, if you select a
 range to be printed, it normally appears at 100% scale, with all cells
 formatted as they appear on the screen. If any pictures appear on the screen
 in the selected area, they are printed as well. In other words, what you see
 is what you get.

 You can change many of these settings when you print, through the Print panel.
 See Print Panel for more information.

 If you include a page break within the printed range, the range will continue
 printing on a new page at that point. Choose Range  Page Breaks Set Vertical
 Break (Ctrl+!) or Range  Page Breaks Set Horizontal Break (Ctrl+~) to create
 a page break after the last selected column or under the last selected row.

 For example, if you have selected the range C40:D43 and choose Set Vertical
 Break, a page break will appear between columns D and E. When you print the
 layer, columns A through D will appear on one set of pages, and columns F and
 beyond will appear on a different set of pages. (See Range  Page Breaks  for
 more information.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.3. Closing a File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To close the current workbook, choose File Close Workbook (Ctrl+w).

To close any visible workbook, choose Close from the system menu on the file
window, or double-click the system menu button (see Mesa File Windows).

If you have unsaved changes, Mesa will prompt you to save them.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.4. Quitting Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose File Exit... (Alt+x), or Close from the system menu on the application
title bar, or double-click the application system-menu icon, or press Alt+F4 to
quit Mesa. Mesa will prompt you to save all open workbooks with unsaved
changes, as above.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.5. Exercises for Saving, Printing, and Closing Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Within a workbook file containing a sample data table and graph (see Exercises
for Navigating Mesa), try the following tasks to test your skills:

   1. Save the workbook as TestFile.

   2. Print the range A1:M20 with the current date and time at the upper-left
      and upper-right corners.

      See Printing a File for instructions.

   3. Close the workbook and quit Mesa.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. BUILDING A WORKBOOK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section contains detailed, task-oriented information about Mesa's 3-D
workbook files and what you can do with them.

Managing Workbook Files describes how to open and close files, enter data into
ranges, and transfer data between ranges and between files.

Building a Layer describes the kinds of information that can be included in
cells, how to add more cells to a layer, and how to change the format and input
characteristics of a layer or a range of cells.

Graphing Data describes the appearance, attributes, and uses of Mesa graphs.

Creating Scripts describes how to create, edit, and execute REXX scripts in
Mesa.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1. Managing Workbook Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Opening a Workbook

     Saving a Workbook

     Closing a Workbook

     Changing the Size of a Workbook

     Moving Between Pages

     Moving Within a Page

     Addressing Part of a Layer

     Transferring Cell Contents

     Exchanging Data with Other Applications

     Linking Parts of a Workbook Together


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1. Opening a Workbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Creating a new file from within Mesa

     Creating or opening workbooks automatically

     New workbook dimensions

     Opening an existing file from within Mesa

     Opening an existing file from the desktop

     Opening multiple file windows

     Opening multiple windows to one file


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.1. Creating a new file from within Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose File New (Ctrl+n) to create a new, empty workbook which will appear
within the application window display region.

When you create a new file, it is given the default name of Blank1.m2.
Subsequent new files are named Blank2.m2, Blank3.m2, and so forth. You can
choose a new name for your file when you save it (see Saving a Workbook).

The name of the file appears on the title bar of the file window at all times.

You can resize the file window, like any other OS/2 window, using the yellow
window borders along the sides and corners. Similarly, you can move the window
by dragging the title bar, minimize it by clicking the minimize button on the
title bar, and expand it to fill the entire application window by clicking the
maximize button. (See Mesa File Windows for more information.)

Mesa windows remember their size and location when last saved, and will appear
exactly the same when reopened.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.2. Creating or opening workbooks automatically ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you launch Mesa, it looks for an autoload file in the current working
directory. The name of the autoload file is set in the File to autoload: field
in the Preferences Manager; by default, the file autoload.m2 is looked for. The
Mesa for OS/2 package you received should include a sample workbook with this
name. See Preferences Manager for more information.

If the autoload file is unavailable, Mesa creates a new, empty workbook file
when launched.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.3. New workbook dimensions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

New workbooks are created with a default number of rows, columns, and layers.
These defaults can be set through the Rows, Columns, and Layers fields in the
Preferences Manager, up to a maximum of 32,767 rows, 18,278 columns, and 702
layers. See Preferences Manager for more information.

The dimensions of the current workbook can be changed in several ways. See
Changing the Size of a Workbook and Changing Layer Dimensions for more
information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.4. Opening an existing file from within Mesa ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

   1. Choose File Open... (Ctrl+o) to open the OS/2 Open panel.

   2. Choose the correct drive and directory from the Drive: and Directory:
      fields.

      For example, if your file is in the directory
      C:\projects\SalesProjections\, you would:

        a. Choose C: from the Drive: menu.

        b. Double-click projects in the Directory: list box.

        c. Double-click SalesProjections in the Directory: list box.

           ...to display the contents of your target directory.

             1. Enter the name of the file you want to open in the Open
                filename: field and press Enter.

                You can also select the file name you want from the File: list
                box and press Enter. The File: field does not always list every
                file in the target directory, however. Which files are
                displayed depends on the contents of the Open filename: and
                Type of file: fields, as follows:

                    Only files whose names match the contents of the Open
                     filename: field will be displayed. An asterisk (*) can be
                     used to match zero or more characters.

                     For example, if the Open filename: field contains *.m2,
                     only files that have the m2 extension will be displayed.

                    Only files that have the extended attributes listed in the
                     Type of file: field will be displayed.

                     For example, if the Type of file: field reads Mesa
                     Workbook File, only files that have the Mesa Workbook File
                     file type set in their extended attributes will be listed.

                     The Use extended attributes checkbox in the Preferences
                     panel controls the default behavior of the Open panel:

                    If it is checked, then Mesa Workbook File is chosen as the
                     default file type, and all files in the directory are
                     displayed.

                    If it is unchecked, then <All Files> is chosen as the
                     default file type, and only files ending with .m2 are
                     displayed.

                      For more information about Use extended attributes, see
                     Preferences Manager.

                     In addition to Mesa files, you can open files from other
                     spreadsheet programs in this fashion. See Importing from
                     and exporting to other spreadsheets for more information.

 Mesa files are saved by default with a .m2 extension, and with the file type
 Mesa Workbook File.

 Mesa saves backup files with a .m2b extension. Backup files are no different
 from regular Mesa files, and are saved with the same file type (Mesa Workbook
 File), so that they are listed normally in the File: list box if extended
 attributes are being used.

 Whenever you open a file, a file window is created. The size, location, and
 state of the file and the window are identical to their states when last
 saved. The file name appears in the window's title bar.

 If you open a large file, it may take some time for the file to be loaded. The
 Status Bar at the bottom of the application window will give you an indication
 of how far along the process is. When the file is finished loading, it is
 recalculated once (see Recalculating values).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.5. Opening an existing file from the desktop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you double-click a Mesa file icon from the OS/2 desktop, a copy of Mesa will
be launched and the file will be opened within the new application window.

If you drag a Mesa file icon onto an open application window, the file will be
opened within that application window, and a new copy of Mesa will not be
launched. Be sure to drop the file icon onto an empty part of the display area.

You can also import xls, wk1 and wk3 files into Mesa by dragging the file icons
onto an empty part of the display area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.6. Opening multiple file windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every time you open a Mesa file, a new file window is created within the Mesa
application window. You can open any number of file windows at a time, and they
will stack on top of one another like notebooks on a tabletop. The currently
active window will always be on top of the stack.

To select a window, simply click on any part of it that is visible. It will
become the currently active window, and will therefore be brought to the top of
the stack.

You can rearrange file windows so that they are all visible, using:

     Window Tile Horizontal (Ctrl+F8)

      This arranges the windows one next to the other, from left to right. The
      windows are resized to be tall and thin.

     Window Tile Horizontal (Ctrl+F8)

      This arranges the windows one above of the other, from top to bottom. The
      windows are resized to be wide and short.

     Window Cascade (F8)

      This stacks the windows one on top of the other. The windows are resized
      to be roughly the same shape as the application window, and they are
      stacked so that the title bar of each window is visible.

 You can minimize a file window so that it takes up very little space within
 the application window. To minimize a window, click the minimize button (the
 small square) on the title bar. To restore a minimized window to its normal
 size, simply double-click on the minimized-window icon. Note that when a
 window is minimized, it is completely ignored by all the window-rearranging
 commands listed above.

 You can also maximize a window, so that it takes up the entire application
 display area, by clicking the maximize button (the large square) on the title
 bar or by double-clicking the title bar itself. You can restore a maximized
 window to its normal size the same way.

 See also:

 Opening multiple windows to one file


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1.7. Opening multiple windows to one file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sometimes, you will want two or more windows to display different sections of
the same workbook file. For example, you may want to edit one layer while
inspecting another.

Choose Window New View (Ctrl+Shift+N) to open another window into the current
workbook file, displaying the same page as the currently selected window.

All windows to a workbook file update simultaneously, so that the information
and formatting in every window is always current.

Multiple windows can be minimized, maximized, resized, hidden, closed and
otherwise manipulated independently of one another. When you flip between pages
or scroll in one window, the other windows remain unaffected. However, any
commands that affect the workbook file itself will take effect in all windows -
for example, when you close a workbook file (see Saving a Workbook below), all
windows associated with that file close, as well.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.2. Saving a Workbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To save the changes you have made to a workbook, choose File Save (Ctrl+s). If
this is the first time you have saved this workbook, you will be prompted for a
filename and path through the Save Panel.

If the current file has previously been saved, the Save panel will not be
opened and you will not be prompted for a file name. Instead, the file will be
saved with the existing name. If you want to change the name of the file,
choose File Save As... (Ctrl+Shift+S) to open the Save panel, then change the
settings as above.

By default, Mesa uses the Mesa Workbook File extended attribute, and
automatically appends the m2 extension to any filename you enter. For example,
if you enter TestFile in the Name field, the file will be saved as TestFile.m2.

To export a file in a different file format, such as wk1, wk3, or xls, simply
change the extension in the File Name: field or choose the file format you want
from the File Type: menu. See Importing from and exporting to other
spreadsheets for more information.

You can also save a file with a password, so that anyone who attempts to open
the file will have to enter the same password. (Note that passwords are not
high-security measures; they are intended primarily to protect your workbook
from casual inspection by coworkers.)

To enter, edit, or delete a password in your workbook, press Password... on the
Wkbook view of the Selection Manager. For more information, see the File
Password Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.3. Closing a Workbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you are finished working with a file, choose File Close Workbook (Ctrl+w)
or Close from the file window's System menu to get rid of it.

If you have not saved your changes, Mesa will warn you and prompt you to do so.
Click No to close the file without saving; Yes to save the file (see Saving a
Workbook), and Cancel to return to the file without doing anything.

WARNING: If you choose No, your changes will be lost permanently.

When you close a workbook, all windows that are open to that workbook close
simultaneously (see Opening multiple windows to one file above). If you want to
close only one window and leave other windows to the same file open, select
that window and choose Window Close Window (Ctrl+Alt+w).

See also Closing multiple workbook files


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.3.1. Closing multiple workbook files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To close every workbook you have open (including hidden ones), select Window
Close All Windows (Ctrl+Shift+W). This will happen automatically when you quit
Mesa (choose <System> Close (Alt+F4) from the application window's System
menu, or File Exit... (Alt+x)), as well.

In both cases, you will be prompted to save any workbooks that have unsaved
changes, as above.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.4. Changing the Size of a Workbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you create a new workbook file, it has a default number of empty layers
(as described in New workbook dimensions). When you open an existing file, it
has however many layers it was saved with.

To add a layer to a workbook:

     Choose File  Workbook Add Layer (Ctrl+l).

     Click Add layer in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager.

 See Changing Layer Dimensions for information on changing the size of a layer.

 Workbooks can contain script pages as well as layers. (Scripts are REXX
 programs that perform a series of steps whenever they are executed. See
 Creating Scripts for more information.)

 You can include as many or as few script pages as you like - there is no
 maximum or minimum number. To add a script page to your workbook:

     Choose File  Workbook Add Script (Ctrl+Shift+A).

     Click Add script in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager.

 To delete a page from your workbook, select the page and choose File 
 Workbook Delete Page (Ctrl+Shift+Del), or select the page from the Pages list
 box in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager, then click Delete page.

 See Naming pages.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.4.1. Naming pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

By default, pages in a workbook are named as follows:

     Layers (A - ZZ)

     Scripts (Script001 - Script999)

 In other words, the first layer created in a workbook will be called A, the
 second layer B, and so forth. The first script will be called Script001, the
 second Script002, and so forth.

 To rename a page, Alt+click the Page Tab for that page to open the Page
 Settings view of the Selection Manager, and enter a new name in the Name
 field. The new name must be three characters or more, to avoid conflict with
 default layer names. (Nothing prevents you from naming a layer Script001 or
 something of that sort, but it is not recommended.)

 Pages will stay in the order created, and can always be referred to by their
 original name as well as their new name. For example, if you rename layer C to
 Inventory, you can refer to [Inventory]B1 or to [C]B1 interchangeably.

 When you change the name of a page, references to that page elsewhere in the
 workbook are automatically revised to reflect its new name.

 To reset the default name of a page, simply leave the Name field empty.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.5. Moving Between Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Page Tabs, which appear at the bottom of each file window, control which page
is displayed in that window. To select and display a new page, simply click the
Tab for that page. If the Tab for the page you want is not visible, you can
scroll through the list using the scrollbar to the right of the Tabs list.

     Click any Tab to view that page, replacing the currently displayed page.

     Right-click anywhere in the region containing Page Tabs to open a Page
      Tabs pop-up menu (see The Page Tabs Menu).

     Shift+click a script Page Tab to execute that script (see Executing a
      Script).

     Alt+Click a Tab to rename it (see Naming pages).

 Additionally, you can use the following commands to move between pages:

     Enter the name of the page you want under Name in the Page Settings view
      of the Selection Manager, or select the page you want from the Pages list
      box in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager and click GoTo page.

     Use Edit GoTo... (Ctrl+g) to select a range or a graphic on a different
      page (see Using GoTo).

     To find and display one or more ranges that contain a particular value,
      choose Edit Find... (Ctrl+f) or flip to the Find Panel view of the
      Selection Manager and enter the value you want to search for (see
      Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.6. Moving Within a Page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Usually, an entire page cannot be fully displayed in the window you have open.
In this case you may want to scroll through the page to view areas that are not
initially visible.

     To scroll in any direction, drag the scroll boxes on the vertical or
      horizontal scrollbars, or press the scroll buttons on those bars (see The
      Mesa Application Window).

     To scroll through the current page by screenfuls, click the vertical
      scrollbar above or below the scroll box, or click the horizontal
      scrollbar to the left of or to the right of the scroll box.

 To move from one cell into an adjacent cell:

     Press arrow keys to move up, down, left or right.

     Press Tab to move one cell to the right.

     Press Shift+Tab to move one cell to the left.

     Press Enter to move one cell down. (The behavior of Enter can be changed
      through the Preferences panel. See Preferences Manager for more
      information.)

 To find a particular location within a layer:

     To move to cell A1, press Home.

     If you know the address of the range you are looking for, choose Edit
      GoTo... (Ctrl+g) and enter that address.

     If you have labelled the range you are looking for (see Labelling a
      Range), you can enter that label in the GoTo... panel, or choose Range
      Label Range... (Ctrl+Shift+L) to open the Range, Labels view of the
      Selection Manager and select the label you want.

     To move to a particular graphic in the current page enter the name of
      that graphic in the GoTo... panel.

 If your worksheet contains data blocks separated by empty cells, you can use
 the End key in combination with the arrow keys to quickly maneuver between
 these data blocks. Here, a data block simply refers to a group of adjacent
 cells filled with data.

     To move to the edge of the current data block or to the next data block
      in any direction, press the End key and then the arrow key corresponding
      to that direction (End-arrow). By repeating this operation, you will move
      the base cell to the nearest edge of the next data block, "jumping over"
      all the empty cells in-between. You can use the End key in this manner to
      maneuver within and between data blocks inside the layer.

     To move the base cell to the last row and column containing data within
      the layer, press the End key and then the Home key (End-Home).

 If you press the End key twice (i.e. End-End), the End command will be
 disabled until the next time you press the End key. Note that whenever you
 enter a key combination beginning with the End key, the flag "END" appears in
 the last segment of the Status Bar.

 To find particular values or cell contents within the current page, choose
 Edit Find... (Ctrl+f) to open the Find Panel view of the Selection Manager
 and enter the value you want to search for. See Find Panel for more
 information.

 Note, also, that you can change the magnification (or "zoom" setting) of a
 workbook so that more or less of the screen is visible at one time. See Window
  Zoom for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.7. Addressing Part of a Layer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are several different ways to address a cell or a range in Mesa, either
in a formula (to refer to the contents of that cell or range) or a control
panel (for example, to select a given range through the GoTo panel). Mesa
supports address syntax from several other spreadsheets, so that you can
continue to use the habits you have already acquired.

See:

     Addressing a single cell

     Addressing a rectangular range

     Addressing a discontinuous range

 In addition to the techniques discussed in this section, see:

     Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges for more information about
      selecting cells and ranges through direct manipulation

     Labelling a Range for more information about using range labels as an aid
      in selecting and referring to important ranges


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.7.1. Addressing a single cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A single cell can be addressed by specifying the row and column that intersect
at that cell. For example:

     A1 - Column A; Row 1.

     Z2 - Column Z; Row 2.

     AFZ100000 - Column AFZ; Row 100000.

 Mesa will assume the cell you specify is in the currently selected page. If
 you want to address a cell in another layer, you must specify the layer name
 in brackets ([]). For example:

     [A]A1 - Layer A; Column A; Row 1.

     [Sales]C5 - Layer Sales; Column C; Row 5.

 A single element of a rectangular range can be addressed using the ELEMENT()
 function. ELEMENT(range, row, col) returns the value of the rowth row and the
 colth column of range. For example:

     =ELEMENT(C1:D15, 0,0) returns the value of cell C1.

 See ELEMENT, @ELEMENT for more information.

 Note:   Mesa builds a temporary two-dimensional array out of any discontinuous
        range reference, then uses the row and columns it is given to address
        elements in that array. In principle, then, you can use the ELEMENT()
        function to retrieve the value of an element in a non-rectangular
        range, by using the correct offsets for row and col. In practice, this
        technique is not recommended, since it is easy to become confused about
        what element is being retrieved.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.7.2. Addressing a rectangular range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A rectangular range can be addressed by specifying two cells at opposite
corners of the range. The cell addresses should be separated by a colon(:) or
two dots(..). For example:

     A1:C15 - All cells between A1 and C15, inclusive (45 cells altogether).

     C1...C15 - All cells between C1 and C15, inclusive (15 cells altogether).

     [F]A5..B10 - All cells between A5 and B10, inclusive, on layer F (12
      cells altogether).

      Note:   Throughout this documentation, we will be using the colon syntax
             to refer to ranges, as in the first example above. However, all
             three symbols are interchangeable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.7.3. Addressing a discontinuous range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Any group of cells that does not form a two-dimensional rectangle is referred
to as a discontinuous range.

Within an entry field, such as in the GoTo panel, you can address a
discontinuous range by addressing the individual ranges that compose it,
separated by commas:

     A1:C15,[F]A5:B10 - All cells in range A1:C15 in the current layer and in
      range A5:B10 in layer F (57 cells altogether).

     A1:C15,A5:B10 - All cells between A1 and C15, inclusive (45 cells
      altogether). (Note that the 12 cells in range A5:B10 are selected twice.
      This has no effect on anything.)

 Within a formula, you can use the ADDRESS function to refer to a discontinuous
 range. For example:

     ADDRESS("A1:C15,[F]A5:B10")

     ADDRESS("A1:C15,A5:B10")

 ...refer to the same ranges as above, and can be used in any formula where a
 range is expected. See ADDRESS, @ADDRESS for more information.

 Note:   Any range can be addressed in an enormous number of alternative ways
        using discontinuous-range syntax. Generally, Mesa addresses
        discontinuous ranges based on how they were selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.8. Transferring Cell Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa offers a wide variety of methods for transferring data from one location
to another. Most of these fall into two basic categories:

     Copying methods, which copy the contents of a range.

      (See Copying a range for a list of copy methods.)

     Moving methods, which change the location of a range.

      (See Moving a range for a list of moving methods.)

      See also Transferring data between ranges for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.8.1. Copying a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 clipboard is a system-wide area for temporary storage of information,
which is used by many different applications. The following clipboard commands
are useful for copying data:

     To copy a cell or range onto the clipboard, select the cell or range and
      choose Edit Copy (Ctrl+Insert).

     To copy the entire contents of the clipboard into the current layer,
      select a single cell and choose Edit Paste (Shift+Insert). The
      upper-left corner of the clipboard contents will appear in the selected
      cell.

      If the contents of the clipboard overlap existing cells in the layer, the
      existing cells are overwritten. If there are any protected cells that
      would normally be overwritten by the Paste operation, the operation is
      aborted.

      See Transferring data between ranges for more information.

     To copy the clipboard contents into a fixed-size range in the current
      layer, select a destination range and choose Edit Paste (Shift+Insert).
      The upper-left corner of the clipboard contents will appear in the
      upper-left corner of the selected range, and the clipboard contents will
      be adjusted to fit that range. This operation can only be performed with
      rectangular ranges.

      See Transferring data between ranges for more information.

     To copy the values of the contents of the clipboard into the current
      layer as constants, choose Edit  Paste Special Paste Values
      (Alt+Insert).

     To copy the formattinginformation of the contents of the clipboard into
      the current layer while leaving the values of the cells unchanged, choose
      Edit  Paste Special Paste Format (Ctrl+Shift+Insert).

 Since clipboard commands are standard, you are often able to copy and paste
 data between different applications. For example, you can copy a section of
 text from the System Editor and paste it into Mesa. See Exchanging Data with
 Other Applications for more information.

 Several fill commands can be used to copy data from one part of a selected
 range into the entire selected range:

     To copy the leftmost column of the selected range into every column of
      the selected range, choose Range  Fill Fill Right (Ctrl+Tab).

     To copy the uppermost row of the selected range into every row of the
      selected range, choose Range  Fill Fill Down ().

     To copy the base cell into the entire selected range, choose Range  Fill
      Fill with Base Cell ().

 Data can be copied directly from one part of a layer to another using the
 following methods:

     Ctrl+right-drag a selected range to create a copy of that range. Drop the
      copy anywhere on the same layer.

     Ctrl+right-drag an unselected cell to create a copy of that cell. Drop
      the copy anywhere on the same layer.

     Ctrl+right-drag a column or row heading to create a copy of the entire
      column or row. Drop the copy anywhere within a Mesa file.

 Whenever you copy a formula, relative cell references will update to reflect
 the formula's new location. See Copying and moving formulas for more
 information about the effects of copying formulas, and Relative and absolute
 cell references for more information about how to prevent cell references from
 updating.

 When you copy a range, all the formatting information for the range is copied
 as well. Row and column sizes remain unchanged, however.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.8.2. Moving a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Moving a range causes the range to disappear from its original location and
reappear in the current location. While Move appears to behave much like the
combination of Cut and Paste, there are two important differences.

When you paste a cell containing a formula, relative cell references in the
formula are updated to reflect the cell's new location (see Relative and
absolute cell references). When you move a cell, all cell references are kept
constant - if cell B1 contains the formula =A1^2, then no matter where you move
that formula it will always return the square of A1.

For example, if cell B1 above is cut and pasted into row 3, the formula will
change to =B3^2. If B1 is instead moved into row 3, the formula remains =A1^2.

More importantly, Move will also cause all references to that range to update,
so that they refer to the new location of that range. This makes Move a very
powerful data-management tool.

For example, if in the example above, cell A1 is moved to column F, the formula
in cell B1 will change to =F1^2. Similarly, any other formulas that refer to A1
will be altered automatically, so that the contents of the cell being referred
to remain constant.

     Choose Edit  Paste Special Move (Ctrl+m) to move the contents of the
      clipboard into the current layer. This command will cause the original
      range to disappear, if it was copied onto the clipboard.

     Right-drag any cell or range to move that cell or range within the
      current page.

 See also Inserting a range for related information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.8.3. Transferring data between ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When data is transferred (moved or copied) from one range to another, the
output depends on the relative shapes of the original range and the destination
range.

If the destination is a single cell, data is transferred into a range of the
same size as the original range, whose upper-left corner is the destination
cell.

If there are protected cells in the destination range that would normally be
overwritten, the transfer operation is aborted and an error panel is opened.

If the destination is a multi-cell range, Move and Transpose will not work.
Paste Values and Paste Format will still work, as will a normal Paste, in the
following ways:

     If the destination range is smaller than the original range, the data is
      truncated to fit.

     If the destination range is larger than the original range, the data is
      repeated to fill the range.

      In other words, the contents of each row in the source range are repeated
      to fill each row in the destination range, and the contents of each
      column in the source range are repeated to fill each column in the
      destination range.

 When a destination range is more than one cell, the contents of the clipboard
 must be rectangular.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9. Exchanging Data with Other Applications ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Clipboard operations

     Importing from and exporting to other spreadsheets

     Real-time data feeds

     REXX scripts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.1. Clipboard operations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 clipboard commands (Cut, Copy and Paste) provide a convenient and
standard set of tools for transferring information between applications.
Because these are standard OS/2 commands, they should behave identically in all
OS/2 applications.

To transfer data out of Mesa into the System Editor, for example, using Copy
and Paste:

   1. Select the range you wish to export.

   2. Choose Edit Copy (Ctrl+Insert).

   3. Open the System Editor.

   4. Choose Paste from within the System Editor.

 Naturally, the application you are exporting to must be able to accept the
 kind of objects you have selected. You cannot paste a graphic object into the
 System Editor, for example.

 To transfer data into Mesa using Copy and Paste:

   1. Select the object(s) you wish to import in the application you wish to
      import from.

   2. Choose Copy from within that application.

   3. Select Mesa and choose Edit Paste (Shift+Insert).

 Naturally, the object you are importing must be supported within Mesa. If it
 is text, Mesa will parse it - that is, interpret it character-by-character -
 into a range of cells. As long as nothing forces Mesa to move into another
 cell, your input will be interpreted as the contents of a single cell. For
 example, if you copy a paragraph from a text editor and paste it into Mesa, it
 will usually be interpreted as a single text entry (see Text or string
 constants).

 Input will move into another cell for the following reasons:

     A tab character causes input to move into the cell immediately to the
      right.

     A carriage return or line feed character will cause input to move into
      cells in the next row down, starting in the leftmost selected column.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.2. Importing from and exporting to other spreadsheets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa imports the following spreadsheet file formats:

     Lotus 1-2-3(TM) wk1 format

     Lotus 1-2-3(TM) wk3 format

     Microsoft Excel(TM) v3.0 xls format

     Microsoft Excel(TM) v4.0 xls worksheet, but not workbook, format

 While Mesa can open files in these formats, this does not guarantee full
 compatibility. In particular, for legal reasons Mesa does not support Lotus
 Macros(TM) . If your 1-2-3 files contain Macros, you will have to develop
 equivalent REXX scripts within Mesa.

 Mesa exports the same file formats as it imports. Please note that when a 3-d
 Mesa workbook is exported into a 2-d format, only the first layer is exported.
 Also, there are some subtle differences between wk3 for OS/2 and wk3 for
 Windows, so opening wk3 files from a Windows application may not work as
 expected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.3. Importing and exporting delimited text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

One way to import text files into a Mesa workbook is simply to use the OS/2
clipboard commands to copy and paste the file contents.

A better way to import large files is to choose File Import Text...
(Ctrl+Shift+I). An import panel opens to let you choose the file to import, and
the imported text appears starting at the current base cell.

In both cases, Mesa interprets line feed and carriage returns as breaks between
rows, and tabs as breaks between columns.

To export delimited text, use the OS/2 clipboard commands to copy and paste the
file contents.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.4. Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa takes advantage of OS/2's Dynamic Data Exchange service (often referred to
as DDE) to exchange real-time data with other OS/2 DDE-enabled applications.

For example, to define a range in a Mesa spreadsheet that contains a live link
to a region of text in the DeScribe(TM) word processor:

   1. Copy a region of text in DeScribe(TM) .

   2. Select a Mesa workbook.

   3. Choose Edit Paste Link ().

 The text on the clipboard will appear in the selected workbook, as if you had
 chosen Paste. However, if you edit the text within DeScribe, the Mesa range
 will display the updated text.

 Similarly, you can export data from a Mesa workbook into a DDE client
 application by following the same steps. For example, to define a region of a
 DeScribe(TM) file that contains a live link to a Mesa workbook:

   1. Copy a range from a Mesa workbook.

   2. Select a DeScribe(TM) file.

   3. Choose Edit Paste Link from the DeScribe(TM) menu.

 The contents of the clipboard will appear in the DeScribe(TM) file, as if you
 had chosen Paste. However, if you edit the range within Mesa, the DeScribe
 file will display the updated data.

 You can also choose Edit DDE Links... () to create, edit, and update links
 between Mesa and other DDE-enabled applications. For more information, see
 Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.5. Real-time data feeds ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa is designed to allow real-time information to be easily transferred into
and out of workbooks and to and from custom applications. Because Mesa is a
multithreaded application, the input and output of real-time feeds does not
interfere with other operations within Mesa, such as user input.

A description of how to interface with Mesa's real-time feeds is beyond the
scope of this document. However, Mesa ships with two sample applications that
demonstrate how Mesa deals with real-time data feeds. The first, feed.exe,
simulates the behavior of a real-time stock-market data feed that sends stock
market information into Mesa. The second, page.exe, simulates the behavior of a
pager that accepts messages from Mesa.

To start Feed, double-click the feed.exe icon.

When Feed starts running, it generates simulated stock bids in the following
format:

BID stocknameprice

...and attempts to send those stock bids to Mesa. If Mesa is not running, Feed
will return a "Failed" message with each failed attempt to transfer data into
Mesa.

If Mesa is running, Mesa will incorporate Feed's output into an internal "feed
table." (Any other real-time feeds you write will also be incorporated into
this table.) This feed table can be used by the FEED() function to retrieve a
current price, given the stock name and the text entry "BID" (FEED() uses these
two text entries to identify which item in the feed table it should return the
value of.)

For example, the formula:

=FEED("BID", "Athena")

will look for an item in the feed table of the form

BID Athena price

...and will return price, or a !RTF error if no such item is found.

Note that Mesa will accept real-time input and build a data table, even if
there is no workbook open that refers to the data table. Therefore, if you are
not using the FEED() function anywhere visible, the operation of Feed will not
have any noticeable effect. Furthermore, the feed table itself prompts the
worksheets that refer to it to recalculate as needed, so the displayed data is
always up-to-date.

To start Page, double-click the page.exe icon.

When Page starts running, it will open a display panel and periodically check
Mesa for real-time output of the form:

Page text_entry

If Page finds this output, it displays text_entry in the display panel.
Otherwise, Page sits there patiently and waits.

A Mesa workbook can be made to generate output with the SIGNAL() function. For
example, the formula:

=SIGNAL(1, "Page", "Call your sister!")

...generates the following output:

Page Call your sister!

If Page is running, it will then display Call your sister! in the display
panel.

To see Feed and Page in operation:

   1. Start Feed

   2. Start Page

   3. Open the workbook called autoload.m2, included in your copy of Mesa.

 Autoload.m2 demonstrates the FEED() and SIGNAL() functions described above.
 The "Bid" column contains FEED() formulas that look at the feed table to
 determine the current bid price for different stocks. The bid price is
 compared to pre-set price parameters.

 If the bid price drops lower than the pre-set "Buy" parameter, the workbook
 sends a "Buy <stock>" signal which Page displays. If the bid price exceeds the
 pre-set "Sell" parameter, the workbook sends a "Sell <stock>" signal which
 Page displays. If the bid price is between the "Buy" and "Sell" parameters,
 nothing particularly interesting happens.

 Examine the FEED() and SIGNAL() formulas in autoload.m2, and the source code
 for feed.exe and page.exe, to find out more about how Mesa exchanges
 information with other applications. See also GETFEED and SETFEED.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.9.6. REXX scripts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

REXX's Address() function allows a script to send and receive messages from
other applications. REXX also includes several functions for file-based input
and output, and several extensions to REXX expand its I/O capabilities.

The MScript functions GetCellContents() and PutCellContents() allow a script to
retrieve data from and insert data into a Mesa workbook file. The GetFeed() and
SetFeed() functions allow a script to interact with the real-time data feed
table.

By combining these features, you can write REXX scripts that communicate data
back and forth between Mesa and other applications - anything from parsing an
ASCII file into a workbook layer to formatting a lookup table full of addresses
as a series of printed address labels.

For more information, see Creating Scripts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.10. Linking Parts of a Workbook Together ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A Mesa workbook file is more than just a group of unrelated pages - you can
link parts of different pages together so that the same data appears in
multiple places. By doing this, you can control how you interact with the data
without changing how the data itself is stored. This section introduces some
basic techniques for accomplishing this:

     Using references describes how to use basic link formulas to connect
      cells in different ranges.

     Using lookup tables describes how to use Mesa's lookup functions to
      retrieve data from one range and display it in another.

 See also Using SAME() and NEXT() for related information about using "smart"
 references.

 Naturally, you can also use Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) to transfer data
 between one Mesa workbook and another. See Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) for
 more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.10.1. Using references ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The simple ability of cells to calculate their own values, based on the values
or the contents of other cells, is often underutilized as a tool for linking
together different regions of a workbook.

For example, say you have created a workbook layer which contains contact
information for prospective customers, where all the information about a given
customer is arranged horizontally in a single row, and where each column
contains a different field (e.g; Last Name, First Name, Middle Initial, Title,
Company, Address1, Address2, City, State, Zip, Country, ID Code, Status Code,
and Related Customers). A data table of this type is often an ideal way to
store information.

Note:   A layer of data arranged in a tabular format like this is also
       sometimes called a "database." However, since this term also refers to
       separate applications that manage large sets of data, and can therefore
       cause confusion, the term "data table" will be used throughout this
       documentation.

 However, a data table is usually not the best way to look at your information.
 For example, you may wish to display an individual's address the way it would
 appear in a letter or an envelope, instead. The most effective way to do this
 is to create references to your data table, then arrange the references in any
 pattern you want.

 For example, let's say the data table described above begins in column A of
 layer A. If you enter the formula:

 = [A]A2

 ... in cell [B]A1, then [B] A1 will display the last name of the first record
 in your data table. (See Relative and absolute cell references for more
 information about cell and range references and how to use them). This is a
 step in the right direction - now the data is stored in layer A, but is being
 displayed in layer B.

 Note:   The first record in your data table will usually be in row 2, since
        row 1 contains the field names. This can be slightly confusing at
        first.

 This is still of limited use, however, since it only displays a fixed piece of
 information (the last name of the first entry). It would be more useful if
 layer B could display data from a variable record in layer A, rather than
 constantly refer to the first record.

 In order to do this, you can use the ADDRESS() function to convert the name of
 a cell into a reference to that cell. For example, if you replace the contents
 of cell [B]A1 with the formula:

 =ADDRESS(B1)

 ...then, every time the workbook is recalculated, [B]A1 will:

   1. refer to [B]B1 to find the name of a cell

   2. refer to the cell just found to find its own value

 For example, if [B]B1 contains the text entry [A]A2, then [B]A1 will return
 the last name of the first record in layer A, just as before. If [B]B1 is
 changed to [A]A5, then [B]A1 returns the last name of the fourth record in
 layer A, instead.

 This powerful tool allows you to display different items from your data table
 without having to rewrite your formula every time. However, there exists a
 more efficient way to access a new record rather than entering a complete cell
 reference (like "[A]A5")each time. If instead you use the formula:

 =ADDRESS(B1, 0, 0)

 ...then the cell will refer to B1 only to determine which record it should
 examine, and will automatically refer to the first field in the data table. If
 B1 contains the number 5, then this formula returns the last name of the fifth
 record in layer A. (Note that the ADDRESS() function counts rows and columns
 starting from zero, not one. See Address equivalents for more information
 about the ADDRESS() function.)

 Now, simply by entering the record number you want to search for, you will
 automatically retrieve the last name in that record. This is still only of
 limited use, however. It would be more useful, for example, if A1 returned the
 full name of the person in that record, rather than just the last name.

 This can be done by using ADDRESS() several times to retrieve the first name,
 middle initial, and last name in a given record, then concatenated the results
 into a single text entry:

 =ADDRESS(B1, 3, 0) & " " & ADDRESS(B1, 2, 0) & " " & ADDRESS(B1, 1, 0)

 With this formula, A1 displays the full name of whatever record is numbered in
 cell B1.

 While the specific formulas listed here are only useful in this example, the
 general strategy of combining echo formulas, the ADDRESS() function, and
 functions like concatenation to retrieve and format data that is stored
 elsewhere is a very powerful tool.

 If you want to create a link by reference between ranges of cells, simply
 refer to the upper-left cell of the source range in the upper-left cell of the
 destination range, then SmartFill the destination range.

 See Using lookup tables for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.10.2. Using lookup tables ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Assume, as in Using references, that you have a layer in a workbook containing
contact information for prospective customers, with one row per customer and
one column per field: Last Name, First Name, Middle Initial, Title, Company,
Address1, Address2, City, State, Zip, Country, ID Code, Status Code, and
Related Customers, and that you want to arrange these items in a user-friendly
format elsewhere in that workbook - for example, for inclusion in a letter or
an envelope.

One way to accomplish this is to treat the data table as a horizontal lookup
table - a set of columns of data, where each column has a unique heading. You
can then retrieve the information from a given field of a given record using
the HLOOKUP() function.

For example, to retrieve the last name in the fifth record, use:

=HLOOKUP("Last Name", data, 5)

Where data is a label for the data table (see Labelling a Range). As with the
ADDRESS() function (see Using references), you can use cell references instead
of constants as arguments, to make the formula more versatile. For example:

=HLOOKUP(field, data, row)

...looks for cells labelled field and row, and uses the contents of those cells
to identify which element of the range data to return. (If field, data, and row
do not refer to appropriate items - for example, if field does not contain a
text entry that matches something in the title row of data - an error will be
returned (see HLOOKUP, @HLOOKUP for more information).

VLOOKUP() works similarly to HLOOKUP(), except it assumes a vertical lookup
table. For example, the formula:

=VLOOKUP(name, data, 4)

...would look in a cell labelled name for a last name, and return the company
name associated in the data table for that name.

See Database and lookup functions for more information about HLOOKUP, VLOOKUP,
and related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2. Building a Layer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Changing Layer Dimensions

     Entering Constants

     Converting Value Types

     Entering Formulas

     Managing Ranges

     Protecting Data


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.1. Changing Layer Dimensions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you create a layer, it contains a default number of rows and columns,
based on the current settings in the Page Settings view of the Selection
Manager.

The maximum size of a layer is 32,767 rows by 18,278 columns (over half a
billion cells). You can change the number of rows and/or columns in the current
layer in several ways:

     Enter new values in the Number fields under Columns or Rows in the Page
      Settings view of the Selection Manager.

     Choose Edit GoTo... (Ctrl+g) to move to a cell or range beyond the
      current dimensions of the layer. The layer will expand automatically to
      include the new cell or range. (See Moving Within a Page.)

     Use Enter, Tab, or arrow keys to move beyond the current dimensions of
      the layer. A new column or row will be added.

     Insert rows or columns into the layer (see Inserting a range).

 If you shrink a layer so that data is no longer visible, the data remains
 unchanged. For example, if you have data in the first 1,000 rows of a layer,
 and you shrink the layer to 500 rows, you will be unable to see the last 500
 rows of data. However, it is not lost - if you enter 1000 in the Rows field,
 all the original data will be displayed again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2. Entering Constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you enter data into a cell, Mesa interprets your input either as a
constant or a formula (see Cell contents and cell values). This is usually
unambiguous: if you enter 692.50, you likely mean to enter a numeric constant
(six-hundred-and-ninety-two-and-a-half) to two decimal points of precision, and
this is precisely what happens.

However, some cases are less clear. If you enter A1 + A2, for example, do you
mean the seven-character text entry "A1 + A2" (note that spaces count as
characters), or a formula returning the sum of the values of A1 and A2? (Mesa
interprets it as a text entry.)

Another example: if you enter 55%, it is interpreted as the numeric constant
0.55 and is displayed in Percent display format. See Using display formats and
Horizontal and vertical alignment for more information.

This section describes how Mesa interprets your input as various kinds of
constants, and how you can force your input to be interpreted in another way.
See Entering Formulas for a discussion of formulas.

See:

     Numeric constants

     Date and time constants

     Inputting date constants

     Text or string constants

     Arrays of constants

     Error constants

     Empty cells

     Determining the value or contents of a cell

     Constraining input


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.1. Numeric constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A numeric constant is a single floating-point number. The maximum values and
precisions for Mesa numeric constants are consistent with IEEE standards.

Some examples of numeric constants:

     17

     10009239812

     100.1093123

     .02411

 Cells with numeric values may occasionally display text symbols, but they are
 still numeric. For example, the following displayed values are all equivalent
 to the numeric constant 0.02411:

     0.02411

     2.41e-02

     $0.02

     2.41%

     01-Jan-1900

     12:34:43 AM

 While the cells all have the same value (.02411), their appearances are
 radically different.

 Mesa accepts a numeric constant into a cell when you:

     enter a series of numbers (e.g.; 12345), optionally preceded by a plus
      sign (+), an equals sign (=), or by a minus sign (-). (In the last case,
      a negative constant is accepted.)

     enter a series of numbers preceded by a $ sign (e.g; $123). In this case,
      input is displayed in Currency1 format (see Using display formats).

     enter a series of numbers followed by the percent symbol (%). In this
      case, the numeric value of your input is divided by 100, and is displayed
      in Percent format. For example, if you enter 75% it is interpreted as the
      numeric constant 0.75 and displayed as 75%.

     enter a series of numbers followed by the letter E (or e), followed by
      another series of numbers (e.g.; 123e4). In this case, the input is
      interpreted in exponential notation (the example just given would be
      interpreted as 1.23 times 10 to the 6th power, or 1230000).

     enter any of the above with a single decimal character to separate the
      integer and fractional components (e.g; 123.45 or .12345 or $100.25).

      Note:   Decimal and currency characters for display can be set through
             the Preferences Manager. Throughout this documentation, we use the
             US decimal point (.) and dollar sign ($) in our examples.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.2. Date and time constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Dates and times in Mesa are represented as numbers - specifically, the number
of days (and fractions of days) between that date and January 1, 1900. In one
sense, then, date and time constants are just numbers, and can be treated like
any other number.

However, several Mesa functions and input features are designed specifically to
interpret numeric constants as dates, so it is often easier to think of date
constants as a separate type of data. Throughout this documentation we will be
talking about date constants in this way.

A date constant represents the number of days that have passed since January 1,
1900. Some examples:

     34491 - June 6, 1994

     25311 - April 18, 1969

     27220 - July 10, 1974

 Since date constants are just numbers, you can enter them the way you would
 any other number - just type them into a cell. For example, if you enter 25311
 into cell A1, then format it using the DD-Mon-YY display format, the cell will
 display 18-Apr-69.

 There are much better ways to enter date constants into a cell, however. See
 Inputting date constants for a list of date input formats.

 Date constants can have fractional components, representing fractions of days.
 For example, the date constants 25311.25, 25311.5, and 25311.75 represent
 (respectively) 6 AM, noon, and 6 PM on April 18, 1969. If you enter 25311.25
 in a cell and format it in Time-HMS12, the cell will display 06:00:00 AM.

 Since time display formats look only at the fractional component of the time
 constant, the numbers 100.5, 13281.5, 0.5, and 12.5 all represent the same
 time - 12 noon.

 When you are using a Time format to display a number, the number is sometimes
 called a time constant. Again, time constants are really just numbers;
 however, since there are functions and input features designed specifically to
 interpret numeric constants as times, it is often easier to think of time
 constants as a separate data type.

 Mesa will interpret input in the following formats as time constants:

     hour:minute:second

     hour:minute

 ...where hour,minute and second can be any number. The entire input is treated
 as a number of seconds, minutes, and hours from 12:00:00 AM on January 1, 1900
 - for example, 11:87 represents 11 hours and 87 minutes after midnight, or
 12:27 PM. Similarly, 25:32 represents 25 hours and 32 minutes after midnight,
 which is 1:32 AM the following day.

 See Date and time functions for a listing of formula functions designed to
 work with date and time constants.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.3. Inputting date constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa will recognize several input formats as representing dates, and will
automatically calculate and store the date constant for you.

Mesa will attempt to interpret as a date any input that matches any of the
following date formats:

     month/day/year

     month/day

     month-day-year

     month-day

     day.month.year

 ...where day can be any number from 1 through 31, month can be any number from
 1 to 12 (if day or month exceed these limits, the input is treated as a text
 entry), and year can be any number. If year is less than 1000, it is
 interpreted as a number of years since 1900.

 As an example, the following cell contents, if entered in 1994, would
 represent the following dates:

     1/3/90

      January 3, 1990

     12/25

      December 25, 1994

     2-7-173

      February 7, 2073

     2-8

      February 8, 1994

     2.6.9

      June 2, 1909

 Additionally, Mesa recognizes the following formats if (and only if) a
 recognized month name rather than a number from 1 to 12 is used for month:

     day/month/year

     day/month

     day-month-year

     day-month

     day.month

 For example, the following inputs, if entered in 1994, would be interpreted as
 the following dates:

     11/Mar/90

      March 11, 1990

     1/Jan

      January 1, 1994

     12-December-191

      December 12, 2091

     8-Jul

      July 8, 1994

     8.Jul

      July 8. 1994

 If the above limits are not met, the input is not treated as a date. For
 example, the following inputs would be treated as text entries, because one or
 more fields exceed the limits described above:

     13/11

     2/93

     12.25.94

     Jan/12/91

 If your input does meet the aforementioned criteria, the number of days since
 1/1/1900 is automatically calculated and entered in the cell as a date serial
 number, and the display format for the cell is automatically set to the
 default date format (see Using display formats). Note that a serial value of 2
 corresponds to the base date 1/1/1900.

 This may lead to unexpected results if you enter dates that meet these
 criteria, but are nevertheless not legitimate calendar dates. For example,
 2/31/90 will be interpreted as a date serial number and displayed as
 03-Mar-90.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.4. Text or string constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A string constant, or text entry, consists of zero or more characters, and can
be of any length. It may contain numbers, letters, punctuation, spaces -
essentially anything you can type.

Note:   Throughout this documentation, "string" and "text entry" are used more
       or less interchangeably. Technically speaking, "text" is incorrect,
       since a string can consist solely of numbers and have no text at all
       (see below for examples). However, since "string" is a somewhat
       technical term not entirely in common usage, we use "text entry" in
       general discussion. When precision about data types is important, we use
       "string" instead.

 Some examples of string constants:

     The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy cat.

     4Q94

     Monday

     [phone]

     02146

 Notice that the last example is composed entirely of numbers; nevertheless, it
 is a string. Were it a numeric constant, the initial zero (0) would not be
 displayed.

 You can constrain the input type for a cell through Input Type in the Range
 Settings view of the Selection Manager, such that only string input is
 accepted. For example, if you enter 02146 in a cell, the cell will normally
 contain the numeric constant 2146. If you have set the input type for that
 cell to String, then the cell will contain the string constant 02146.

 See Range Settings for more information about input type.

 You can also force Mesa to treat your input as a string by prefixing it with
 an apostrophe ('). For example, if you enter '02146 into a cell, the cell will
 contain the string constant 02146 no matter what input type is set.

 Note that the apostrophe itself is not included in the text entry. To input a
 text entry starting with an apostrophe, you must type two apostrophes. For
 example, if you enter ''Quote' into a cell, the cell will contain the string
 constant 'Quote'.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.5. Arrays of constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An array is a series of constants stored within a single cell. Arrays can have
any number of constants in a row, and any number of rows; however, all rows in
an array must be of the same length.

The contents of an array should be entered between braces ({}). If the array is
the only item in the cell, it must be preceded by an equals sign (=). String
constants must be quoted. Individual constants should be separated by commas
(,) and rows should be separated by semicolons (;).

Some examples of array inputs:

     ={1,3,5,7,9; 2,4,6,8,10}

     ={"red", "orange", "yellow", "green", "blue", "indigo", "violet"}

     ={1.1, "blue", 1, 3.1415926535}

 Array elements must be constants; they cannot be formulas or contain cell
 references. For example, ={A1,B1} will return an error.

 If a cell contains an array, only the first element of the array is displayed
 in the cell. The three arrays described above would display as:

     1

     red

     1.1

 You can refer to an element of an array using ELEMENT(array, row, col) (see
 Matrix functions). For example:

 =ELEMENT({5,10,15;20,25,30},0,1)

 ...returns 10 (the second column of the first row of the given array).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.6. Error constants ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Errors are a special kind of value that indicate an illegal state for a cell.
For example, the formula =1/0 instructs Mesa to divide one by zero. Since this
is an illegal operation, the value of the formula is the error value !/0:
Division by Zero Error.

One special property of errors is that they propagate. For example, the
following formula:

 IF(A1 = A1, "True", "False")

...can normally be expected to return "True", no matter what the value of A1
may be (since no matter what, A1 is always equal to itself. Error values are an
exception to this rule: if A1 returns an error value, the formula above will
return the same error value.

Note:   Functions that explicitly convert or depend on the type of their input
       do not propagate errors. For example, the ISERROR() function does not
       propagate errors, nor do some type-conversion functions (see Converting
       Value Types).

 Generally, errors are produced by formulas. However, there are occasions when
 entering error constants directly into a cell is useful. For example, the
 error value !NA indicates that a value is currently unavailable. When building
 complex layers, you may wish to enter the !NA error constant into a cell to
 represent information you already know is missing and intend to include later.
 This way, you can determine at a glance what cells in your workbook depend on
 that information.

 Errors are always preceded by an exclamation point (!); however, not all items
 preceded by an exclamation point are errors! Mesa only recognizes a fixed list
 of errors; see Warnings and Errors for a list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.7. Empty cells ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An empty cell is a cell with no contents at all. When you create a new layer,
all the cells are empty.

To empty a cell, you must clear it using Edit Clear (Delete). A cell may
appear empty yet still have invisible contents: a zero-length string, for
example.

You can clear parts of a cell independently of one another - for example, you
can clear the formatting in a cell while leaving the formula and/or value
unchanged. See Clearing and deleting a range and Copying, pasting and clearing
formats.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.8. Determining the value or contents of a cell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

It is not always obvious from appearances whether a cell contains a number, a
string, a formula, an array, or is empty, especially if the alignment and
display format of the cell are unusual (see Horizontal and vertical alignment
and Using display formats).

Usually, the actual type of the cell contents is irrelevant, since most formula
functions support implicit type conversion (see Converting Value Types).
However, you can use the IStype functions (e.g; ISNUMBER(), ISSTRING(),
ISERROR(), ISFORMULA(), etc.) to distinguish between numbers, strings, errors,
formulas, etc. when necessary. (See Logical functions.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.2.9. Constraining input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa attempts to interpret your input as a formula, a string, a number, a date,
an array, or an error value, based on the syntax of your input. (See Entering
Constants.) Sometimes, however, you may wish to override Mesa's default
interpretation of your input.

For example, you may be entering the Zip code portion of someone's address:
07047. Normally, Mesa would interpret that as a numeric value and eliminate the
leading zero.

In order to force Mesa to interpret your input as a five-character string, you
can preface it with an apostrophe(' ). The apostrophe will not be included in
the cell's contents; it is simply a command to Mesa to interpret the following
value as a string.

The following prefix characters are available in Mesa to force a particular
interpretation:

     Plus sign(+)

      Formula or numeric entry. For example, +50 is interpreted as the number
      50, and +SQRT(100) is interpreted as the formula =0+SQRT(100) and returns
      the value 10.

     Minus sign(-)

      Negative formula or numeric entry. For example, -50 is interpreted as the
      number -50, and -SQRT(100) is interpreted as the formula =0-SQRT(100) and
      returns the value -10.

     Apostrophe(' )

      String entry. For example, ' SQRT(100) is interpreted as the text entry
      SQRT(100) (note that the apostrophe is not included in the cell
      contents).

     Double-quote (")

      String entry, right-aligned. See Horizontal and vertical alignment.

     Caret (^)

      String entry, right-aligned. See Horizontal and vertical alignment.

     Equals sign(=)

      Formula entry. For example, =SQRT(100) returns the value 10.

     @-functions

      If your input begins with an @-function, like @SUM or @AVERAGE etc., it
      is interpreted as a formula entry.

 Additionally, the use of special syntaxes and symbols can force interpretation
 in particular ways. For more information, see:

     Numeric constants

     Date and time constants

     Arrays of constants

     Error constants.

     @ and non-@ functions

 If you wish to constrain the input type of an entire range, so that you don't
 have to worry about which prefix characters to use, set Input Type in the
 Range Settings view of the Selection Manager appropriately. See Controlling
 input type for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.3. Converting Value Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa automatically converts values into strings or numbers when appropriate.
For example, if cell B1 contains a string and cell A1 contains a number, in the
formula:

=SQRT(B1)

... the reference to B1 automatically returns the numeric equivalent of that
string, since SQRT() expects a numeric argument. In the formula:

=LENGTH(A1)

... the reference to A1 automatically returns the string equivalent of that
number, since LENGTH() expects a numeric argument.

See String equivalents, Numeric equivalents, Address equivalents, and Date
equivalents for more information on how and when equivalent values are
calculated. See also Type-conversion functions for a listing of functions that
force the conversion of argument values.

See Converting cell contents for information about converting ranges of cells
to a different type.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.3.1. String equivalents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The string equivalent of a numeric value consists simply of the numbers and
optional decimal point. For example, the string equivalent of 500 is the
three-character string 500.

The STRING() function returns the string equivalent of any value. See STRING,
@STRING. There are other functions that return string equivalents as well (see
Type-conversion functions).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.3.2. Numeric equivalents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The numeric equivalent of a string value is based on the leading characters. If
the leading characters are numbers, the numeric equivalent of the string is the
value of those characters. If the leading characters cannot be interpreted as
numeric values, the numeric equivalent of the string is zero (0). For example:

     "76 trombones in the big parade..." has a numeric equivalent of 76.

     "23-skidoo" has a numeric equivalent of 23.

     "12,000" has a numeric equivalent of 12.

     "23% increase in monthly sales" has a numeric equivalent of 23.

     "$5,000 - $10,000" has a numeric equivalent of 0.

 The VALUE() function returns the numeric equivalent of any value. See VALUE,
 @VALUE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.3.3. Address equivalents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The @@ and ADDRESS() functions return the address equivalent of a string. For
example, ADDRESS("A1") returns a reference to A1 (which in turn returns the
value of A1).

These functions are useful when referring to cells which contain strings which
denote the addresses of other cells. For example, given the following cell
contents:

A1: 10

B1: 20

C1: A1

D1: B1

...the formula =C1 * D1 returns 0 (since the numeric equivalent of both cells
is zero), but the formula =@@(C1) * @@(D1) returns 200.

More complicated strings referring to discontinuous ranges can also be
converted into addresses with these functions. For example:

@@("A5:E5,C1:C9")

...returns a reference to a collection of 13 cells arranged in a cross. (See
Addressing a discontinuous range for more information.)

The @@ and ADDRESS functions can also return the address equivalent of two
numbers, which specify the number of rows and columns, respectively, the
desired cell is from the top and left edges of the layer. For example,
ADDRESS(0,0) returns a reference to cell A1, which in turn returns the value of
A1. An optional third number, specifying layer, may also be used.

See ADDRESS, @ADDRESS for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.3.4. Date equivalents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Since every date constant is really just a number, the date equivalent of a
number is simply that number interpreted as a date serial number. A serial
value of 2 corresponds to the base date of 1/1/1900. References to "date
constants" and "date equivalents" in this documentation imply that a number is
being treated as a date serial number. See Date and time constants for more
information and further explanation.

Similarly, the date equivalent of a string, error, or any other non-numeric
value is the numeric equivalent of that value interpreted as a date serial
number. See Numeric equivalents for more information.

The DATE() function will convert a series of numbers representing a day, month,
year, etc. into a date serial number. The DATEVALUE() command will convert a
string representing a date into an actual date value. See DATE, @DATE and
DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4. Entering Formulas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A formula can be as simple as a single cell reference, or as complicated as you
want it to be. Mesa recognizes your input as a formula if it begins with an
equals sign (=), a plus sign (+), or an @-style function (see below).

For example, a formula calculating the average of 5, 7 and 12 could be written
as follows:

     =AVERAGE(5,7,12)

     @AVERAGE(5,7,12)

     +AVERAGE(5,7,12)

 In all of these cases, the value of the cell is 8. (Note that in the last
 example, Mesa will automatically convert your input into the formula
 =0+AVERAGE(5,7,12).)

 Additionally, if your input begins with a minus sign (-), it is interpreted as
 a formula. For example:

 -AVERAGE(5,7,12)

 ...is interpreted as the formula =0-AVERAGE(5,7,12), which returns a value of
 -8.

 If your input does not start with one of these items, it is treated as a text
 entry.

 Note:   Throughout this documentation, we almost exclusively use the
        =function(arguments) syntax to describe formulas, except to compare the
        different formula syntaxes.

 You can refer to the values of other cells or ranges as arguments in a formula
 simply by entering their addresses (see Addressing Part of a Layer). For
 example, to average the values of cells A1, B1, and C1, you could use either
 of the following formulas:

     =AVERAGE(A1,B1,C1)

     =AVERAGE(A1:C1)

 If the range A1:C1 has been labelled Values, you can also use:

 =AVERAGE(Values)

 (see Labelling a Range)

 References to cells or ranges can stand alone, as well. For example:

 =A1

 ...returns the value of cell A1.

 If you want to make a complicated formula more manageable, you can break it
 into smaller formulas in different cells, and use those cells as arguments in
 the final formula. For example, given the following two formulas:

 Cell D1: =COS(C1)

 Cell C1: =DEGTORAD(B1)

 ...cell D1 returns the cosine of the number of degrees entered in cell B1.

 However, formulas can be nested to any degree of complexity you are
 comfortable with. For example:

 =COS(DEGTORAD(B1))

 ...also returns the cosine of the number of degrees entered in cell B1.

 See Formula and MScript Functions for a listing of available formula functions
 and operators.

 See also:

     Functions, operators, and arguments

     @ and non-@ functions

     Relative and absolute cell references

     Using SAME() and NEXT()

     Smart math

     Formula-building shortcuts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.1. Functions, operators, and arguments ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Functions are keywords that instruct Mesa to calculate a value. In the formula
=AVERAGE(A1,A2), AVERAGE() is a function.

Operators are special symbols that, like functions, instruct Mesa to calculate
a value. In the formula =A1 + A2, the plus sign (+) is an operator.

Functions and operators usually take arguments, which are values that they use
to calculate their value. In the examples above, A1 and A2 are both arguments.
Arguments can be constants, cell references, or other functions.

Each function and operator expects a different set of arguments. For example,
AVERAGE() expects one or more numeric arguments, while LENGTH() expects two
string arguments. (For a complete list of Mesa functions and operators, the
arguments they expect, and the values they return, see Formula and MScript
Functions.)

Generally, if a formula or operator expects a numeric or string argument (as
with AVERAGE() and &), it will accept any argument with a numeric or string
value - cell reference, expression, etc. Thus, if cell A1 contains the number 5
and cell A2 contains the formula =A1*100, the following formulas are
interchangeable:

     =AVERAGE(5,7,A1,A2)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,A1,A1*100)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,5,A2)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,5,A1*100)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,A1,5*100)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,5,5*100)

     =AVERAGE(5,7,5,500)

 Usually, Mesa will attempt to convert an argument of the wrong type into an
 argument of the right type whenever possible. Therefore, if cell A1 contains
 the string 5, or even the string 5th Avenue, the expressions listed above will
 still function properly.

 See Converting Value Types for more information about types and type
 conversion.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.2. @ and non-@ functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In order to remain compatible with other spreadsheets, Mesa supports two
parallel sets of formula functions. Functions with a leading at sign (@) are
compatible with Lotus 1-2-3 functions; functions without the leading @ are
compatible with Microsoft Excel functions.

In most cases, @ and non-@ functions are identical. In cases where @ and non-@
functions differ, they are described separately in Formula and MScript
Functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.3. Relative and absolute cell references ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you copy a formula from one cell to another, the cell references in the
formula often change. For example, if you enter the following formula into cell
D1:

=AVERAGE(A1,B1,C1)

...and then copy it into cell D2, the formula in cell D2 will read:

=AVERAGE(A2,B2,C2)

Conversely, you can enter the same formula using absolute cell references, like
this:

=AVERAGE($A$2, $B$2, $C$2)

If this formula is copied, the references in the new formula will remain
unchanged.

 In an absolute cell reference, use a dollar sign ($) as a prefix for the part
of the address that should remain fixed. You can either type the dollar signs
directly, or use the F4 key to convert parts or all of a cell address into an
absolute reference. It is more convenient to use the F4 key. Suppose that you
have entered a formula in layer A, which contains the cell address A6 in its
argument. To see how the F4 key works, position the insertion point directly
after A6 and press the F4 key several times. This is how the cell address
changes after each time you press the F4 key:

Press F4 -> A$6

Press F4 -> $A6

Press F4 -> $A$6

Press F4 -> [$A]A6

Press F4 -> [$A]A$6

Press F4 -> [$A]$A6

Press F4 -> [$A]$A$6

Press F4 -> A6

See Copying and moving formulas for a further explanation of absolute and
relative cell reference for rows and columns.

Every cell reference specifies the layer, row, and column of the cell. These
three dimensions can be fixed independently of one another: for example, you
can fix a cell reference to refer to a given page, no matter what page the
formula is in, while keeping the row and column reference relative.

For example, if you enter the following formulas into cells A1 through A5 in
layer A:

A1 =[$A]B1

A2 =[A]B1

A3 =[A]$B1

A4 =[A]B$1

A5 =[A]$B$1

...then cut and paste them into cells C5 through C9 in layer B, the contents of
the new range would be as follows:

[B]C5 =[$A]D5

[B]C6 =[B]D5

[B]C7 =[B]$B5

[B]C8 =[B]D$1

[B]C9 =[B]$B$1

If you enter a relative reference to the current layer, it will be
automatically ignored. If you enter no layer reference at all, the current
layer is always assumed.

Label names are always absolute: no matter where you move or copy the formula,
the name remains the same. (See Labelling a Range and Addressing Part of a
Layer for more information.)

When you move a cell containing a formula, all references in that formula are
treated as absolute. In other words, the references will not change when you
move a formula. However, whenever you move a cell, all references to that cell
are automatically updated to refer to its new address. See Moving a range for
more information about moving cells and ranges.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.4. Using SAME() and NEXT() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa supports two special functions for referring to cell contents: the SAME()
function and the NEXT() function.

SAME() returns a value based, not on the value of the cell it refers to, but on
the formula in that cell. In effect, SAME(cell) returns the same value as the
formula in cell would if that formula were copied and pasted into the same
cell.

For example, assume the contents of [A]A1 is the following formula:

=[$A]B1

If you enter the following formula into cell [B]C5:

=SAME([A]A1)

the value of that cell will be identical to the value of cell [A]D5. (See
Relative and absolute cell references for a similar example using Cut and
Paste.)

If cell does not contain a formula, SAME(cell) returns an error.

NEXT() returns a value based on the value it is given and on a known sequence
of values. If the cell value is part of a sequence that Mesa recognizes, NEXT()
returns the next value in the series. For example, =NEXT("January") returns
February.

See NEXT, @NEXT for a complete list of recognized sequences. These sequences
are circular - e.g; =NEXT("Dec") returns Jan.

If the cell value is not part of one of the series that NEXT() recognizes, then
if the value is a number, NEXT() increments it by 1 - for example:

=NEXT(12.4576) returns 13.4576

If the value is a text entry terminating in a number, NEXT() increments that
number by 1:

=NEXT("File #5") returns File #6

If not, NEXT() appends the character 1 to the end of the cell value. For
example:

NEXT("Mesa") returns Mesa1

In addition to entering the SAME() and NEXT() function in formulas manually,
you can also fill entire ranges with SAME() or NEXT() with a single command,
using Mesa's SmartFill features. See Filling and SmartFilling a range for more
information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.5. Formula-building shortcuts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A formula may be edited inside the Formula Bar or directly within the cell, if
In-Cell Editing has been turned on in the Preferences... panel (see Editing
cell contents). To include a reference to a cell or a range in the same layer
while editing or building the formula, you can select the cell or range via the
mouse or the keyboard. The selected reference will appear within the Formula
Bar or directly inside the cell, wherever the insertion point is located. The
referenced cell or range will be highlighted until you complete the editing
operation, or reference a different cell or range.

To reference a single cell within the layer while editing cell contents in the
Formula Bar or In-Cell, simply click on the cell to be referenced or use the
arrow keys until that cell is selected. The address of the referenced cell will
appear inside the contents of the cell being edited.

To reference a range within the layer while editing cell contents in the
Formula Bar or In-Cell, select the range by selecting the cell at one corner
and a) click-dragging the mouse pointer to the diagonally-opposite corner, b)
or Shift+clicking the diagonally-opposite corner, c) or using Shift+arrow keys
to expand the selection. The range reference will appear within the formula.

The referenced cell or range will appear differently, depending on where in the
formula the insertion point is located:

     If the insertion point is at the beginning of a formula, or after an
      operator, a simple cell or range reference is included.

     If the insertion point is after a string constant, the cell reference is
      preceded by an ampersand (&) for string concatenation (see &
      (concatenate)).

     If the insertion point is after a numeric constant, a function, or
      another cell reference, the cell reference is preceded by a plus sign (+)
      for addition (see + (sum)).

     If the insertion point is within an argument list for a function, the
      cell reference is preceded by a comma (if there is already a comma there,
      a simple cell reference is included).

      Note:   This only works if the cell being edited and the cell or range
             being referenced are in the same file window. Otherwise, the range
             will be selected and the editing will be aborted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.4.6. Smart math ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa supports a variety of commands for inserting formulas into cells. These
can be found in the Range  Math  submenu.

Each command in the Math submenu creates a formula in one or more cells that
refers to some subset of the currently selected range. The commands are:

     Sum - enters one or more =SUM(range) formulas.

     Average - enters one or more =AVERAGE(range) formulas.

     Standard Deviation - enters one or more =STDDEV(range) formulas.

     Variance - enters one or more =VAR(range) formulas.

     Minimum - enters one or more =MIN(range) formulas.

     Maximum - enters one or more =MAX(range) formulas.

     Product - enters one or more =PROD(range) formulas.

     Sum of Squares - enters one or more =SUMSQ(range) formulas.

 See Statistical functions and Mathematical functions for more information
 about these functions.

 The range argument(s) used in these formulas depends on the area selected:

     If a single cell is selected and there is a numeric value in the cell
      immediately above it, a formula is entered into that cell, and range is
      all the cells above the current cell in the same column that contain a
      continuous series of values.

     If there is no numeric value above the selected cell, but there is a
      numeric value to the left of the selected cell, a formula is entered into
      that cell, and range is all the cells to the left of the current cell in
      the same row that contain a continuous series of values.

     If all the selected cells are empty and in the same row, a formula is
      entered into each cell in that row, where range is all the cells above it
      (in the same column) that contain a continuous series of values. If there
      are no values above a selected cell, it is left empty.

     If all the selected cells are empty and in the same column, a formula is
      entered into each cell in that column, where range is all the cells to
      the left of it (in the same row) that contain a continuous series of
      values. If there are no values to the left of a selected cell, it is left
      empty.

     If a rectangular range is selected, range is the last row or last column
      if either is empty, or both if both are empty. If neither is empty, range
      is the last row. (Warning - in this case, the current contents of the
      last row are overwritten.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5. Managing Ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges

     Recalculating values

     Sorting ranges

     Converting cell contents

     Inserting a range

     Clearing and deleting a range


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.1. Selecting Individual Cells and Ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa supports discontinuous range selection - you can select cells and ranges
anywhere in your workbook, in any combination. However, there is always exactly
one base cell defined at any time. To learn more about discontiguous ranges see
Addressing a discontinuous range in the on-line help.

Many operations in Mesa depend on the value of the base cell. If you select a
range using the mouse, the base cell is always the first cell selected; you can
change the base cell within your selected range by using the arrow keys,
Return, Enter, Tab, End, and other movement keys (see Moving Within a Page for
more details).

You can select any number of cells using the following keyboard and mouse
commands (as with the OS/2 desktop, only the left mouse button is used for
selection):

     Click

      Click a cell to select the clicked cell and deselect other cells.

      Click a row or column heading to select the entire row or column, and
      deselect other cells.

     Drag

      Drag over a range of cells to select a rectangular range and deselect
      other cells.

      Drag over a series of row or column headings to select all of them and
      deselect all other cells.

      Hold down the Ctrl key and drag to select discontiguous ranges in any
      order you want.

     Shift+Click

      Shift+click a cell to select a rectangular range from current base cell
      to clicked cell, and deselect other cells.

      Shift+click a row or column heading to select all rows or columns between
      the clicked one and the one containing the current base cell, and
      deselect other cells.

     Shift+Drag

      Shift+drag over a range of cells to select a range, from current base
      cell to the cell pointed to when the mouse button is released, and
      deselect other cells.

      Shift+drag over a series of row or column headings to select all rows or
      columns between the one containing the current base cell and the one
      pointed to when the mouse button is released, and deselect other cells.

     Arrow keys

      Use the up, down, right or left arrow to select a cell above, below, to
      the right, or to the left of the current base cell. This changes the
      current base cell.

      If the base cell is at the edge of a selected range, the arrow keys wrap
      around. For example, if the base cell is in the rightmost column of a
      selected range when you press the right arrow key, a cell in the leftmost
      column will be selected as the base cell.

     Shift+Arrow

      To select a range using the keyboard, select the cell corresponding to
      one corner of the range, hold down the Shift key, and move the base cell
      with the arrow keys to expand the selection in the appropriate direction.

     Shift+End

      If your worksheet contains data blocks separated by empty cells, you can
      use the Shift+End keys in combination with the appropriate arrow key to
      select all the cells to the edge of the data block in that direction.
      (Here, a data block simply refers to a group of adjacent cells filled
      with data.) To accomplish this, select a cell in the data block, hold
      down the Shift key and press the End key, followed by the appropriate
      arrow key. This operation does not allow you to extend the selection
      outside the current data block.

      To select a range of cells from the current base cell to the last row and
      column containing data within the layer, hold down the Shift key and
      press the End key, followed by the Home key.

 You can also select cells and ranges using Edit GoTo... (Ctrl+g) and entering
 the address(es) of the range(s) you want to select. (See Addressing Part of a
 Layer.) To select an entire row or column from the GoTo panel, you will need
 to enter the range address. For example, the range A1:A32767 defines column A.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.2. Recalculating values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Normally, Mesa recalculates the entire workbook whenever a change is made. The
animated recalculation icon to the left of the status bar will inform you
whenever recalculation is in progress.

When working with large sheets, you may want to disable this automatic
recalculation feature in order to speed processing:

     Uncheck AutoRecalc in the Page Settings view of the Selection Manager to
      disable automatic calculation.

     Choose File  Workbook Recalculate Workbook (Alt+=), or press the
      recalculation button to the left of the status bar, to recalculate the
      entire workbook manually.

     Select the range and choose Range Recalculate Range (Ctrl+=) to
      recalculate only the range you are interested in.

      Note:   If you recalculate a range, only the selected cells are
             recalculated. Cells that depend on those cells for their values
             are not recalculated, and cells that those cells depend on are not
             recalculated.

 Remember, if automatic recalculation is disabled, the information displayed in
 one cell may not be consistent with the information displayed in other cells,
 unless you have just recalculated the workbook.

 By default, Mesa computes the new values of recalculated cells (whether
 auto-recalculated or manually recalculated as above) using natural-order
 recalculation. In other words:

     Each potentially altered cell is set to the new value of its contents
      (see Cell contents and cell values for more information about how the
      value of a cell is calculated), unless it depends on the value of another
      cell.

     If the cell does depend on another cell, the referenced cell is
      recalculated first, as above.

     This process is repeated as necessary, until a cell is found that does
      not depend on another cell's value. If the cell depends on its own value
      (for example, if A1 =B1 and B1 =A1), a !CIRC error is generated (see
      !CIRC - Circular reference).

 The advantage of natural-order recalculation is that only those cells that
 depend on cells that have changed are recalculated, which saves time.

 On occasion, you may wish to change the order in which Mesa recalculates
 cells. For example, you might want to build a layer where each column of data
 includes the value of cells in the next column before recalculation (such that
 each column reflects a different "time-slice" of your data).

 In this case, you want your workbook to recalculate one column or one row at a
 time, rather than in natural order, since natural-order recalculation ensures
 that all cells will be updated at the same time.

 You can set Recalculate to By row or By column in the Page Settings view of
 the Selection Manager in these cases, and can set the Iterations field to
 force multiple recalculations whenever the sheet is recalculated.

 For example, consider the following range of cells:

 row:   A   B   C   D

 1   =B1   =C1   =D1   =A2

 2   =B2   =C2   =D2   1

 In natural-order recalculation, if the contents of cell D2 is changed to, for
 example, 10, and cell A1 is recalculated, all the cells display the value 10.
 (Cell A1 refers to B1, which is then recalculated, which refers to C1, which
 is then recalculated...).

 In by-row recalculation, A1 is recalculated before B1, which is recalculated
 before C1, and so forth. Thus, if the contents of cell D2 are changed to 10,
 and the layer is recalculated, only cell C2 will update to reflect the new
 value. B2 will contain the value of C2 before recalculation, which is 1 and
 not 10.

 If the range is recalculated a second time, B2 and C2 will contain the new
 value, but none of the other cells. It will require seven iterations before
 the entire range is recalculated.

 By-column recalculation is similar, but different- the first time, C2 is
 updated; the second time, B2 is updated; the third time, A2 and D1 are both
 updated. It will require six iterations before the entire range is
 recalculated.

 If you are not taking advantage of order-of-recalculation for some special
 purpose, we recommend you keep Recalculate set to Natural order.

 By-row and by-column recalculation also avoid circular reference errors. If a
 cell refers to itself, the value of the cell before recalculation is used to
 calculate the value after recalculation. This process is repeated as many
 times as there are iterations set. You can also avoid circular references by
 selecting Natural order.

 For example:

   1. Set Natural order and AutoRecalc in the Wkbook, Defaults view of the
      Selection Manager.

   2. Enter the formula =A1+10 into cell A1.

      The cell will display the value !CIRC, because A1 refers to itself.

   3. Change the recalculation type to Natural order, set Iterations to 1, and
      recalculate.

      The cell will display the value 10, which is 0 (the prior value of A1)
      plus 10.

      Notice that in this case, rather than propagate the !CIRC error value as
      normal, Mesa simply treats the prior value as 0. See Error constants for
      more information about error propagation).

   4. Recalculate again.

      The cell will display the value 20, which is 10 (the prior value) plus
      10.

 Quiz yourself: What is the effect of changing Iterations to 5 and
 recalculating again? Try it and see.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.3. Sorting ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can change the order of the rows or the columns in a selected range through
the Sort Panel view of the Selection Manager, or through the Range  Sort 
submenu.

See Sort Panel for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.4. Converting cell contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most formula functions in Mesa perform implicit type conversion - that is, they
convert arguments of the wrong type into equivalent arguments of the correct
type automatically. For example, if cell A1 displays the value 123.76, you can
use a formula like @SQRT(A1) without worrying about whether A1 is really a
number or not (for more information about implicit type conversion, see
Converting Value Types).

However, it is sometimes important that the contents of a cell or a range be of
a particular type. For example, when you sort a range of data, the number 3 is
sorted differently than the one-character string 3. In these cases, you can
explicitly convert the contents of a range from one type to another to make
sure that things work the way you expect.

Commands for converting the contents of ranges are found in the Edit  Convert
 submenu (see Edit  Convert ). These are:

     Edit  Convert Formulas to Values (Ctrl+@)

      This command replaces formulas with constants while keeping the values of
      the cells unchanged. For example, if you have used SmartFill to fill a
      column with a series of month names, you can use this command to convert
      the NEXT() formulas into constants, so that they no longer depend on the
      contents of the base cell (see Filling and SmartFilling a range).

     Edit  Convert Strings to Numbers (Ctrl+#)

     Edit  Convert Numbers to Strings (Alt+F2)

      These commands generate the numeric or string equivalents of appropriate
      constants in the selected range, while leaving formulas untouched. See
      String equivalents and Numeric equivalents

     Edit  Convert To Upper Case (Ctrl+Shift+U)

     Edit  Convert To Lower Case (Ctrl+u)

     Edit  Convert To Proper Case (Ctrl+Alt+u)

      These commands alter the capitalization of words in the selected range.
      See Edit  Convert  for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.5. Inserting a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choosing Range  Rows and Columns Insert Cells Right (Ctrl+j) adds to the
current layer a number of cells equal to the number of cells in the currently
selected range. The range, and everything to the right of it, is displaced to
the right. Cells above, below, and to the left of the selected range are
unaffected.

For example, if the range B2:D5 is selected and Insert Cells Right is chosen,
the contents of column A, row 1, and rows 6 and over are unaffected. However,
everything in rows 2 through 5 to the right of column A is pushed three columns
to the right - the contents of B2:B5 are moved to column E, the contents of
C2:C5 are moved to column F, and so forth.

All the displaced cells are treated as if they had been moved using Edit 
Paste Special Move (Ctrl+m). See Moving a range for more information about the
effects of moving a range.

Choosing Range  Rows and Columns Insert Cells Down (Ctrl+Shift+J) works
similarly, except that the selected range, along with everything underneath it,
is displaced down. Cells to the right of, to the left of, and above the
selected range are unaffected.

If the displaced cells would ordinarily be "pushed off the edge" of the layer,
rows or columns are automatically added to ensure that all the data in the
layer is still visible. For example, if a layer contains 100 filled rows, and
you select A1:A100 and choose Insert Cells Down, the layer size will change to
200 rows. If the number of rows or columns being added is enough to exceed the
maximum layer size (see Changing Layer Dimensions), the selected range will
seem to "fall off the edge of the layer" and disappear; however, it can be
retrieved through Edit  Clear Special Delete Left (Ctrl+k) or Edit  Clear
Special Delete Up (Ctrl+Shift+K).

If a discontinuous range is selected, each individual rectangular range is
inserted separately. For example, if B1:B10 and D1:D10 are both selected and
Insert Cells Right is chosen, D1:D10 and everything to the right of it is
displaced two columns to the right, B1:C10 is displaced one column to the
right, column A is unaffected, and new, empty ranges appear in columns B and E.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.5.6. Clearing and deleting a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Edit Clear (Delete) to clear the currently selected range. Clearing a
range removes the cell contents and leaves the cells empty.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Single Cell (Ctrl+Shift+X) to clear only the
currently selected base cell.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Format (Ctrl+Delete) to clear only the formatting
information from a range, while leaving formulas and constants untouched.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Values (Alt+Delete) to clear only the constants
from a range, while leaving formulas and formatting information untouched.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Formulas (Alt+@) to clear only the formulas from a
range, while leaving the constants and formatting information untouched.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Strings (Alt+Shift+Del) to clear only the string
constants from a range.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Numbers (Ctrl+Alt+#) to clear only the numeric
constants from a range

Choose Edit  Clear Special Delete Left (Ctrl+k) to delete the currently
selected range. Deleting a range causes the cells to disappear altogether;
Delete Left causes the cells to be replaced by the cells immediately to the
right.

Choose Edit  Clear Special Delete Up (Ctrl+Shift+K) to delete the currently
selected range and cause the cells to be replaced by the cells immediately
below.

Choose Edit Cut (Shift+Delete) to clear the currently selected range and place
the contents of that range on the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.6. Protecting Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Often, it is important to make your workbooks available to other people while
preventing them from altering the contents of those workbooks. For example, you
may have a workbook containing pricing and inventory information that
salespeople must refer to often, but are not authorized to change.

This section describes several Mesa features that allow you to protect parts of
a workbook from editing. Please note that none of these are true security
measures; they are intended to protect your data from accidental alteration or
erasure.

See Protecting a layer and Unprotecting a range. See also Controlling input
type.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.6.1. Protecting a layer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

By default, every layer in a workbook is unprotected, which means you can
replace or delete any of the cells in it. To protect a layer, check Protection
in the Page Settings view of the Selection Manager.

When a layer is protected, every cell in that layer is protected by default. A
protected cell cannot be edited, deleted, cleared, or otherwise have its
contents altered by the user, although it can be formatted normally. It can
still be read, copied, used in formulas, and otherwise referred to (see Linking
Parts of a Workbook Together). The entire cell can also be moved around the
layer normally. A protected cell can also be manipulated normally from inside a
REXX script.

To turn off protection for a layer, uncheck Protection in the Page Settings
view of the Selection Manager.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.6.2. Unprotecting a range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sometimes, you want to protect only some of the cells in a layer. For example,
you may have an data-entry form in a layer that allows user input in certain
fields, while preventing the user from entering data elsewhere in the layer.
This helps ensure that data is always entered in the same place in the form.

To unprotect one or more cells in a protected layer:

   1. Select the cell(s) you want to unprotect.

   2. Check Unprotect in the Range Settings view of the Selection Manager.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.6.3. Controlling input type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can protect a cell from only certain kinds of input, while still allowing
it to be edited in other ways, by setting its input type. For example, if you
set a cell's input type to Numbers, only numbers can be entered in the cell. If
the user attempts to enter a string or a formula, a warning will be produced
instead.

You can set the input type of a cell through the Range Settings view of the
Selection Manager. See Range Settings for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3. Graphing Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In many cases, the easiest way to understand the meaning of a set of data is to
display it visually, as a graph or a chart.

For example, the owner of Joe's Market has recorded the sales figures for four
popular candy bars in a data table. Some patterns in this data are readily
apparent - for example, it is clear that Chocobars are consistently less
popular than Caramel Cobs, Scrumdiddlies and Messybars. Other patterns,
however, are harder to identify. For example, it is not apparent at a glance
which is the most popular of the four candy bars.

The data table can be graphed, for example, as a stacked bar chart. In this
chart, each horizontal bar would represent the total sales of a particular
candy bar, and would be divided into twelve segments, each representing a
single month.

 It is now obvious that Messybars are most popular, because the associated
stacked bar is longest. Other patterns may also become clearer: for example, in
looking at this chart you may notice that not all segments within a bar are the
same length. In fact, the segments representing sales in February, April, and
October are significantly longer for all four candy bars than sales in other
months.

When graphing your data, remember that different types of data presentation
work best with different people. This should influence not only the type of
graph you use, but also how you supplement your graphs. For example, you might
include a picture of the original data along with the graph, and an extra
column displaying totals.

Different types of graphs and charts are best for different types of data. For
example, stock market prices are often displayed as a candlestick charts, where
the variation between each day's highest, lowest, and closing prices can be
easily seen. Sales data, on the other hand, is often displayed as a line graph,
which clearly show how revenues and profits vary over a period of time. Some
advice for making these choices is included within the description of each
graph type.

See:

     Graph and Chart Types

     Graph Attributes


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1. Graph and Chart Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa offers a wide variety of graph and chart types to choose from.

     Bar and column charts

     Pie charts

     Area charts

     Line and scatter charts

     High/Low charts

     3-D charts

      Note:   Within this document, the terms "graph" and "chart" are often
             interchangeable, and refer to a pictorial representation of data.
             However, "graph" is also sometimes used to refer to the graphic
             object itself - the data, axes, labels, legend, and background -
             whereas "chart" always refers to the type of pictorial data
             representation being used.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.1. Bar and column charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A bar chart accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays a
horizontal bar for every value being graphed. The length of each horizontal bar
is proportional to the numeric value of the associated cell.

If only a single row or column of data is graphed, each bar is a different
color. If more than one row or column is graphed, several sets of bars will be
created, each set having the same sequence of colors.

For example, the following bar chart:

displays the following range of data:

Each row in the table (the individual candy bars) is graphed in a single color,
while the values in each column in the table (the months) are grouped together

Each set of same-colored bars represents a single data series (a data series is
either a row or a column of data). Every bar in a series is always the same
color and thickness.

Note:   In any Mesa graph, data series can be arranged by row or by column.
       This is referred to as the "orientation" of the data; see Data
       orientation for more information.

 A column chart operates just like a bar chart, except each data point is
 displayed as a vertical column rather than a horizontal bar. The two charts
 are otherwise identical.

 A column-and-line chart is the same as a column chart, except that the first
 data series is not graphed as a series of columns. Instead, it is graphed as a
 series of points, which can (optionally) be connected with a line. The second
 and subsequent data series are graphed as columns.

 Column-and-line charts can be used in a variety of ways, depending on how the
 data in the first series is obtained. For example, if a secondary table of
 data contains the total sales for each month in one row, sorted from largest
 to smallest, and each cell in the row above it sums the sales for every month
 to the left of it, then calculates that sum as a percentage of total annual
 sales, you could graph that table as a column-and-line graph (this kind of
 chart is sometimes called a Pareto chart).

 A stacked bar chart can accept any number of rows and columns of data, just
 like a bar chart. However, instead of displaying a bar for every value, a
 stacked bar chart displays a bar for every group of values. The length of each
 horizontal bar is proportional to the sum of the entire associated group of
 values.

 A stacked column chart behaves just like a stacked bar chart, except vertical
 columns instead of horizontal bars are used to represent groups of values.
 Just as with bar and column charts, the first series in the graphed range can
 be displayed as a line instead of as part of the stacked bar or column.

     Pie charts

     Area charts

     Line and scatter charts

     High/Low charts

     3-D charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.2. Pie charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A pie chart accepts a single row or column of data, and displays each value in
that data series as a wedge of a circle. The complete circle, or pie,
represents the sum of all the values in the series. Pie charts are an excellent
way of showing how much of a total is contributed to by each of several
components.

For example, if you display the following sales data:

...as a pie chart, it will look like this:

To create a pie chart, select a row or column of data and choose Graphics 
Graph Pie (). If more than one data series is selected, only the first one is
graphed (whether a row or a column is graphed is determined by the orientation
of the data; see Data orientation for more information).

     Bar and column charts

     Area charts

     Line and scatter charts

     High/Low charts

     3-D charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.3. Line and scatter charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A scatter chart takes a range of data and displays it as one or more sets of
points, which can optionally be connected by lines.

Each set of points represents a data series, and each point in the set is the
same color, as is the (optional) line connecting them. The points are evenly
spaced along the horizontal axis, and the height of each point depends on the
value of the associated element in the data series.

A line chart is very similar to a scatter chart. Like a scatter chart, a line
chart takes a range of data and displays it as one or more sets of points,
optionally connected by lines. However, in a line chart, every set of points
represents two data series. The height of each point depends on the value of
the associated element in one series, and the horizontal position of the point
depends on the value of the element in another series. (Because each point gets
its X coordinate and its Y coordinate from the data, these are also sometimes
called "X-Y charts" or "X-Y graphs".)

By default, a line chart uses the first data series in the range to be graphed
to determine the horizontal (X) coordinate, and each subsequent data series in
the range is treated as a separate set of vertical (Y) coordinates. For
example, a four-column range would be graphed as three lines: column 1 vs.
column 2, column 1 vs. column 3, and column 1 vs. column 4.

If you turn off the Single X range checkbox in the Graph, X Axis view of the
Selection Manager, a multiple-X chart is generated. In this case, every other
data series in the range is used to determine the horizontal (X) coordinate for
a line. For example, a four-column range would be graphed as two lines: column
1 vs. column 2 and column 3 vs. column 4.

Line and scatter charts are so similar, it is easy to confuse one with the
other. To see the difference more clearly, suppose you are graphing the range
A1:C10, where column A lists various diameters of nylon thread; column B lists
the tensile strength of the thread (which increases along with diameter), and
column C lists the cost per 100 feet of the thread (which is higher for both
very thick and very thin thread).

In a scatter chart, three lines appear, with points regularly spaced along the
X axis. In a line chart, only two lines appear, and how regularly spaced the
points are depends on the regularity of the values in column A. If some values
are closer together than others, then the associated points will be bunched
together in the line, not evenly spaced.

To see a more important difference, sort the data from largest diameter to
smallest. The line for tensile strength rises from left to right in the line
chart, to indicate that tensile strength increases with diameter. In the
scatter chart, the line falls from left to right, to indicate that the values
in column B are arranged in descending order.

Note:   If you are experienced at reading graphs, you may have noticed that the
       scatter chart in this example is practically meaningless! It compares
       the diameter (in millimeters), the price per 100 feet (in dollars), and
       the tensile strength (in pounds). Knowing, for example, that the price
       of 100 feet of thread, in dollars, is consistently higher than the
       diameter of that thread, in millimeters, is not very useful information.

 As this example indicates, the differences between line and scatter charts can
 be dramatic, depending on the arrangement of your data and what you are trying
 to convey. Choosing the wrong graph type can be misleading.

     Use a line chart when you want to display the relationships between two
      or more items. In this example, if you are interested in how the price
      and strength of thread vary with its diameter, a line chart is the right
      choice.

     Use a scatter chart when you simply want to compare two or more items. A
      scatter chart conveys roughly the same information as a column chart,
      using points rather than columns. (A scatter chart is usually clearer
      than a column chart when there are many sets of data being compared.)

 See also:

     Bar and column charts

     Area charts

     Pie charts

     High/Low charts

     3-D charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.4. Area charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An area chart takes a range of data and displays it as one or more lines,
coloring in the area underneath each line. Each line represents a data series,
and the points in each line are spaced regularly along the X axis.

The lines in an area chart, and the areas underneath them, are stacked one on
top of the other in ascending order (i.e.; the first data series is graphed,
then the second series atop it, then the third, and so forth). Each area is
graphed in a different color.

For example, suppose you are involved in an irrigation project, and have been
measuring, for three months, the number of effectively irrigated square meters
in each of three separate regions.

Given the following data:

an area chart might look like this:

This graph displays several patterns at once. For example, it is clear that in
Region 3, irrigation in February was more effective than in either January or
March, while the other regions show no such change over time. It is also clear
that Region 1 has by far the most effective irrigation, involving more square
meters than the other two regions combined.

An area chart is effective for relating the aggregate values in one set of
categories (for example, months) to one another, while also providing a way of
comparing the subtotals that compose that aggregate value. It is very similar
in this respect to a stacked column chart; in fact, you can think of an area
chart as being a stacked column chart with lines drawn between the like-colored
sections of the columns. (See Bar and column charts for more information.)

     Bar and column charts

     Pie charts

     Line and scatter charts

     High/Low charts

     3-D charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.5. High/Low charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A high/low chart takes the first two data series in a range of data, and
displays each pair of elements as a vertical line drawn from the lowest value
in the pair to the highest. The lines are evenly spaced along the horizontal
axis.

A high/low/close or candlestick chart takes the first three series in a range
of data, and displays each triplet of elements as a vertical line, just like a
high/low chart. The third element in the triplet is displayed as a horizontal
bar connecting that line with the next line.

For example:

High/low and candlestick charts are most often used for graphing stock market
prices, but they are useful whenever you want to simultaneously see how a value
varies both within a category and between categories. For example, if you have
recorded in a layer the highest, lowest, and last prices that a particular
stock reached on each of several days, and you display this data as a
candlestick chart, you can see the variation in price within each day and
compare it to the variation from one day to the next.

     Bar and column charts

     Area charts

     Line and scatter charts

     Pie charts

     3-D charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.1.6. 3-D charts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A 3-D bar chart accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays a
three-dimensional bar for every value being graphed. The length of each bar is
proportional to the numeric value of the associated cell.

3-D bar charts display essentially the same information as normal bar charts,
except that the bars are arranged in a rectangular grid rather than grouped
along a single line.

For example, a bar chart of a 3x3 range would display nine bars, arranged
linearly in three groups of three:

123 456 789

 A 3-D bar chart of the same range would arrange those bars in a grid:

123

456

789

A 3-D bar chart is often more visually appealing than a normal bar chart, and
sometimes allows you to more effectively inspect data that varies along two
independent dimensions.

A 3-D pyramid chart is just like a 3-D bar chart, except that inverted 3-D
pyramids are displayed instead of 3-D bars. The benefit of a pyramid chart, in
addition to being visually interesting, is that the elements in front do not
obscure the elements behind them.

A 3-D ribbon chart is also effectively identical to a 3-D bar chart, except the
bars themselves are not displayed. Instead, the top of each bar is displayed,
and same-colored tops are connected by a flat "ribbon" of that color. Instead
of nine individual bars in the example above, a ribbon chart would display
three colored strips with three segments each. Like a pyramid chart, a ribbon
chart is visually interesting and prevents the elements in the back of the
graph from being obscured. It is also a clearer way to convey one dimension of
data as a sequence (the "path of the ribbon").

A 3-D area chart is similar to a ribbon chart, but the tops of the bars are
connected in both directions, creating a three-dimensional surface. You can
think of it as a sheet draped over the equivalent 3-D bar chart.

     Bar and column charts

     Area charts

     Line and scatter charts

     High/Low charts

     Pie charts


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.2. Graph Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to type-specific features, such as how data is interpreted and
displayed, each graph has certain attributes that apply to many different types
of graph - for example, the color of the background.

These attributes are controlled through several different control panels. For a
complete description, see:

     Graph Settings

     Graph, Titles

     Graph, X Axis

     Graph, Y Axis

     Graph, 3-D

 The default settings of many of these attributes depend on the nature of the
 data being graphed. The following sections describe how Mesa determines the
 default graph settings.

     Labelling data

     Data orientation

     Graphing discontinuous ranges

     Graph axes


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.2.1. Labelling data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If a range of data has strings in the first column and/or top row, Mesa
interprets those values as headings rather than data. Instead of being
displayed in the graph itself, the cell value is either included in the graph
legend or listed along the horizontal axis.

Similarly, if the first column and/or top row is displayed in Date or Time
formats, Mesa interprets those values as headings. See Display Format for more
information.

You can override Mesa's default interpretations by checking the From first row
and/or From first column boxes under Headings on axes in the Graph, Titles view
of the Selection Manager.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.2.2. Data orientation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Whenever you graph a range, the data is interpreted either as a series of rows
of data or as a series of columns of data. This distinction is important - for
example, if you are creating a scatter chart of the range A1:B20, you will
either get 20 lines of two points each, or two lines of twenty points each,
depending on the orientation of the data. (In fact, using the wrong orientation
can make your graph unrecognizable!)

You can explicitly set the orientation of your data by clicking Group columns
or Group rows in the Graph Settings view of the Selection Manager. See
Orientation for more information.

Mesa chooses a default orientation when the graph is created, based on the
shape of the data, the existence of headings in the range, and the type of
graph. Specifically:

     If one (but not both) of the first row or column contains headings (see
      Labelling data), Mesa chooses an orientation so that those headings
      appear along the horizontal axis.

      EXCEPTION: If the graph is a Line graph (see Line and scatter charts),
      the orientation is chosen so that each labelled series is graphed as a
      single line.

     Otherwise, the data orientation is chosen as follows:

        -  Bar and column charts

           The number of groups is maximized, and the number of bars/columns in
           each group is minimized.

        -  Stacked bar and column charts

           The number of bars is maximized, and the number of segments in each
           bar is minimized.

        -  Pie charts

           The number of wedges is maximized.

        -  Line, scatter, and area charts

           The number of points in each line is maximized, and the number of
           lines is minimized.

        -  High/Low and candlestick charts

           The number of pairs (or triplets) of data is maximized.

        -  3-D bar, pyramid, and ribbon charts

           The number of groups is minimized, and the number of elements in
           each group is maximized.

        -  3-D area

           Since 3-D area graphs display a single surface connecting all the
           points in the range, the terms "element" and "group" don't really
           apply. 3-D area graphs display points in the same arrangement as
           other 3-D graphs, however.

 If the maximize/minimize criteria fail to apply (for example, if you are
 creating a bar graph of a square range), Mesa groups by column.

 See also Graphing discontinuous ranges.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.2.3. Graph axes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most charts (column, stacked column, scatter, area, high/low, candlestick, and
3-D) have headings (if any) displayed along the horizontal axis or axes, and
values graphed along the vertical axis. The exceptions are:

     bar charts, which have headings displayed along the vertical axis and
      values graphed along the horizontal axis;

     line charts, which have values graphed along both axes and headings
      displayed only in the legend;

     pie charts, which have no axes at all, and headings displayed alongside
      the data.

 Axes that display headings are marked at regular intervals with the heading,
 or left blank if no headings are available.

  Axes that display values are scaled to include the largest value being
 graphed, then rounded up to include some empty space at the top of the graph.
 The maximum value on the axis depends on the largest value graphed - if the
 largest value is 88, the graph goes to 90; if the largest value is 8888, the
 graph goes to 9000.

 These default scales can be overridden through the Graph, X Axis and Graph, Y
 Axis view of the Selection Manager. For more information see Graph, X Axis.

 See also Graph, Titles for more information about headings.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.3.2.4. Graphing discontinuous ranges ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If a discontinuous range is selected and graphed, Mesa constructs a virtual
rectangular range out of the selected range, minimizing the number of empty
cells being graphed.

Note:   Mesa does not alter the data being graphed in any way. The "virtual
       range" is simply a way of thinking about the process; the range itself
       does not exist.

 In general, Mesa stacks the various rectangular sections of the discontinuous
 range on top of one another to build the virtual range, and then graphs that
 aggregate rectangular range.

 If you are having difficulty graphing a discontinuous range the way you want,
 a better solution might be to construct a rectangular range yourself out of
 references to the cells you want to graph, then graph the range of references.

 For example, to create a bar graph the range A1:A10,C1:C10,F1:F10 (see
 Addressing a discontinuous range) as if it were one 10x3 range, do the
 following:

   1. Select a 10x3 range elsewhere in the workbook. In this example, we will
      be calling this range graphdata.

   2. In the first row of the first column of graphdata, enter:

      =A1

   3. In the first row of the second column of graphdata, enter:

      =C1

   4. In the first row of the third column of graphdata, enter:

      =F1

   5. Select the entire range graphdata and choose Range  Fill Fill Smart
      Down ()

   6. Select the entire range graphdata and choose Graphics  Graph Bar
      (Ctrl+Alt+b)

 See Linking Parts of a Workbook Together for more information about building
 ranges of references.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4. Creating Scripts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa scripts are sequences of commands that can be executed automatically to
perform operations in a workbook. You can think of a script as a list of
instructions you are giving Mesa, so it can perform routine tasks by itself.

You can write and edit scripts directly in Mesa, using the basic editor
included with the program (see Recording Actions in a Script and Editing a
Script Page), and you can include those scripts into your workbook files,
making them easy to review and access (see Executing a Script).

Mesa scripts are written in REXX, a OS/2-wide standard command language (see
The REXX Command Language). Mesa scripts can also access special MScript(TM)
commands (included with the spreadsheet software) that interact directly with
the active workbook (see Using MScript Functions and List of MScript
Functions).

Because REXX is a general-purpose language and not a Mesa-specific one, you can
include scripts in your Mesa workbooks that interact directly with the OS/2
desktop or with other REXX-enabled OS/2 applications. In other words, you can
not only automate Mesa commands, but also develop scripts that integrate Mesa,
OS/2, and other applications into integrated software solutions.

For example, the DB/2(TM) SQL database comes with a set of REXX extenders that
allow a REXX script to insert, select, and update entries in DB/2. By using
those REXX extenders along with MScript within a single REXX script, you can
write scripts that transfer data between a Mesa workbook and a DB/2 database.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.1. Editing a Script Page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose File  Workbook Add Script (Ctrl+Shift+A) to add a new script page to
the current workbook. A new Page Tab will appear at the bottom of the workbook
(see Changing the Size of a Workbook for more information). Click the Tab to
view the script.

Script pages are simple multi-line editors. You can edit lines in a script page
essentially the same way as you edit the contents of the Formula Bar:

     click the page to create an insertion point at that location

     double-click a word to select it

     drag from one point to another to select all characters between them

     type to add characters at the insertion point, or to replace the current
      selection.

     Backspace or Delete to remove characters before or after the insertion
      point, or to remove the current selection.

 See Editing cell contents for more information.

 Most Mesa commands are unavailable when editing a script page. The OS/2
 clipboard commands are a notable exception, however; they can be used to copy
 and paste text from one script to another, or between scripts and layers, or
 from other OS/2 editors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.2. Recording Actions in a Script ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Whenever you perform an action in Mesa that has an MScript equivalent, the
appropriate MScript command is automatically recorded in a Script History
Panel. You do not have to perform any special actions to begin recording.

Choose Options Script Recorder (Ctrl+r) to open the Script History panel. You
can then copy and paste commands from the panel into any Script page.

Note that not all commands in Mesa have MScript equivalents, and so not every
action you perform will be recorded. However, any action that does have an
MScript equivalent will be recorded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.3. The REXX Command Language ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa scripts are written in REXX(TM) , the REstructured eXtended eXecutor
command language that is an integral part of the OS/2 operating system. REXX's
simplicity makes it a good first language for beginners, although it also
offers powerful functions for experienced users.

If you are a long-time OS/2 user, you may already have REXX scripts you use for
various tasks; you can cut and paste these scripts directly into a Mesa script
page.

A complete description of the REXX language is beyond the scope of this
document. However, included is a quick overview of some basic syntax (see REXX
syntax and REXX variables) and commands (see REXX operators and REXX
instructions) that should get you started.

To learn more about REXX, consult a REXX reference book - for example, the OS/2
2.1 REXX Handbook by Hallet German (ISBN 0-442-01734-0) or the Procedures
Language 2/REXX User's Guide document from the OS/2 2.0 Technical Library.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.3.1. REXX syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A REXX program is a series of clauses, which are interpreted one at a time. A
clause can be:

     a comment, which is effectively ignored by REXX. Comments begin with /*
      and end with */.

      For example, the text /* This is a comment. */ will usually have no
      effect on your program.

      Note:   One noteworthy exception is that anything enclosed in quotes,
             including comment symbols, is interpreted as a string value.

      A script should always begin with a comment explaining its purpose.

     an assignment of a value to a variable.

      Variables must begin with a letter, exclamation point (!), question mark
      (?), underscore (_), or (in some cases) period (.), and can also include
      (though not begin with) numbers (see REXX variables).

      For example: Total_income, ?AB1, and after9pm are all acceptable variable
      names, and the clause:

       Total_income = sales + royalties

      ...is a valid assignment clause if sales and royalties have been assigned
      numeric values.

     a command, which performs an action.

      For example, the command PUTCONTENTS('Welcome to Mesa 2', A1) puts the
      string Welcome to Mesa in cell A1 of the top layer of the current
      workbook. (See PUTCELLCONTENTS, PUTCONTENTS, PUTC.)

     a label, which can be referred to from other parts of a REXX program. The
      label name must be immediately followed by a colon.

      For example, if you include the following line in your REXX script:

      Jail:

      ...you can use the following command:

      SIGNAL Jail

      ...to move directly to Jail.

     an external command, which is passed out of REXX to the originating
      program.

      If REXX does not recognize a clause as being of one of the first four
      types, it is treated as an external command. Most external commands will
      generate errors if included within a Mesa script.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.3.2. REXX variables ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

By default, a REXX variable has a value equivalent to its name in uppercase.
So, the expression good morning returns the value GOOD MORNING, while the
expression 'Good Morning' returns the value Good Morning.

REXX interprets any characters enclosed by quotation marks (single or double)
as a literal string. Literal strings are not further interpreted; they are
simply treated as a set of characters. If you want to include quotation marks
inside a literal string, you can use the other kind of quotation mark to
enclose the string (for example, "Don't touch that!" returns Don't touch
that!), or you can combine two quotation marks (for example, 'Don''t touch
that!' also returns Don't touch that!).

Because REXX will usually interpret an unrecognized string (like good in the
first example) as a variable whose value is the string itself, it is not
uncommon for REXX programs to dispense with quotation marks altogether. This
can be confusing, however. If the following assignment appears within a
program:

good = "ACTUALLY, IT'S A RATHER UNPLEASANT"

...then later in the program, the expression good morning will return the
following value:

ACTUALLY, IT'S A RATHER UNPLEASANT MORNING

While this is not without amusement value, it can quickly get out of hand.

REXX also supports other tools for structuring your data which are beyond the
scope of this document. Consult IBM's REXX Reference (from the OS/2 2.0
Technical Library) or some other REXX reference guide for a complete list.

REXX variables are typeless, which means they treat all values identically.
Essentially, REXX treats all variables as strings, but will perform arithmetic
operations on any string that represents a valid number - any string of digits
(0 through 9) with an optional single decimal point. The letter E can also be
used, followed by an exponent (for example, 1.2e5 is interpreted as a number).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.3.3. REXX operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

String operators:

     You can concatenate strings simply by placing them one after another,
      separated by spaces. REXX combines the strings, leaving a single blank
      space between them.

      This is the most intuitive way to concatenate strings. For example, the
      expression green eggs and ham returns the value GREEN EGGS AND HAM (if
      the change of capitalization surprised you, read REXX variables.)

     You can use || to concatenate strings without leaving a blank space. For
      example, the expression star||fish returns the value STARFISH (again,
      remember that REXX capitalizes default values).

     You can also put two strings together without an intervening space to
      concatenate them without leaving a blank space. This is called abuttal,
      and only works if REXX can distinguish between the two strings.

      For example, if the variable fishtype has been assigned the value
      'sword', fishtype'fish' returns the value swordfish, but fishtypefish
      returns the value FISHTYPEFISH (because REXX interprets it as a single
      variable).

 Logical operators:

     \   (logical NOT)

     &   (logical AND)

     |   (logical OR)

     &&   (exclusive OR)

 Mathematical operators:

     +   (addition)

     -   (subtraction or negation)

     *   (multiplication)

     /   (division)

     %   (integer division)

     //   (remainder)

     **   (exponentiation)

 Relational operators:

 These operators return 1 if the specified relation is true for the given
 arguments, and 0 if it is false.

     =   (equal)

     \=   (not equal)

     <> or ><   (not equal)

     >   (greater than)

     \>   (not greater than)

     <   (less than)

     \<   (not less than)

 See List of Operators for further explanation of the functions performed by
 these operators.

 REXX does not necessarily process an expression from left to right. Instead,
 operators are evaluated in order of precedence. The complete order of
 precedence, from highest to lowest, is:

     Prefix operators      \-+

     Power      **

     Multiply and divide      * / % //

     Add and subtract      + -

     String operators      (see above)

     Relational operators      (see above)

     AND      &

     OR      | &&

 You can enclose parts of an expression in parentheses to force those parts to
 be evaluated first. For example:

     100 = 10 * 10      returns 1 (*, then =)

     (100 = 10) * 10      returns 0

     100 || 10 * 10      returns 100100 (*, then ||)

     (10 * 10)10      returns 10010 (*, then abuttal)

 However, REXX interprets any symbol followed by a parenthetical expression as
 a number. Therefore:

 10(10*10)

 ...will attempt to pass the argument 100 to the function 10(), and will
 generate an error if the function doesn't exist. (See REXX instructions.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.3.4. REXX instructions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to the standard REXX keywords, any symbol followed by parentheses
is interpreted as a function name, and the contents of the parentheses are
interpreted as arguments. If a function of that name does not exist, an error
is returned.

If a clause cannot be interpreted as an assignment, a REXX command, or a known
function, it is passed to the program that called it. However, in order to pass
information back and forth to Mesa, you will usually want to use Mesa's
built-in MScript functions instead (see List of MScript Functions).

REXX also offers the ADDRESS() function, which can be used to explicitly
address other applications running in your OS/2 environment. Refer to the REXX
on-line help or documentation for more information about the ADDRESS()
function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.4. Using MScript Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to the standard REXX functions, and whatever extensions to standard
REXX you may have installed in your OS/2 environment, you can also take
advantage of the 23 Mesa-specific MScript(TM) functions which are included with
Mesa 2.

These functions are designed to retrieve and place data into cells in a Mesa
layer, and to alter the state of Mesa workbooks. You don't have to do anything
special to use them; just include them in your REXX scripts as you would any
other function.

See List of MScript Functions for a list of MScript functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.4.5. Executing a Script ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To execute a Mesa script, do any of the following:

     Shift+click, Ctrl+click or double-click the Page Tab for that script. (If
      you double-click the Tab, the script page will be selected, as well.)

     Choose File  Workbook Execute Script... (Ctrl+e).

      If a script page is currently selected, that script is executed.
      Otherwise, a list of scripts appears; choose the script you wish to
      execute.

     Click a Tool graphic to execute the script associated with that graphic.
      To change any existing graphic into a Tool, enter a script name under
      Script to execute: in the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager
      (see Creating a Tool).

     Use the RUNSCRIPT function in a formula to execute the script whenever a
      given condition is met. See RUNSCRIPT, @RUNSCRIPT for more information.

     Use the SCRIPTQUEUE function in one script to place a different script on
      the queue of scripts to be executed. The scripts will be executed in the
      order listed. See SCRIPTQUEUE for more information.

     Choose Open file and/or Close file under Script Settings in the Page
      Settings view of the Selection Manager to set the script to execute
      itself automatically, whenever the workbook is opened or closed.

      If the script is set to auto-execute when the file is opened, it is
      placed on the queue of scripts to be executed at that time. The scripts
      will usually execute in alphabetical order, but this is not guaranteed.
      If the order of execution is important, use a series of SCRIPTQUEUE
      functions in one script and set that script to auto-execute.

      If a script is set to auto-execute when the file is closed, the normal
      file-closing operation is aborted. The script must explicitly close the
      workbook (using the CLOSE function). This is particularly useful for
      verifying that the data in a workbook is correct before closing the
      workbook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. REFERENCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section contains detailed descriptions of Mesa's features and
functionality. Specifically:

     Types of Functions

      Contains by-category listings of all Mesa formula and MScript functions.
      Function help entries can also be accessed via the Table of Contents in
      an alphabetical listing.

     Menu Commands

      Contains complete descriptions of the commands available from the Menu
      Bar.

     Pop-Up Menus

      Contains complete descriptions of Mesa's object menus.

     Keyboard Equivalents

      This table lists the keyboard combinations that are bound to Mesa
      commands.

     The Mesa Selection Manager

      This section describes the various views of Mesa's Selection Manager and
      the controls available on each.

     Preferences Manager

      This section describes the controls available in Mesa's Preferences
      Manager.

     Other Control Panels

      This section describes the various modal or single-purpose control panels
      in Mesa and the controls on each.

     Warnings and Errors

      This section lists the formula error messages that Mesa returns, and
      describes their meaning.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1. Formula and MScript Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following conventions are used in describing arguments:

     Any means any expression at all.

     Number means an expression with a numeric value. If a function expects a
      number, it will use the numeric equivalent of any argument it is given
      (see Numeric equivalents). These are sometimes simply called "values."

     Boolean means a numeric argument where the truth-value rather than the
      numeric value is relevant: a boolean is false if equal to zero, and true
      otherwise. These are sometimes called "logical values" or "truth values."

     Date means a numeric argument where the date value rather than the
      numeric value is relevant (see Date equivalents for an explanation of
      date values).

     String means an expression with a string value - that is, a set of
      characters. If a function calls for a string, it will use the string
      equivalent of any argument it is given (see String equivalents). These
      are sometimes called "labels" in other products; they are never called
      this in Mesa 2.

     Cell means a single cell reference. If a multi-cell reference is given,
      the upper-left cell in the range is used.

      Note:   A cell reference can always be used as an argument - for example,
             if a function expects a number, you can use a reference to a cell
             containing that number. A cell argument is listed only when the
             address of the cell, rather than its value, is used by the
             function.

     Range means a range reference. This can be a discontinuous range; see
      ADDRESS, @ADDRESS.

     Matrix means any two-dimensional grid of values. This can be a range or
      an array.

      If a discontinuous range is used as an argument in these cases, Mesa
      constructs a virtual 2-D matrix by placing the discontinuous 2-D segments
      adjacent to one another. This may result in unexpected behavior.

     Any term enclosed in square brackets ([]) denotes an optional argument.

     Any term followed by an ellipsis (...) denotes one or more items of the
      same sort. These can be a comma-separated list, an array, a range
      reference, or any combination of these.

     Certain classes of functions, such as financial functions, have their own
      unique argument conventions. These are included in individual function
      descriptions, or in the descriptions of the function classes (see Types
      of Functions).

 Many functions have alternate forms and spellings; the function description is
 generally included only under one form (other forms are cross-referenced to
 that description). @- and non-@ functions are generally listed together,
 except when the syntax or functioning of the two differ.

 See Types of formulas and Entering Formulas for a general discussion of how to
 build formulas. In general, remember that formulas must begin with an equals
 sign (=), a plus symbol (+), or an @-style function to be recognized as
 formulas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1. Types of Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mesa unctions fall into several basic categories, listed here and described
below. Some functions fall into more than one category.

     Database and lookup functions

     Date and time functions

     Financial functions

     Formatting functions

     Information functions

     Logical functions

     Mathematical functions

     Matrix functions

     Scripting functions

     Statistical functions

     Text or string functions

     Trigonometric functions

     Type-conversion functions


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.1. Database and lookup functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions return one or more items from a list or table.

     CHOOSE, @CHOOSE

      Returns a given element of an indexed list.

     DAVE, DAVERAGE, DAVG, @DAVE, @DAVERAGE, @DAVG

      Returns the average of the values in a data table field that match a
      criteria range.

     DCOUNT, @DCOUNT

      Returns the number of values in a data table field that match a criteria
      range.

     DMAX, @DMAX

      Returns the maximum of the values in a data table field that match a
      criteria range.

     DMIN, @DMIN

      Returns the minimum of the values in a data table field that match a
      criteria range.

     DPROD, DPRODUCT,@DPROD, @DPRODUCT

      Returns the product of the values in a data table field that match a
      criteria range.

     DSTDEVP, DSTDDEVP,@DSTD

      Returns the population standard deviation of the values in a data table
      field that match a criteria range.

     DSTDEV, DSTDDEV,@DSTDS

      Returns the sample standard deviation of the values in a data table field
      that match a criteria range.

     DSUM,@DSUM

      Returns the sum of the values in a data table field that match a criteria
      range.

     DSUMSQ,@DSUMSQ

      Returns the sum of the squares of the values in a data table field that
      match a criteria range.

     DVARP, @DVAR

      Returns the population standard deviation of the values in a data table
      field that match a criteria range.

     DVAR,@DVARS

      Returns the sample standard deviation of the values in a data table field
      that match a criteria range.

     ELEMENT, @ELEMENT

      Returns a given element of a matrix.

     FEED, @FEED

      Returns a value from Mesa's real-time data feed table.

     HLOOKUP, @HLOOKUP

      Returns a value from a horizontal lookup table.

     INDEX, @INDEX

      Returns a given element of a range.

     LASTCOL, @LASTCOL

      Returns the address of the end of a row.

     LASTROW, @LASTROW

      Returns the address of the end of a column.

     VLOOKUP, @VLOOKUP

      Returns a value from a vertical lookup table.

 Columns, rows, and elements of lists in these functions are usually numbered
 starting from zero (0). For example, the expression CHOOSE(0,"a","b") returns
 the string a, since 0 in this function denotes the first element in the list.
 However, in order to remain compatible with other applications, some functions
 number their arguments starting from one (1). For example, the expression
 INDEX(A1:B5,1,1) returns the cell reference A1 - the cell in the first row and
 the first column of the range A1:B5. The description of each function explains
 which type of counting is used.

 The database functions listed above require a criteria range, to which every
 row in the data range is compared. Only those rows that match the criteria
 range are used in the calculation (averaging, counting, etc.). A criteria
 range must have at least one row of data and one row of headings; for example:

 RED

 150

 If this example is used as a criteria range, and the following is used as a
 data range:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 only the second row is used in the calculation.

 If there is more than one row containing values in the criteria range, any row
 in the data table that matches either criteria row is used in the calculation.
 For example, if the following is used as a criteria range:

 GREEN

 100

 200

 ...the first and third rows of the data range are matched. (In other words,
 criteria in multiple rows are ORed together.)

 If there is more than one column containing values in the criteria range, only
 those rows that match all the columns are used in the calculation. For
 example, if the following is used as a criteria range:

 GREEN   BLUE

 100   250

 200

 ...only the first row is matched. If the following is used instead:

 GREEN   BLUE

 100   250

 ...none of the rows are matched.

 A criteria range can also contain formulas. For example, if the data range
 described above is A1:C4, and the following is used as a criteria range:

 GREEN

 =B2>200

 ...only the third row is matched. If the following is used:

 GREEN

 =B2>=200

 ...the first and third rows are matched.

 Note:   Notice that in both these cases, the value in column B of each row is
        evaluated in the formula, not just the second row. The formula should
        refer to the desired field in the first row of data in the data table.

 Because database functions interpret formulas in this way, you should take
 care not to use formulas in a criteria range unless the formula itself
 describes a criterion, as in the examples above. In particular, you cannot use
 a formula in a criteria range in order to compare the data range to the
 returned value.

 For example, you might use the following criteria range:

 GREEN

 =10^2

 ...intending to select the third row only (since 10^2 equals 100).

 This is incorrect. In fact, the database functions will evaluate the formula
 for each row in the data field. Since the formula always returns 100, which is
 a "true" boolean value (that is, not zero), every row in the data table is
 matched.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.2. Date and time functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions return date serial numbers associated with a given date or
time, or return the numeric value of a unit of time (a month, for example) for
a given date serial number.

See Date and time constants for more information.

     DATE, @DATE

      Returns a date serial number given a set of numbers.

     DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE

      Returns a date serial number given a date string.

     DAY, @DAY

      Returns the day of a given date serial number.

     HOUR, @HOUR

      Returns the hour of a given date serial number.

     MINUTE, @MINUTE

      Returns the minute of a given date serial number.

     MONTH, @MONTH

      Returns the month of a given date serial number.

     NOW, @NOW

      Returns the current time.

     SECOND, @SECOND

      Returns the second of a given date serial number.

     TIME, @TIME

      Returns the time serial number given a set of numbers.

     TIMEVALUE, @TIMEVALUE

      Returns the time serial number given a string.

     TODAY, @TODAY

      Returns the current date.

     YEAR, @YEAR

      Returns the year of a given date serial number.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.3. Financial functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions calculate various aspects of annuities and asset values. (An
annuity is a series of payments made over a continuous period, like a loan or a
bank account.)

     DDB, @DDB

      Returns the double-declining balance for an asset.

     FV, @FV

      Returns the future value of an investment.

     IRR, @IRR

      Returns the internal rate of return for an investment.

     CTERM, @CTERM, NPER, TERM, @TERM

      Returns the number of payment periods for an investment.

     NPV, @NPV

      Returns the net present value of an investment.

     PMT, @PMT

      Returns the periodic total payment for an investment.

     PV, @PV

      Returns the present value of an investment.

     RATE, @RATE, CALCRATE, @CALCRATE

      Returns the periodic interest rate for an investment.

     SLN, @SLN

      Returns the straight-line depreciation for an asset.

     SYD, @SYD

      Returns the sum of years' digits depreciation of an asset.

 The following arguments are commonly used in financial functions:

     cost

      Used in depreciation functions to denote the initial cost of the asset.

     fv

      Used in annuity functions to denote the future value of an investment, or
      the desired cash balance after the last payment. For example, if you want
      to save $35,000 for a major purchase, fv is 35000. You can then use
      annuity functions such as RATE() and NPER() to determine the interest
      rate you would need to earn, or the number of payments you would need to
      make, in order to save that much money in a given period of time.

     life

      Used in depreciation functions to denote the number of periods over which
      the asset is being depreciated.

     nper

      Used in annuity functions to denote the number of payment periods in an
      annuity. For example, if you are making monthly payments over the course
      of a year, there are 12 periods, and nper is 12.

      Be sure that nper is consistent with rate - in this case, for example,
      make sure that the rate you use is monthly interest.

     payment

      Used in annuity functions to denote the cash value of each individual
      payment. Most annuity functions assume a constant payment for each
      payment period, including interest.

      In Excel-style functions (those without the leading @-sign), payment is
      usually a negative number.

     pv

      Used in annuity functions to denote the present value of a series of
      future payments.

     rate

      Used in annuity functions to denote the periodic interest rate of an
      investment.

      Be sure that the rate you use in a formula is consistent with the number
      of periods, nper. If you are calculating nper based on monthly payments,
      then be sure to use the monthly interest rate.

      If you know the annual interest rate, you can calculate the monthly
      interest rate simply by dividing by 12.

     salvage

      Used in depreciation functions to denote the value of an asset at the end
      of the depreciation period, the salvage value.

     type

      Used in annuity functions to distinguish between payments due at the end
      of a payment period (denoted by the default value of zero) and payments
      due at the beginning of a payment period (denoted by any positive number,
      usually 1).

 The sign conventions in annuity functions depend on which version of the
 function you are using. In Excel(TM) -style annuity functions (those without a
 leading @ sign) cash that you pay out (such as a deposit to savings) is
 represented by a negative number, and cash you receive is represented by a
 positive number. This may be counterintuitive at times - for example, if you
 are making payments into a savings account, the value of payment is negative.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.4. Formatting functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions affect the appearance of a number or string.

     CLEAN, @CLEAN

      Removes control characters from a string.

     DOLLAR, @DOLLAR

      Converts a number to a Currency string.

     FIXED, @FIXED

      Converts a number to a Fixed Decimal string.

     LOWER, @LOWER

      Converts a string to lower case.

     PROPER, @PROPER

      Converts a string to proper case.

     TRIM, @TRIM

      Removes excess white space from a string.

     UPPER, @UPPER

      Converts a string to upper case.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.5. Information functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions obtain information about the current state of Mesa and of the
Workplace Shell.

     CELL, @CELL

      Returns various attributes of a given cell.

     CELLPOINTER, @CELLPOINTER

      Returns various attributes of the current base cell.

     COLS, @COLS

      Returns the number of columns in a range.

     CURRENTVALUE, @CURRENTVALUE

      Returns the value of the current cell before recalculation.

     FILENAME, @FILENAME

      Returns the name of the current workbook.

     GETINPUT, @GETINPUT

      Returns the contents of a given cell.

     LASTCOL, @LASTCOL

      Returns the address of the last column with data.

     LASTROW, @LASTROW

      Returns the address of the last row with data.

     LAYERS, @LAYERS, SHEETS, @SHEETS

      Returns the number of layers in a range.

     NOW, @NOW

      Returns the current time.

     PATHNAME, @PATHNAME

      Returns the full pathname of the current workbook.

     ROWS, @ROWS

      Returns the number of rows in a given range.

     THISADDRESS, @THISADDRESS

      Returns the address of the current cell.

     THISCOL, @THISCOL

      Returns the column of the current cell.

     THISROW, @THISROW

      Returns the row of the current cell.

     THISLAYER, @THISLAYER

      Returns the layer of the current cell.

     TODAY, @TODAY

      Returns the current date.

     UNAME, @UNAME

      Returns the username of the current login session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.6. Logical functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions return boolean values - 0 meaning False or 1 meaning True -
based on various facts about a cell or a value.

Because many of these functions explicitly reference the types of their
arguments, they do not exhibit the implicit type-conversion behavior that most
Mesa functions do. See Converting Value Types for more information on implicit
conversion.

     EXACT, @EXACT

      Checks for matching string arguments.

     FALSE, @FALSE

      Returns a false value.

     IF, @IF, IFELSE, @IFELSE

       Returns one of two values, based on a boolean.

     ISARRAY, @ISARRAY

      Checks if given argument is an array.

     ISEMPTY, @ISEMPTY, ISBLANK, @ISBLANK

      Checks if given cell is empty.

     ISERR, @ISERR, ISERROR, @ISERROR

      Checks if given argument is an error.

     ISFORMULA, @ISFORMULA

      Checks if given cell contains a formula.

     ISLABEL, @ISLABEL, ISNAME, @ISNAME

      Checks if given argument is a labelled range.

     ISNUMBER, @ISNUMBER

      Checks if given argument is a number.

     ISRANGE, @ISRANGE

      Checks if given argument is a range reference.

     ISREF, @ISREF

      Checks if given argument is a cell reference.

     ISSTRING, @ISSTRING, ISTEXT, @ISTEXT, ISTRING, @ISTRING

      Checks if given argument is text.

     ISNA, @ISNA

      Checks if given argument has the !NA error value.

     #NOT#, NOT, @NOT

      Returns the opposite truth value of its argument.

     TRUE, @TRUE

      Returns a true value.

     #AND#, <AND>, &&

      Returns the conjunction of two truth-values.

     #OR#, <OR>, ||

      Returns the disjunction of two truth-values.

     #XOR#, <XOR>, ^^

      Returns the exclusive disjunction of two truth-values.

     = (equality), !=, <> (inequality)

      Check for equality of arguments.

     < (less than), > (greater than), <=, =< (less than or equal to), >=, =>
      (greater than or equal to)

      Check for relative inequalities of arguments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.7. Mathematical functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions perform mathematical calculations on numeric arguments, or
return mathematical constants.

Because computer memory is finite and binary, non-integer values cannot be
calculated with absolute precision. For example, functions that ought to return
zero (0) may instead return some extremely small but non-zero value. This will
not cause any problems with your calculations, but may be confusing when
displayed within a cell. The easiest solution is to use a fixed decimal display
format to display these values (see Using display formats).

     ABS, @ABS

      Returns the absolute value of a number.

     AVERAGE, @AVERAGE, AVE, @AVE, AVG, @AVG

      Returns the average of several numbers.

     DIV, @DIV

      Returns the integer quotient of two numbers.

     FRAC, @FRAC

      Returns the fractional portion of a number.

     EXP, @EXP

      Returns e raised to a power.

     INT, @INT

      Returns the integer portion of a number.

     LN, @LN

      Returns the natural logarithm of a number.

     LOG, @LOG, LOG10

      Returns the log base 10 of a number.

     MOD, @MOD

      Returns the remainder of the quotient of two numbers.

     PROD, @PROD, PRODUCT

      Returns the product of a list of numbers.

     RAND, @RAND, RANDOM, @RANDOM

      Returns a random number.

     ROOT, @ROOT

      Returns a given root of a number.

     ROUND, @ROUND

      Returns a number to a given precision.

     SGN, @SGN, SIGN, @SIGN

      Returns the sign (+ or -) of a number.

     SQRT, @SQRT

      Returns the square root of a number.

     SUM, @SUM

      Returns the sum of several numbers.

     SUMPRODUCT, @SUMPRODUCT

      Returns the sum of the products of several sets of numbers.

     SUMSQ, @SUMSQ

      Returns the sum of the squares of a list of numbers.

     ^ (exponentiation)

      Returns a number raised to a power.

     * (multiply)

      Returns the product of two numbers.

     / (divide)

      Returns the quotient of two numbers.

     - (subtract)

      Returns the difference of two numbers.

     + (sum)

      Returns the sum of two numbers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.8. Matrix functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions return elements of matrices, or perform matrix operations.

Generally, matrix operations are used to solve systems of multiple equations,
and each function places limits on the relative sizes of the matrices involved.
For example, the number of columns in one matrix must equal the number of
columns in another for matrix multiplication to be valid.

As with rows and columns, matrix elements are generally indexed starting from
zero (0), such that the first element of a matrix is element [0,0].

Matrix functions can generally accept range references or arrays as input, and
generate arrays as output. Remember that when an array value is returned, only
the first element in the array is actually displayed in the cell. Use ELEMENT()
to view other elements of the returned array.

     ELEMENT, @ELEMENT

      Returns a given element of a matrix.

     INVERT, @INVERT, MINVERSE, @MINVERSE

      Performs a matrix inversion on a matrix.

     MULT, @MULT, MMULT, @MMULT

      Performs matrix multiplication on two matrices.

     REGRESS, @REGRESS

      Performs linear regression on two matrices.

     TRANSPOSE, @TRANSPOSE

      Transposes a matrix.

 The examples given in this documentation refer to the following matrix:

     0   1   2

     7   8   3

     6   5   4

 which has been labelled testmatrix.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.9. Scripting functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions can only be used within a REXX script; they cannot be used as
formula functions:

     CELL

      Returns a cell address given row, column and layer.

     CLEAR

      Removes contents of a given cell or range.

     CLOSE

      Closes current workbook.

     COPY

      Copies contents of current cell/range to clipboard.

     CURRENTCELL, CCELL

      Returns address of the current (base) cell.

     CURRENTFILE, CFILE

      Returns the name of the current workbook file.

     CURRENTPATH, CPATH

      Returns the full path of the current workbook file.

     CURRENTRANGE, CRANGE

      Returns the address of the current range.

     CURRENTSELECTION, CSELECTION, CSEL

      Returns the name/address of the current selection.

     FIND

      Finds and selects cells with a particular contents and/or values.

     GETCELLCONTENTS, GETCONTENTS, GETC

      Returns the input string for a given cell.

     GETCELLVALUE, GETVALUE, GETV

      Returns the value of a given cell.

     GETFEED

      Returns a value from the Mesa feed table.

     OPEN

      Opens a named file.

     PASTE

      Places contents of clipboard in current cell/range.

     PUTCELLCONTENTS, PUTCONTENTS, PUTC

      Places an input string in the given cell.

     RANGE

      Returns a range address given rows, columns and layers.

     RECALC

      Forces a recalculation and redisplay of the workbook.

     REDO

      Undoes the effects of Undo().

     REPLACE

      Replaces cell contents at a specified cell address, fully or in part,
      with new contents.

     REPLACEALL

      Replaces all occurrences of specified cell contents, fully or in part,
      with new contents.

     RESIZEWINDOW

      Maximizes the current window.

     SAVE

      Saves the current workbook.

     SCRIPTQUEUE

      Places another script on the queue to execute.

     SEL

      Selects a given object in the current workbook.

     SELECTWINDOW

      Selects the named window.

     SETBASECELL

      Defines a new base cell within a selected range.

     SETBKGCOLOR

      Changes the background color of a given range.

     SETCOLOR

      Changes the text color of a given range.

     SETFEED

      Places a value in the Mesa feed table.

     SETFORMAT

      Changes the display format and precision of a given range.

     SETLABEL

      Assigns a label to a given range.

     SETLAYERSIZE

      Changes the number of rows and columns in a given range.

     SIZEROW and SIZECOL

      Set the height of a row and the width of a column, respectively, for a
      selected range.

     SORT

      Rearranges cells row-by-row or column-by-column within a selected range
      according to user-specified sorting criteria.

     UNDO

      Undoes the effects of the previous command(s).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.10. Statistical functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions return results related to statistical analysis of trends in
populations.

Generally speaking, these functions only pay attention to the numeric arguments
in the list of arguments. Non-numeric arguments are converted to numbers if
possible, and otherwise completely ignored.

     AVE, @AVE, AVERAGE, @AVERAGE, AVG, @AVG

      Returns the numeric average of a list.

     COUNT, @COUNT

      Returns the number of numeric values in a list.

     MAX, @MAX

      Returns the highest numeric value of a list.

     MIN, @MIN

      Returns the lowest numeric value of a list.

     @STD, STDDEVP, STDEVP

      Returns the population standard deviation of a list.

     STDDEV, @STDS, STDEV

      Returns the sample standard deviation of a list.

     SUM, @SUM

      Returns the sum of a list.

     SUMSQ, @SUMSQ

      Returns the sum of squares of a list.

     @VAR, VARP

      Returns the population variance of a list.

     @VARS, VAR

      Returns the sample variance of a list.

 See also Database and lookup functions for related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.11. Text or string functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions alter, generate, or return substrings of string values. Note
that whenever string values are compared or converted, implicit type conversion
does not apply - for example, EXACT("95",95) will not return a True value. See
Converting Value Types for more information on implicit conversion.

     CHAR, @CHAR

      Returns the character equivalent of a code number.

     CLEAN, @CLEAN

      Removes control characters from a string.

     CODE, @CODE

      Returns the code-number equivalent of a character.

     DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE

      Returns a date serial number given a date string.

     DOLLAR, @DOLLAR

      Formats a number as a string in Currency format.

     EXACT, @EXACT

      Returns True if two string arguments match exactly.

     FIND, @FIND

      Looks for a substring in a string.

     FIXED, @FIXED

      Formats a number as a string in Fixed Decimal format.

     ISSTRING, @ISSTRING, ISTRING, @ISTRING, ISTEXT, @ISTEXT

      Returns True if argument is a string.

     LENGTH, @LENGTH, LEN, @LEN

      Returns the length of a string argument.

     LEFT, @LEFT, MID, @MID, RIGHT, @RIGHT

      Returns a substring from a string argument.

     LOWER, @LOWER

      Converts a string to lower case.

     PROPER, @PROPER

      Converts a string to proper case.

     REPT, @REPT, REPEAT, @REPEAT

      Repeats a string argument several times to produce a larger string.

     REPLACE, @REPLACE

      Replaces a substring with a new substring.

     STRING, @STRING, TEXT, @TEXT

      Converts a number into a string.

     TIMEVALUE, @TIMEVALUE

      Returns the time serial number given a string.

     TRIM, @TRIM

      Removes excess white space from a string.

     UPPER, @UPPER

      Converts a string to upper case.

     & (concatenate)

      Concatenates two strings.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.12. Trigonometric functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These functions perform trigonometric calculations having to do with angles and
the coordinates of points on a unit circle - a circle of radius 1 centered on
the origin.

Note that all angles used in or returned by trigonometric functions are
measured in radians. A circle consists of 2p radians (see PI, @PI).

Because computer memory is finite, non-terminating decimals cannot be
calculated exactly. Formulas involving such numbers will return close
approximations to their theoretical values.

     ACOS, @ACOS

      Returns the arc cosine of a number.

     ASIN, @ASIN

      Returns the arc sine of a number.

     ATAN, @ATAN

      Returns the arc tangent of a number.

     ATAN2, @ATAN2

      Returns the arc tangent of an ordered pair.

     COS, @COS

      Returns the cosine of an angle.

     DEGTORAD, @DEGTORAD, RADIANS, @RADIANS

      Converts degrees to radians.

     PI, @PI

      Returns an approximation of p.

     RADTODEG, @RADTODEG, DEGREES, @DEGREES

      Converts radians to degrees.

     SIN, @SIN

      Returns the sine of an angle.

     TAN, @TAN

      Returns the tangent of an angle.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.13. Type-conversion functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Because these functions explicitly convert the type of their arguments, they do
not exhibit the implicit type-conversion behavior that most Mesa functions do.
See Converting Value Types for more information on implicit conversion.

     @@, ADDRESS, @ADDRESS, COORD, @COORD

      Converts a string, or numeric row/column/layer identifiers, into a cell
      reference.

     CODE, @CODE

      Returns the OS/2 code page code for a character.

     CHAR, @CHAR

      Returns the OS/2 code page character equivalent of a code.

     DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE

      Returns a date serial number given a date string.

     DOLLAR, @DOLLAR

      Returns the formatted string equivalent of a number.

     FIXED, @FIXED

      Returns the formatted string equivalent of a number.

     N, @N

      Returns a number based on given argument.

     NUMBER, @NUMBER

      Returns the numeric equivalent of an argument.

     S, @S

      Returns a string based on given argument.

     STRING, @STRING, TEXT, @TEXT

      Returns the string equivalent of an argument.

     TIMEVALUE, @TIMEVALUE

      Returns the time serial number given a string.

     VALUE, @VALUE

      Returns the numeric equivalent of an argument.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2. List of Formula Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See Types of Functions for a list organized by function type, or see the
individual function for a description.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.1. @@ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@@(string)

@@(row, col [,layer])

      Returns a reference to the cell or range named in string, or the cell
      identified by row, col, and layer.
      string can be any cell address, including a discontinuous range address,
      as in @@("A1:D5, F1:I5"). See Addressing Part of a Layer.
      If string cannot be converted into a legal address, a !ADR error is
      returned. See Warnings and Errors.

 SUM(@@("A1:D5, F1:F5")

 the sum of the contents of those 25 cells.

 @@(0,0,5)

 the contents of [F]A1

 @@(0,0)

 the contents of A1

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      Same as ADDRESS, @ADDRESS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.2. ABS, @ABS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ABS(number)

      Returns the absolute value of number. The absolute value of number is
      number, if number is positive or zero,or -number, if number is negative.

 ABS(-5)

 5

 ABS(5)

 5

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.3. ACOS, @ACOS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ACOS(number)

      Returns the arc cosine of number, which must be between -1 and 1. The arc
      cosine is the number of radians in an angle whose cosine is number.

 ACOS(0)

 1.57

 ACOS(1)

 0

 ACOS(-1)

 3.14

 ACOS(25)

 !NTLE

 RADTODEG(ACOS(0.5))

 60

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.4. ADDRESS, @ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ADDRESS(string)

ADDRESS(row, col [,layer])

      Returns a reference to the cell or range named in string, or the cell
      identified by row, col, and layer. Column A, row 1, and the topmost layer
      are all identified by zero (0). If layer is unspecified, the current
      layer is used.
      string can be any cell address, including a discontinuous range address,
      as in ADDRESS("A1:D5, F1:I5"). See Addressing Part of a Layer.
      If string cannot be converted into a legal address, a !ADR error is
      returned. See Warnings and Errors.

 SUM(ADDRESS("A1:D5, F1:F5")

 the sum of the contents of those 25 cells.

 ADDRESS(0,0,5)

 the contents of [F]A1

 ADDRESS(0,0)

 the contents of A1

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      Same as @@.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.5. ASIN, @ASIN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ASIN(number)

      Returns the arc sine of number. The arc sine is the number of radians in
      an angle whose sine is number.

 ASIN(0)

 0

 ASIN(1)

 1.57

 ASIN(-1)

 -1.57

 RADTODEG(ASIN(0.5))

 30

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.6. ATAN, @ATAN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ATAN(number)

      Returns the arc tangent of number. The arc tangent is the number of
      radians in an angle whose tangent is number.

 ATAN(1.732050807569)

 1.05

 RADTODEG(ATAN(1))

 45

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.7. ATAN2, @ATAN2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ATAN2(X, Y)

      Returns the number of radians in an angle whose tangent is the value of
      Y/X. This can also be thought of as the number of radians in an angle
      defined by the X axis, the origin, and a point with coordinates X and Y.

 ATAN2(3.12,3.12)

 0.785

  RADTODEG(ATAN2(0,2))

 0

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.8. AVE, @AVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AVE(number...)

      Same as AVERAGE, @AVERAGE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.9. AVERAGE, @AVERAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AVERAGE(number...)

      Returns the average of numbers. The average of a set of numbers is the
      sum of numeric arguments divided by the number of numeric arguments. If
      an argument does not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored altogether.

 AVERAGE(1,3,5,7)

 4

 AVERAGE(1,"3",5,"7")

 4

 AVERAGE(1,3,5,7,"a billion")

 4

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 AVERAGE(data)

 4

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.10. AVG, @AVG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AVG(number...)

      Same as AVERAGE, @AVERAGE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.11. CALCRATE, @CALCRATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CALCRATE(pv,payment,nper)

      Returns the periodic interest rate associated with an investment
      involving nper periodic payments of payment apiece, assuming a present
      value for the investment of pv.

    What is the rate of return on an investment of $1,000 if at the end of 1
 year you receive $1,100?

     CALCRATE(1000,1100,1)

  0.1

 Farmer Saguaro goes to the Loan Coyote to see about getting a loan for buying
 some land. He can get $3000 if he agrees to pay $200 a month for the next two
 years. How much interest is he paying?

 CALCRATE(3000,200,24)

       0.04

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.12. CELL, @CELL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CELL(attribute[, cell])

      Returns information about cell. If cell is omitted, the current base cell
      is used (see CELLPOINTER, @CELLPOINTER).
      Attribute can be one of the following strings, and should be enclosed in
      quotes:
          address

           A cell reference.

          col

           A number identifying the column cell is in. Column A returns the
           number 1.

          contents

           The value of cell.

          filename

           The full path for the workbook cell is in. See FILENAME, @FILENAME.

          format

           Returns a string based on the display format of the cell. (See below
           for a list.)

          prefix

           Returns '  if cell is left-aligned, \ if cell is right-aligned, and
           ^ if cell is centered.

          protect

           Returns 0 if the cell is unprotected,1 otherwise. Note: This does
           not determine if the layer is protected or not. See Protecting a
           layer for more information.

          row

           A number identifying the row cell is in. Row 1 returns the number 1.

          type

           Returns b if cell is blank, l if cell contains a string value, and v
           if cell contains a numeric value or an error.

          width

           Returns the width of the column, in pixels.

          lay

           A number identifying the layer cell is in. The first layer returns
           the number 1.
      One of the following strings is returned if "format" is chosen:
          G

           General format.

          Fn

           Fixed Decimal format to n decimal places.

          Sn

           Scientific format to n decimal places.

          Pn

           Percent format to n decimal places.

          ,n

           Thousands format to n decimal places.

          Cn

           Any Currency format, or Paren, to n decimal places.

          T

           Text format.

          H

           Hidden format.

          D1

           Any Date format.

          D6

           Any Time format.

 If cell A1 contains the number 1, in Fixed Decimal format with 3 decimal
 places of precision:

 CELL("row", A5)

 5

 CELL("col", D5)

 4

 CELL("type", A1)

 v

 CELL("format", A1)

 F3

 CELL("contents", A1)

 1

      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.13. CELLPOINTER, @CELLPOINTER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CELLPOINTER(attribute)

      Returns information about the currently selected base cell.
      See CELL, @CELL for a list of available attributes, and see Information
      functions for more information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.14. CHAR, @CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CHAR(number)

      Returns the character that corresponds to number in the current OS/2 code
      page. (Search for CODEPAGE in the OS/2 on-line help for more
      information.) If number is outside the range of code numbers in the
      current code page, CHAR(number) wraps around to the beginning of the code
      page.
      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.15. CHOOSE, @CHOOSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CHOOSE(number, any...)

      Returns the numberth element of the subsequent list of arguments. The
      first element in the list is counted as element number zero (0).
      If number is larger than the number of elements in the list, a !CHE error
      is produced. See Warnings and Errors.

 CHOOSE(4,11,9,7,5,3,1)

 3

 CHOOSE(1, "A", "B")

 B

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.16. CLEAN, @CLEAN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CLEAN(string)

      Returns string stripped of all control characters. This is useful for
      processing strings in Mesa that have been imported from another source.
      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.17. CODE, @CODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CODE(string)

      Returns the character code, based on the current OS/2 code page, of the
      first character in string.
      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.18. COLS, @COLS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

COLS(range)

      Returns the number of columns in the given range.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.19. COORD, @COORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@COORD(layer, column, row [,type])

COORD(row, column, layer [,type])

      Creates an absolute, relative, or mixed reference to the cell specified
      by layer, row, and column. The type parameter determines whether all or
      part of the reference will be relative. If type is omitted, then the
      entire cell reference will be absolute (see Relative and absolute cell
      references for more information).
      All the arguments of COORD and @COORD require integer values. Specify the
      layer and the column by an integer so that A corresponds to 1, B
      corresponds to 2, etc. Row is an integer which refers to the row number
      containing the cell reference address. Type takes on the following
      values:
      Type....Layer.......Column......Row
      1........Absolute...Absolute...Absolute
      2........Absolute...Relative...Absolute
      3........Absolute...Absolute...Relative
      4........Absolute...Relative...Relative
      5........Relative...Absolute...Absolute
      6........Relative...Relative...Absolute
      7........Relative...Absolute...Relative
      8........Relative...Relative...Relative
      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions, and for more information about types of references.
      See also ADDRESS, @ADDRESS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.20. COS, @COS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

COS(angle)

      Returns the cosine of angle. The cosine of an angle is defined for a
      right triangle as the ratio of the side adjacent to the angle and the
      hypotenuse of that triangle. Angle must be given in radians.

 COS(1.570796326795)

 6.12E-17 (approximately 0)

 COS(0)

 1

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.21. COUNT, @COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

COUNT(number...)

      Returns the number of numbers. If an argument does not have a numeric
      equivalent, it is not counted.

 COUNT(1,2,3,4,"5","six")

 5

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 COUNT(data)

 4

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.22. CTERM, @CTERM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CTERM(rate,fv,pv)

      Returns the number of periods required for an investment with present
      value of pv to grow to a value of fv, given a periodic interest rate.

    How long will it take an investment of $2000 to double at an interest rate
 of 2%?

  CTERM(0.02,4000,2000)

 35.00

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.23. CURRENTVALUE, @CURRENTVALUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CURRENTVALUE

      Returns the current value of the current cell, before recalculation. This
      is useful for comparing the value of a cell before recalculation with the
      value of the cell (or some other cell) after recalculation.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.24. DATE, @DATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DATE(year, month, day[, hour[, minute[, second]]])

      Returns a date serial number for the date specified. A serial number of 2
      is assigned to the base date of 1/1/1900. The default values of the
      optional arguments, listed in square brackets, are zero (0).
      If any argument is outside its normal range (for example, month greater
      than 12), it is converted to the maximum allowable value.
      Mesa supports dates from 1/1/1000 to 12/31/3299. If the year entered is
      less than 1000, 1900 is added to it. For example, the year 8 is treated
      as 1908, and the year 60 is treated as 1960. Years beyond 3299 will not
      be treated correctly.

 DATE(8, 2, 1)

 2954

 DATE(85, 12, 1)

 31382

 DATE(85, 17, 1)

 31382

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.25. DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DATEVALUE(string)

      Returns a date serial number for the date described by string. For a list
      of recognized string formats, see Inputting date constants.

 DATEVALUE("12/1/85")

 31382

      Compare with DATE, @DATE.
      See Date and time functions and Type-conversion functions for more
      information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.26. DAVE, DAVERAGE, DAVG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DAVE(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Identical to @DAVG, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.27. @DAVE, @DAVERAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DAVE(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Identical to @DAVG.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.28. @DAVG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DAVG(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the average of the values in datarange that are col columns
      offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DAVG(data, 1, criteria)

 212.5 (the average of 200 and 225)

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also AVERAGE, @AVERAGE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.29. DAY, @DAY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DAY(date)

DAY(string)

      Returns the day of the month of the given date, or of the date described
      by the given string. (See DATEVALUE, @DATEVALUE)

     DAY(1)

 1

    DAY("6/2")

 6

 DAY(6/2)

 3

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.30. DCOUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DCOUNT, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead
      of 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.31. @DCOUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DCOUNT(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns a count of the values in datarange that are col columns offset
      from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DCOUNT(data, 1, criteria)

 2 (the number of matches)

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also COUNT, @COUNT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.32. DDB, @DDB ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DDB(cost, salvage, life, nper [,factor])

      Returns the Double Declining Balance depreciation for an asset after nper
      periods, given an initial cost for that asset, a final salvage value at
      the end of depreciation, and an effective life of life periods during
      which the balance declines at a rate of factor.
      If factor is omitted, it is assumed to be 200% (the default for a
      double-declining balance).
      If the depreciation cannot be calculated, a !DPE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

    A $10,000 piece of machinery has a salvage value after 10 years of $2,000.
 How much does it depreciate in the third year, using a double declining
 balance method?

     DDB(10000,2000,10,3)

 1280

    The depreciation history (using the double declining balance method) of a
 $400 TV that can be resold/salvaged for $100 in 5 years:

     Year 1

     DDB(400,100,5,1)

    160

     Year 2

     DDB(400,100,5,2)

 96

     Year 3

    DDB(400,100,5,3)

       44

     Year 4

    DDB(400,100,5,4)

    0

     Year 5

     DDB(400,100,5,5)

    0

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.33. DEGTORAD, @DEGTORAD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DEGTORAD(angle)

      Returns the number of radians spanned by an angle of angle degrees.

 DEGTORAD(90)

 1.57

 DEGTORAD(-135)

 -2.356

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.34. DEGREES, @DEGREES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DEGREES(angle)

      Same as RADTODEG, @RADTODEG.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.35. DIV, @DIV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DIV(number1, number2)

      Returns the integer portion of number1 divided by number2.

 DIV(7,3)

 2

 DIV(423, 17)

 24

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.36. DMAX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DMAX, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.37. @DMAX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DMAX(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the maximum of the values in datarange that are col columns
      offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DMAX(data, 1, criteria)

 225

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also MAX, @MAX.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.38. DMIN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DMIN, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.39. @DMIN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DMIN(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the minimum of the values in datarange that are col columns
      offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DMIN(data, 1, criteria)

 200

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also MIN, @MIN.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.40. DOLLAR, @DOLLAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOLLAR(number[, precision])

      Returns a string displaying number, in Currency1 format, to precision
      degrees of precision (2 is assumed).

     DOLLAR(1000)

 $1,000.00 if Currency1 is set to $,.

    DOLLAR(1000,3)

       $1,000.000 if Currency1 is set to $,.

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions. See Currency1 for more information about Currency formats.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.41. DPROD, DPRODUCT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DPROD, @DPRODUCT, except that the first column is numbered
      1 instead of 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.42. @DPROD, @DPRODUCT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DPROD(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the product of the values in datarange that are col columns
      offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DPROD(data, 1, criteria)

 45000

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also PROD, @PROD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.43. DSTDEVP, DSTDDEVP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DSTD, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.44. @DSTD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DSTD(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the population standard deviation of the values in datarange that
      are col columns offset from the left and in a row that matches
      criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DSTD(data, 1, criteria)

 12.5

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also @STD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.45. DSTDEV, DSTDDEV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DSTDS, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead
      of 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.46. @DSTDS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DSTDS(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the sample standard deviation of the values in datarange that are
      col columns offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DSTDS(data, 1, criteria)

 17.7

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also @STDS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.47. DSUM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DSUM, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.48. @DSUM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DSUM(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the sum of the values in datarange that are col columns offset
      from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DSUM(data, 1, criteria)

 425

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also SUM, @SUM.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.49. DSUMSQ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DSUMSQ, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead
      of 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.50. @DSUMSQ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DSUMSQ(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the sum of the squares of the values in datarange that are col
      columns offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DSUMSQ(data, 1, criteria)

 90625

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also SUMSQ, @SUMSQ.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.51. DVARP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DVAR, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead of
      0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.52. @DVAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DVAR(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the population variance of the values in datarange that are col
      columns offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DVAR(data, 1, criteria)

 156.25

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also @VAR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.53. DVAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Identical to @DVARS, except that the first column is numbered 1 instead
      of 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.54. @DVARS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@DVARS(datarange, col, criteriarange)

      Returns the sample variance of the values in datarange that are col
      columns offset from the left and in a row that matches criteriarange.

 Given the following range labelled data:

     RED   GREEN   BLUE

     100   200   250

     150   225   250

     100   100   100

 and the following range labelled criteria:

     BLUE

     250

 @DVARS(data, 1, criteria)

 312.5

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions. See also @VARS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.55. ELEMENT, @ELEMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ELEMENT(matrix, row, col)

      Returns the value of the row, colth element of the given matrix. The
      first element in the matrix has the address 0,0.
      If row or col are larger than the number of rows in matrix or the number
      of elements in a row (respectively), a !ELME error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

    ELEMENT({0,1,2;7,8,3;6,5,4},1,0

     7

 ELEMENT(testmatrix, 0,0)

 0

 The following formula in cell A1:

 ELEMENT(testmatrix, THISCOLUMN, THISROW)

 0 (but SmartFill this formula into a 3x3 range to view the entire matrix!)

      See Database and lookup functions and Matrix functions for more
      information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.56. EXACT, @EXACT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

EXACT(string1,string2)

      Returns 1 if string1 and string2 are identical, and 0 otherwise.

    EXACT("YELLOW", "yellow")

       0

    EXACT("yellow", "yellow")

       1

      See Logical functions and Text or string functions for more information
      and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.57. EXP, @EXP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

EXP(number)

      Returns e to the numberth power (e is a mathematical constant
      approximately equal to 2.7).

 EXP(1)

 2.7

 EXP(0)

 1

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.58. FALSE, @FALSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FALSE

FALSE()

      Returns 0.
      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.59. FEED, @FEED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FEED(code1,code2)

      Searches through the feed table and returns the first value associated
      with the strings code1 and code2.
      If no such value is found, returns a !RTF error. See Warnings and Errors.

     FEED("BID","IBM")

 !RTF, or the number associated with "BID" and "IBM" (if there is one) in the
 feed table.

      See Real-time data feeds for more information, and see Database and
      lookup functions for a list of related functions.
      See also SIGNAL, @SIGNAL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.60. FILENAME, @FILENAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FILENAME

      Returns the name of the workbook.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.61. FIND, @FIND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FIND(substring, string, offset)

      Returns a number indicating the location of the first example of
      substring within string, ignoring the first offset characters.
      If substring is not found within string, a !NFE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

    FIND("horse", "A horse, a horse, my kingdom for a horse.",7)

       11

    FIND("love", "Looking for love in all the wrong places",15)

       !NFE

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.62. FIXED, @FIXED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FIXED(number, precision)

      Returns a string displaying number, in Fixed Decimal format, to precision
      degrees of precision.

     FIXED(123.456,4)

 123.4560

     FIXED(123.456,-1)

 123

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.63. FRAC, @FRAC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FRAC(number)

      Returns the decimal component of number.

 FRAC(2.25)

 0.25

 FRAC(8.565)

 0.565

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.64. FV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FV(rate, nper, payment [, pv [,type]])

      Returns the Future Value of nper payments of payment each, given a
      periodic interest rate of rate and a present value for the investment of
      pv (0 is assumed if none is given). If type is 0 or unspecified, payments
      are made at the end of each period; otherwise, payments are made at the
      beginning of each period.
          The future value of contributing $1,000 for five years at 10%
           interest:

     FV(0.1,5,-1000)

    6105.1

     The same investment compounded monthly instead of yearly:

 FV(0.1/12, 5 * 12, -1000 / 12)

 6453.09

     The same investment compounded daily:

    FV(0.1 / 365.25, 5 * 365.25, -1000 / 365.25)

 6486.08

     You invest $10,000 and expect to earn 10% a year. You do not make any
      additional investments or payments. How much can you expect to have after
      15 years?

    FV(0.1,15,0,-10000)

       41772.48

     Your 18 year-old daughter opens an IRA account that she will have access
      to when she turns 65. She opens it with $1500, and plans to invest $1000
      a year. If she earns 15% interest on it. How much can she expect to have
      when she turns 65?

     FV(0.15,47,-1000,-1500)

    5812265.92

         The type parameter determines when interest accrues on the principal.
      If type is set at 0, interest accrues at the end of the period; if type
      is set at anything else, interest accrues at the beginning of the period.
      Note the difference this can make. This example is the same as the
      previous one, except that type is set to 1, instead of the default 0.

     FV(0.15,47,-1000,-1500,1)

 6523788.28

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @FV.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.65. @FV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@FV(payment, rate, nper)

      Returns the Future Value of nper payments of payment each, given a
      periodic interest rate of rate and a present value for the investment of
      0.
          The future value of contributing $1,000 for five years at 10%
           interest.:

     @FV(1000,0.1,5)

 6105.10

     The same investment compounded monthly instead of yearly:

    @FV(-1000 / 12, 0.1/12, 5 * 12)

    6453.09

     The same investment compounded daily:

    @FV(-1000 / 365.25, 0.1 / 365.25, 5 * 365.25)

       6486.08

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also FV.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.66. GETINPUT, @GETINPUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

GETINPUT(cell)

      Returns a string containing the contents of cell. See Cell contents and
      cell values for more information.

 GETINPUT(THISADDRESS)

 =GETINPUT(THISADDRESS)

      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.67. HLOOKUP, @HLOOKUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HLOOKUP(match, range, row)

      Returns a pointer to the cell in the rowth row of a horizontal lookup
      table.
      In other words, returns the row, colth cell of range, where col is a
      column whose top cell contains match. If no match is found, a reference
      to the last column and the last row in range is returned.
      The first row in range is counted as row number zero (0).
      If row exceeds the number of rows in range, a !LUE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

 Given the following range, with the label data:

        Spencer   Perry   Wood

        33   19   25

        Audrey   Buttercup   Tib

 HLOOKUP("Wood", data, 1)

 25

 HLOOKUP("Spencer", data, 2)

 Audrey

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.68. HOUR, @HOUR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HOUR(date)

      Returns the hour of the day in the given date serial number.

     HOUR(1.7)

    16

 HOUR(NOW)

 22 (if, like the author, you work very late nights.)

 HOUR(TIMEVALUE("1:57"))

 1

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.69. IF, @IF ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IF(boolean,trueval[,falseval])

      If boolean is true, returns trueval. Otherwise, returns falseval or a
      null value.

 IF(1, "ok", "FAIL")

 ok

 IF(0, "ok", "FAIL")

 FAIL

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.70. IFELSE, @IFELSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IFELSE(boolean, trueval, falseval)

      Same as IF, @IF, except falseval is not optional.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.71. INDEX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

INDEX(range, row, col[, layer])

      Returns a reference to the rowth row and the colth column ofthe
      layerthlayer (the top layer is assumed) of the given range. The first row
      and the first column in the range are assigned the number one (1).
      If the row, col element cannot be found, a !INDE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

 Given the following range, with the label data:

        Spencer   Perry   Wood

        33   19   25

 INDEX(data, 2, 2)

 19

 INDEX(data, 3, 2)

 !INDE

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions.
      See also @INDEX.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.72. @INDEX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@INDEX(range, col, row[, layer])

      Returns a reference to the rowth row and the colth column ofthe
      layerthlayer (the top layer is assumed) of the given range. The first row
      and the first column in the range are assigned the number zero (0).
      If the row, col element cannot be found, a !INDE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

 Given the following range, with the label data:

        Spencer   Perry   Wood

        33   19   25

 INDEX(data, 2, 1)

 25

 INDEX(data, 0, 0)

 Spencer

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions.
      See also INDEX.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.73. INT, @INT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

INT(number)

      Returns the integer portion of number.

 INT(2.25)

 2

  INT(8.565217391304)

 8

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.74. INVERT, @INVERT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

INVERT(matrix)

      Returns an array containing the inverse of matrix. The inverse matrix is
      a matrix which, multiplied by the original matrix, returns the "identity
      matrix" - a square matrix in which diagonal values equal 1 and all other
      values equal 0. Inverse matrices are generally used for solving systems
      of mathematical equations involving several variables.
      Matrix must be square and numeric, or a !MSE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

     INVERT({0,1,2;7,8,3;6,5,4})    rbl.

 the following matrix:

     -0.47   -0.17   0.36

     0.28   0.33   -0.39

     0.36   -0.17   0.19

 INVERT(testmatrix)

 the same matrix as the last example.

      See Matrix functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.75. IRR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IRR(flows [,guess])

      Returns the Internal Rate of Return - the discount rate which would set
      the net present value of the given cash flows to zero. Positive flows
      denote income; negative flows denote expenses.
      Flows may be either a range reference or an array.
      In some cases, there are two Internal Rates of Return that can be
      returned for a given set of flows. In these cases, if a guess argument is
      provided, the answer closest to guess is returned.
      If the Internal Rate of Return cannot be calculated, a !IRR error is
      generated. See Warnings and Errors.
          The internal rate of return on an initial investment of $10,000,
           followed by inflows of $1,000 for ten years, and a final sale value
           of $15,000   :

    IRR({-10000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000,
 15000}

 0.119

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @IRR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.76. @IRR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@IRR(guess, flows...)

      Returns the Internal Rate of Return - discount rate applied to future
      cash flows which, given known or predicted flows, would set the net
      present value of all the cash flows to zero. Positive flows denote
      income; negative flows denote expenses.
      Flows may be a list of numbers, a range reference, an array, or any
      combination thereof.
      In some cases, there are two Internal Rates of Return that can be
      returned for a given set of flows. In these cases, the answer closest to
      guess is returned.
      If the Internal Rate of Return cannot be calculated, a !IRR error is
      generated. See Warnings and Errors.
          The internal rate of return on an initial investment of $10,000,
           followed by inflows of $1,000 for ten years, and a final sale value
           of $15,000.

 @IRR(0.1,-10000, 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000,1000,1000, 1000,1000, 1000, 1000,15000)

    0.119

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also IRR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.77. ISARRAY, @ISARRAY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISARRAY(any)

      Returns 1 if any has an array value, and 0 otherwise.

     ISARRAY({1,2,1;8,3,6})

 1

     ISARRAY(H1:K4)

 1

      See Logical functions and Matrix functions for more information and a
      list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.78. ISBLANK, @ISBLANK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISBLANK(cell)

      Same as ISEMPTY, @ISEMPTY.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.79. ISEMPTY, @ISEMPTY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISEMPTY(cell)

      Returns 1 if cell has no value, and 0 otherwise.

 If F15 is empty and F16 is not:

     ISEMPTY(F15)

 1

     ISEMPTY(F16)

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.80. ISERR, @ISERR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISERR(any)

      Same as ISERROR, @ISERROR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.81. ISERROR, @ISERROR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISERROR(any)

      Returns 1 if any has an error value, and 0 otherwise.

     ISERR(!NA)

 1

    ISERR("human")

       0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions. See also Warnings and Errors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.82. ISFORMULA, @ISFORMULA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISFORMULA(cell)

      Returns 1 if cell contains a formula, and 0 otherwise.

 If A1 contains @PI and B1 contains 3.1415926:

    ISFORMULA(A1)

       1

    ISFORMULA(B1)

       0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.83. ISLABEL, @ISLABEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISLABEL(string)

      Returns 2 if string is defined as a range label in the current workbook.
      Returns 1 if string is a valid range label, but has not been defined in
      the current workbook.
      Returns 0 if string is not a valid range label.

 ISLABEL("Union")

 1

 ISLABEL("PF72-321")

 0

      See Labelling a Range for more information about labelled ranges.
      See Logical functions for a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.84. ISNA, @ISNA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISNA(any)

      Returns 1 if any has the special error value !NA, and 0 otherwise.

     ISNA(!NA)

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions. See also Warnings and Errors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.85. ISNAME, @ISNAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISNAME(string)

      Same as ISLABEL, @ISLABEL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.86. ISNUMBER, @ISNUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISNUMBER(any)

      Returns 1 if any has a numeric value, and 0 otherwise.

     ISNUMBER(12)

 1

     ISNUMBER("WORD")

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.87. ISRANGE, @ISRANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISRANGE(any)

      Returns 1 if any is a range reference, and 0 otherwise.

 If rangelabel has been defined as a labelled range (see Labelling a Range).

 ISRANGE(H33:H39)

 1

 ISRANGE("Colors")

 0

 ISRANGE("rangelabel")

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.88. ISREF, @ISREF ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISREF(any)

      Returns 1 if any is a cell or range reference, and 0 otherwise.

 If rangelabel has been defined as a labelled range (see Labelling a Range).

 ISREF(A1)

 1

 ISREF("A1")

 0

 ISREF(rangelabel)

 1

 ISREF("rangelabel")

 0

      Note that the contents of the cells or ranges being referred to has
      nothing to do with any of these examples.
      Compare with ISRANGE, @ISRANGE.
      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.89. ISSTRING, @ISSTRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISSTRING(any)

      Returns 1 if any has a string value, and 0 otherwise.

 If A1 contains the string "cord" and B1 contains the number 9:

    ISSTRING("Twine")

       1

  ISSTRING(12)

 0

 ISSTRING(A1)

 1

 ISSTRING(B1)

 0

      See Logical functions and Text or string functions for more information
      and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.90. ISTEXT, @ISTEXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISTEXT(any)

      Same as ISSTRING, @ISSTRING.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.91. ISTRING, @ISTRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISTRING(any)

      Same as ISSTRING, @ISSTRING.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.92. LASTCOL, @LASTCOL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LASTCOL(cell)

      Finds the last non-empty cell in the same horizontal set of data as cell,
      and returns the column number of that cell, where column A is numbered
      zero (0). Note that two horizontal sets of data in the same column,
      separated by an empty cell, are considered separate horizontal sets of
      data.

 If cells A1:D1 and F1:H1 are full, and cell E1 is empty:

 LASTCOL(A1)

 3

 LASTCOL(F1)

 7

 LASTCOL(E1)

 7

 LASTCOL(I1)

 8

      See Information functions and Database and lookup functions for more
      information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.93. LASTROW, @LASTROW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LASTROW(cell)

      Finds the last non-empty cell in the same vertical set of data as cell,
      and returns the row number of that cell, where row 1 is numbered zero
      (0). Note that two vertical sets of data in the same column, separated by
      an empty cell, are considered separate vertical sets of data.

 If cells A1:A4 and A6:A10 are full, and cell A5 is empty:

 LASTROW(A1)

 3

 LASTROW(A6)

 9

 LASTROW(A5)

 9

 LASTROW(A11)

 10

      See Information functions and Database and lookup functions for more
      information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.94. LAYERS, @LAYERS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LAYERS(range)

      Returns the number of layers in the given range.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.95. LEFT, @LEFT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LEFT(string, number)

      Returns a string consisting of the first number characters of string.
      Negative numbers are treated as zero.

    LEFT("Slowly reveal this hidden message...",5)

 Slowl

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.96. LEN, @LEN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LEN(string)

      See LENGTH, @LENGTH.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.97. LENGTH, @LENGTH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LENGTH(string)

      Returns the number of characters in string.

    LENGTH("This string is forty-one characters long.")

 41

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.98. LN, @LN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LN(number)

      Returns the Natural Log of number, which is the power to which e (a
      mathematical constant) needs to be raised to return number.

 LN(1)

 0

 LN(10)

 2.30

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.99. LOG, @LOG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LOG(number)

      Returns the Base 10 Log of number, which is the power to which 10 needs
      to be raised to return number.

 LOG(10)

 1

 LOG(1000)

 3

 LOG(65)

 1.81

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.100. LOG10 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LOG10(number)

      Same as LOG, @LOG.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.101. LOWER, @LOWER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LOWER(string)

      Returns a string consisting of the lower-case equivalent of each
      character in string, based on the current OS/2 code page.

    LOWER("E.E. Cummings")

 e.e. cummings

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.102. MAX, @MAX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MAX(number...)

      Returns the largest number of the given numbers. If an argument does not
      have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored altogether.

 MAX(1,2,3,4,"5","six")

 5

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 MAX(data)

 7

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.103. MID, @MID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MID(string, start, length)

      Returns a substring consisting of the first length characters after the
      startth character of string. Negative numbers are treated as zero.

    MID("You tremble carcass?",4,7)

 tremble

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.104. MIN, @MIN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MIN(number...)

      Returns the smallest number in the list numbers. If an argument does not
      have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored altogether.

 MIN(1,2,3,4,"5","six")

 1

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 MIN(data)

 1

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.105. MINUTE, @MINUTE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MINUTE(date)

      Returns the minute of the hour in the given date serial number.

 MINUTE(4.02)

 28

 MINUTE(TIMEVALUE("1:57"))

 57

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.106. MINVERSE, @MINVERSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MINVERSE(matrix)

      Same as INVERT, @INVERT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.107. MMULT, @MMULT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MMULT(matrix1, matrix2)

      Same as MULT, @MULT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.108. MOD, @MOD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MOD(number,divisor)

      Returns the remainder left over when number is divided by divisor.
      Divisor must be non-zero and both numbers must be integers.
      Numbers larger than 10,000,000 may not MOD correctly, due to limitations
      on the precision of the underlying hardware.

 MOD(16, 12)

 4

 MOD(7,3)

 1

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.109. MONTH, @MONTH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MONTH(date)

      Returns the number of the month of the given date serial number.

 MONTH(15)

 1

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.110. MULT, @MULT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MULT(matrix1, matrix2)

      Returns the matrix product of matrix1 and matrix2 as an array. The number
      of columns in matrix1 must be equal to the number of rows in matrix2,
      otherwise a !MSE error is returned. See Warnings and Errors.
      The matrix product of matrix1 and matrix2 is a matrix whose row, colth
      element contains the sum of the products of the elements in row of
      matrix1 and the elements in col of matrix2.

     MULT(testmatrix,INVERT(testmatrix))

 the following matrix:

     1   0   0

     0   1   0

     0   0   1

      See Matrix functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.111. N, @N ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

N(any)

      Returns the value of any if any is a number, and zero (0) otherwise.

    N("Stringy")

       0

     N(45)

 45

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.112. NEXT, @NEXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NEXT(any)

      If any is part of a sequence that Mesa recognizes, the next value in the
      series is returned. Mesa recognizes the following series (these series
      are circular - e.g; NEXT(Dec) returns Jan):
          January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September,
           October, November, December (English months)

          Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec

          Januar, Februar, Maerz, April, Mai, Juni, Juli, August, September,
           Oktober, November, Dezember (German months)

          Enero, Febrero, Marzo, Abril, Mayo, Junio, Julio, Agosto,
           Septiembre, Octubre, Noviembre, Diciembre (Spanish months)

          Janeiro, Fevereiro, Marco, Abril , Maio, Junho, Julho, Agosto ,
           Setembro, Outubro, Novembro, Dezembro (Portuguese months)

           (The spaces in "Abril " and "Agosto " are significant; they
           distinguish them from "Abril" and "Agosto" in the Spanish months,
           above.)

          Janvier, Fevrier, Mars, Avril, Mai, Juin, Juillet, Aout, Septembre,
           Octobre, Novembre, Decembre (French months)

          Gennaio, Febbraio, Marzo, Aprile, Maggio, Giugno, Luglio, Agosto,
           Settembre, Ottobre, Novembre , Dicembre (Italian months)

           (The space in "Novembre " is significant, to distinguish it from the
           French "Novembre".)

          Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday
           (English days)

          Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun

          Montag, Dienstag, Mittwoch, Donnerstag, Freitag, Samstag, Sonntag
           (German days)

          Lunes, Martes, Miercoles, Jueves, Viernes, Sabado, Domingo (Spanish
           days)

          Segunda, Terca, Quarta, Quinta, Sexta, Sabado , Domingo (Portuguese
           days)

           (As above, the spaces after Sabado and Domingo are significant.)

          Segunda-feira, Terca-feira, Quarta-feira, Quinta-feira, Sexta-feira,
           Sabado , Domingo (Portuguese days, formal)

           (The double-spaces after Sabado and Domingo are significant.)

          Lundi, Mardi, Mercredi, Jeudi, Vendredi, Samedi, Dimanche (French
           days)

          Lunedi, Martedi, Mercoled\x93 , Giovedi, Venerd\x93 , Sabato,
           Domencia (Italian days)
      Additionally, the pattern Qnum1 num2 is recognized as quarterly dates if
      num1 is between 1 and 4, and incremented accordingly - for example:
          Q2 94, Q3 94, Q4 94, Q1 95..
      Otherwise, if any is a number or ends with a number, NEXT() increments
      that number by 1 - for example:
          NEXT(12.4576) returns 13.4576

          NEXT("File #5") returns File #6
      If not, NEXT() returns any with the string "1" appended to it. For
      example:
          NEXT("Mesa") returns Mesa1
      (Compare with SAME, @SAME.)
      See Using SAME() and NEXT() for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.113. NOT, @NOT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NOT(boolean)

      If boolean is true, returns 0; otherwise returns 1.

 NOT(TRUE)

 0

 NOT(0)

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.114. NOW, @NOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NOW

NOW()

      Returns a date serial number corresponding to the current date and time.

 NOW

 34632.97 (see HOUR, @HOUR)

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.115. NPER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NPER(rate, payment, pv[, fv [type]])

      Returns the Number of Periods required for an investment with a present
      value of pv to reach a value of fv (0 is assumed), based on periodic
      payments of payment and a constant interest rate per period. If type is 0
      or unspecified, payments are made at the end of each period; otherwise,
      payments are made at the beginning of each period.
          You agree to buy a car for $5000, but can only afford to make
           payments of $399 per month. If you agree to pay 6% to the owner, how
           many months will it take until the car is fully paid for?

    NPER(0.06,-399,5000)

       23.92

     How long will it take to amass $20000 if each year you contribute $1000
      to a fund that earns 12% per year?

     NPER(0.12,-1000,0,20000,0)

 10.80

     You lend $10,000 to your grandson at the generous rate of 1% per year. If
      he agrees to pay you $500 a year until the loan is repaid, how many years
      will it take?

     NPER(0.01,500,-10000)

 22.42

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.116. NPV, @NPV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NPV(rate,payment...)

      Returns the Net Present Value of an investment, given the payments
      listed, at a constant interest rate. Payments can be income (positive
      values) or expenses (negative values).

 Should you buy a condominium for $220,000 if you can expect to receive as rent
 $24,000 the first five years and $30,000 for five years after that? Assume a
 discount rate of 4%.

    NPV(0.04,-220000,24000,24000,24000,24000,24000

 -3253.90

    Since the net present value is negative, this would not be a wise
 investment decision.

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.117. NUMBER, @NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NUMBER(any)

      Same as VALUE, @VALUE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.118. PATHNAME, @PATHNAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PATHNAME

      Returns the full pathname of the current workbook.

 PATHNAME

 C:\Desktop\samples\infosample.m2

      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.119. PI, @PI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PI

PI()

      Returns the value of p, which is the ratio of the circumference of any
      circle to its diameter. p is approximately equal to 3.14

 PI

 3.14

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.120. PMT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PMT(rate, nper, principal, [fv, [type]])

      Returns the Payment that must be made per payment period, given nper
      periods, to pay off the principal of a loan at a constant interest rate
      per period.
      If a desired future value (fv) is provided, the payment required to bring
      the principal to that value is calculated instead. If type is 0 or
      unspecified, payments are made at the end of each period; otherwise,
      payments are made at the beginning of each period.
          You want to pay off a $2,000 loan in five years. The annual interest
           rate is 8%; how much must each of your yearly payments total?

    PMT(0.08,5,2000)

       -500.91

     You want to have $200,000 on hand for your three year-old's education
      when she reaches college-age. Assuming you have 15 years and an expected
      average interest rate of 5% per year, how much should you expect to
      contribute monthly?

    PMT(.05 / 12, 15 * 12, 180,0,200000)

 -748.25

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @PMT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.121. @PMT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@PMT(principal,rate,nper)

      Returns the Payment that must be made per payment period, given nper
      periods, to pay off the principal of a loan at a constant interest rate
      per period.

 You want to pay off a $2,000 loan in five years. The annual interest rate is
 8%; how much must each of your yearly payments total?

    @PMT(2000,0.08,5)

       500.91

      See also PMT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.122. PROD, @PROD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PROD(number...)

      Returns the product of the given numbers. If an argument does not have a
      numeric equivalent, it is ignored altogether.

 PROD(11,9,7,5,3,1)

       10395

  PROD(F53:K53)

 10395

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.123. PRODUCT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PRODUCT(number...)

      Same as PROD, @PROD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.124. PROPER, @PROPER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PROPER(string)

      Returns a string based on string, but with the first letter of every word
      capitalized. A "word" is a series of non-blank characters surrounded by
      spaces or at the start/end of the string, and capitalization is based on
      the current OS/2 code page.

    PROPER("the honorable justice holmes")

 The Honorable Justice Holmes

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.125. PV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PV(rate, nper, payment [, fv [, type]])

      Returns the Present Value of an investment, given nper periodic payments
      of size payment, a constant interest rate per period, and a desired
      future value of fv when the last payment is made (0 is assumed). If type
      is 0 or unspecified, payments are made at the end of each period;
      otherwise, payments are made at the beginning of each period.
          What is the present value of a bond that will pay $400 for the next
           8 years, if the discount rate is 10%?

    PV(0.1,8,400)

       -2133.97

     Someone offers to pay you $1,000 five years from now. If inflation stays
      at a constant 2.5%, what will that money be worth in today's dollars? (In
      other words, what would you be willing to pay in today's dollars in
      exchange for such an offer?)

    PV(0.025,5,0,1000)

       -883.85

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @PV.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.126. @PV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@PV(payment, rate, nper)

      Returns the Present Value of an investment, given nper periodic payments
      of size payment, and a constant interest rate per period.
          What is the present value of a bond that will pay $400 for the next
           8 years, if the discount rate is 10%?

     @PV(400,0.1,8)

    2133.97

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also PV.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.127. RADIANS, @RADIANS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RADIANS(angle)

      Same as DEGTORAD, @DEGTORAD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.128. RADTODEG, @RADTODEG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RADTODEG(angle)

      Returns the number of degrees spanned by an angle of angle radians.

  RADTODEG(1.57)

       90

   RADTODEG(-2.356)

 -135

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.129. RAND, @RAND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RAND

RAND()

      Returns a random number between 0 and 1, inclusive.

 RAND

       0.513 (for example)

 INT(RAND * 10)

 a random number between 0 and 10. Note that the distribution of these numbers
 is not even.

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.130. RANDOM, @RANDOM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RANDOM

RANDOM()

      Same as RAND, @RAND.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.131. RATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RATE(nper, payment, pv[,fv,[type[, guess]]])

      Returns the percentage growth rate per period required for an investment
      of pv to reach fv (assumed to be 0), given nper periodic payments of
      payment each. If type is 0 or unspecified, payments are made at the end
      of each period; otherwise, payments are made at the beginning of each
      period. If more than one answer is possible, the answer closest to guess
      is returned.
      If the rate cannot be calculated, a !RAT error is returned. See Warnings
      and Errors.

    Rate of return on an investment of $1,000 if at the end of 1 year you
 receive $1,100.      :

     RATE(1,0,-1000,1100)

 0.1

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @RATE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.132. @RATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@RATE(payment,pv,nper)

      Returns the percentage growth rate per period required for an investment
      of pv to reach 0, given nper periodic payments of payment each.
      If the rate cannot be calculated, a !RAT error is returned. See Warnings
      and Errors.

    Rate of return on an investment of $1,000 if at the end of 1 year you
 receive $1,100.

     @RATE(1100,1000,1)

 0.1

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.
      See also @RATE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.133. REGRESS, @REGRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

REGRESS(matrixX, matrixY)

      Performs a linear regression on matrixX and matrixY, where each row of
      matrixX contains a series of independent variables which are associated
      with the value in that row of matrixY, which must be a single-column
      matrix.
      If matrixX or matrixY are the wrong size, a !MSE error is returned. If
      matrixX and matrixY have a very high degree of correlation, a !SME error
      is returned. See Warnings and Errors.
       Otherwise, REGRESS() returns an array containing a constant intercept
      and the linear factors which must be applied to the values in each row of
      matrixX to obtain the associated value in matrixY.
      More precisely, REGRESS() returns an array of the form:
      {yi; m1; m2; m3...}
      ...such that the formula:
      y = yi + x1*m1 + x2*m2 + x3*m3....
      ...is approximately true for each set of X values in matrixX and the
      corresponding Y value in matrixY.
      See Matrix functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.134. REPEAT, @REPEAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

REPEAT(string, number)

      Returns a string consisting of string repeated number times.

 REPEAT("Go wrong-- ",3)

 Go wrong-- Go wrong-- Go wrong--

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.135. REPLACE, @REPLACE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

REPLACE(string, start, length, newstring)

      Returns a string based on string, with a substring of length length
      (starting after the startth character) replaced by newstring.

 REPLACE("I, Belteshazzar, can now use REPLACE.",3,12, "Rudy O'thustra")

 I, Rudy O'thustra, can now use REPLACE.

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.136. REPT, @REPT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

REPT(string, number)

      Same as REPEAT, @REPEAT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.137. RIGHT, @RIGHT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RIGHT(string, number)

      Returns a string consisting of the last number characters of string.
      Negative numbers are treated as zero.

 RIGHT("NOT A GOOD MOVIE.",13)

 A GOOD MOVIE.

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.138. ROOT, @ROOT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ROOT(number,power)

      Returns the powerth root of number - that is, the number which, raised to
      power, returns number.

   ROOT(25,2)

 5

  ROOT(216,3)

       6

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.139. ROUND, @ROUND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ROUND(number,precision)

      Returns number rounded to precision decimal places. Positive precision
      indicates significant spaces to the right of the decimal point; negative
      precision indicates spaces to the left of the decimal point. For example:

 ROUND(123.456,2)

       123.46

 ROUND(123.456,-1)

       120

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.140. ROWS, @ROWS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ROWS(range)

      Returns the number of rows in the given range.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.141. RUNSCRIPT, @RUNSCRIPT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RUNSCRIPT(boolean, script)

      Places the named script on the queue to be executed, if boolean is true.
      Since script execution and workbook recalculation occur in different
      threads, the script may begin executing before the workbook is finished
      recalculating.
      See Creating Scripts for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.142. S, @S ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

S(any)

      Returns the value of any if any is a string, or a zero-length string
      otherwise.

  S(123)

 a zero-length string.

 S("perambulator")

 perambulator

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.143. SAME, @SAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SAME(cell)

      Returns a value based on the formula in cell. In effect, SAME() returns
      the same value as the formula would if it were copied and pasted into the
      cell.
      If cell does not contain a formula, or if there are more than 60 levels
      of nested SAME() functions, a !SAME error is returned. See Warnings and
      Errors.
      See Using SAME() and NEXT() for more information; see also NEXT, @NEXT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.144. SECOND, @SECOND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SECOND(date)

      Returns the number of seconds after the minute in the given date serial
      number.

 SECOND(4.02)

 48

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.145. SGN, @SGN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SGN(number)

      Returns -1 if number is negative, 1 if number is positive, and 0 if
      number is 0.

  SGN(0)

 0

  SGN(-654.348)

 -1

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.146. SHEETS, @SHEETS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SHEETS(range)

      Same as LAYERS, @LAYERS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.147. SIGN, @SIGN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SIGN(number)

      See SGN, @SGN.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.148. SIGNAL, @SIGNAL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SIGNAL(boolean, string1,string2)

      If boolean is true, sends the pair of strings outside Mesa. This function
      is useful in conjunction with other applications, which can respond to
      data which is exported automatically from a Mesa workbook when a certain
      condition is met.
      See Real-time data feeds for more information.
      (See also FEED, @FEED.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.149. SIN, @SIN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SIN(angle)

      Returns the sine of angle. The sine of an angle can be thought of as the
      ratio of the length of the side of a right triangle opposite from the
      angle angle, and the hypotenuse of that triangle. Angle must be given in
      radians.

  SIN(1.57)

 1

  SIN(0)

 0

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.150. SLN, @SLN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SLN(cost, salvage, life)

      Returns the Straight Line depreciation for an asset: the depreciated
      value of an asset, given an initial cost for that asset, a final salvage
      value, and an effective life of life periods.
      If the depreciation cannot be calculated, a !DPE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

 Straight line depreciation of a coyote defense system that costs $3,000 and
 can be salvaged for parts 10 years later for $300?

  @SLN(3000,300,10)

 270

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.151. SQRT, @SQRT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SQRT(number)

      Returns the square root of number.

  SQRT(16)

 4

  SQRT(713732)

 844.83

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.152. @STD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@STD(number...)

      Returns the population standard deviation for the set of numbers given.
      If an argument does not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored.

 @STD(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9)

 2.87

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.153. STDDEV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STDDEV(number...)

      Same as @STDS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.154. STDDEVP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STDDEVP(number...)

      Same as @STD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.155. STDEV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STDEV(number...)

      Same as @STDS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.156. STDEVP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STDEVP(number...)

      Same as @STD.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.157. @STDS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@STDS(number...)

      Returns the sample standard deviation for the set of numbers given. If an
      argument does not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored.

 @STDS(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9

 3.03

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.158. STRING, @STRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STRING(number[, precision])

      Returns the string equivalent of number, to precision decimal places.

 STRING(123, 2)

 123.00 (string value)

 STRING("perambulator")

 0 (string value)

      See Type-conversion functions and Text or string functions for more
      information and a list of related functions. See also Converting Value
      Types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.159. SUM, @SUM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SUM(number...)

      Returns the sum of numbers. If an argument does not have a numeric
      equivalent, it is ignored altogether.

 SUM(1,2,3,4,"5","six")

 15

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 SUM(data)

 16

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.160. SUMPRODUCT, @SUMPRODUCT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SUMPRODUCT(matrix...)

      Returns the sum of the products resulting from the multiplication of the
      corresponding cells in each matrix argument - first elements of all the
      listed matrices are multiplied together, and that product is added to the
      product of the second elements, then added to the product of the third
      elements, and so forth.
      All the listed matrices must be the same size.

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 Given the following range, labelled data2:

     10   10   10   10

 SUMPRODUCT(data)

 16

 SUMPRODUCT(data, data2)

 160

 SUMPRODUCT(data, data)

 84

 SUMPRODUCT({1,2,3,4}, data2)

 100

 SUMPRODUCT(1,3,5,7)

 105

      Note that in the last example, each argument is treated as a 1x1 matrix.
      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.161. SUMSQ, @SUMSQ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SUMSQ(number...)

      Returns the sum of the squares of the numeric arguments. If an argument
      does not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored.

 Given the following range, labelled data:

     1   3   5   7

 SUMSQ(data)

 84

 SUMSQ(1,3,5,7)

 84

      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.162. SYD, @SYD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SYD(cost, salvage, life, nper)

      Returns the Sum of the Years Digits depreciation for an asset after nper
      periods, given an initial cost for that asset, a final salvage value, and
      an effective life of life periods.
      If the depreciation cannot be calculated, a !DPE error is returned. See
      Warnings and Errors.

    Sum of years' digits depreciation history of a coyote defense system that
 costs $3,000 and can be salvaged for parts 10 years later for $300?

     Year 1

    SYD(3000,300,10,1)

 490.90

     Year 2

 SYD(3000,300,10,2)

 441.81

     Year 3

    SYD(3000,300,10,3)

 392.72

     Year 4

    SYD(3000,300,10,4)

 343.63

     Year 5

    SYD(3000,300,10,5)

 294.54

     Year 6

    SYD(3000,300,10,6)

 245.45

     Year 7

 SYD(3000,300,10,7)

 196.36

     Year 8

 SYD(3000,300,10,8)

 147.27

     Year 9

 SYD(3000,300,10,9)

 98.18

     Year 10

 SYD(3000,300,10,10)

 49.09

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.163. TAN, @TAN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TAN(number)

      Returns the tangent of an angle of number radians.
      The tangent of an angle can be thought of as the ratio of the lengths of
      the sides of a right triangle opposite from and adjacent to an angle of
      number radians.

  TAN(1.57)

 1.63E+16

  TAN(0)

 0

      See Trigonometric functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.164. TERM, @TERM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TERM(payment,rate,fv)

      Returns the number of periodic payments of size payment required to reach
      a future value of fv, given a periodic interest rate of rate.

 TERM(1000,0.1, 2100)

 2

 TERM(100, 12%, 5000)

 2

      See Financial functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.165. TEXT, @TEXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TEXT(any, precision)

      Same as STRING, @STRING.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.166. THISADDRESS, @THISADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

THISADDRESS

      Returns a reference to the current cell.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.167. THISCOL, @THISCOL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

THISCOL

      Returns the number of the column containing the current cell, where
      column A is counted as 0.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.168. THISLAYER, @THISLAYER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

THISLAYER

      Returns the number of the layer containing the current cell, where the
      topmost layer is counted as 0.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.169. THISROW, @THISROW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

THISROW

      Returns the number of the row containing the current cell, where row 1 is
      counted as 0.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.170. TIME, @TIME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TIME(hour, minute, second)

      Returns a time serial number for the specified time value.

 TIME(12,0,0)

 0.5

 TIME(16,48,10)

 0.70011

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.171. TIMEVALUE, @TIMEVALUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TIMEVALUE(string)

      Returns a time serial number equivalent to the given string.
      For a list of recognized string formats, see Date and time constants.

 TIMEVALUE("12:00")

 .5

 TIMEVALUE("23:59:59")

 .9999884

      See Date and time functions and Type-conversion functions for more
      information and a list of related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.172. TODAY, @TODAY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TODAY

      Returns a date serial number for the current day.

 TODAY

 34632 (on October 25, 1994)

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.173. TRANSPOSE, @TRANSPOSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TRANSPOSE(matrix)

      Returns an array containing the transpose of the given matrix. The
      transpose of matrix is a matrix, each row of which corresponds to a
      column in matrix.

 TRANSPOSE(testmatrix)

 the following matrix:

     0   7   6

     1   8   5

     2   3   4

      See Matrix functions for more information and a list of related
      functions. See also Transpose for more information about transposing
      ranges.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.174. TRIM, @TRIM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TRIM(string)

      Returns a string based on string but stripped of all extra white space
      (tabs, leading or trailing spaces, and multiple consecutive spaces).

    TRIM("one... two")

       one... two

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.175. TRUE, @TRUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

TRUE

TRUE()

      Returns 1.
      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.176. UNAME, @UNAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

UNAME

      Returns the username associated with the current login session. If no
      username is associated with the current login session, a default name is
      returned.
      See Information functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.177. UPPER, @UPPER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

UPPER(string)

      Returns a string with every lower-case character in string replaced by an
      upper-case character. Upper-case and lower-case are defined in terms of
      the current OS/2 code page.

 UPPER("He hates e.e. cummings.")

          HE HATES E.E. CUMMINGS.

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.178. VALUE, @VALUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

VALUE(any)

      Returns the numeric equivalent of any. See Numeric equivalents for more
      information.

     VALUE(123)

 123

    VALUE("perambulator")

       0

      See Type-conversion functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.179. VAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

VAR(number...)

      Returns the sample variance of the numeric arguments. If an argument does
      not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored.
      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.180. @VAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@VAR(number...)

      Returns the population variance of the numeric arguments. If an argument
      does not have a numeric equivalent, it is ignored.
      See Statistical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.181. VARP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

VARP(number...)

      See @VAR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.182. @VARS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

@VARS(number...)

      See VAR.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.183. VLOOKUP, @VLOOKUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

VLOOKUP(match, range, col)

      Returns a reference to a cell in the colth row of a vertical lookup
      table.
      In other words, returns a reference to the row, colth cell of range,
      where row is a row whose first cell contains match. If no match is found,
      the value of last column and the last row in range is returned.
      The first column in range is counted as column number zero (0).
      If col exceeds the number of columns in range, a !LUE error is returned.
      See Warnings and Errors.

 Given the following range, with the label data:

        Spencer   33   Audrey

        Perry   19   Buttercup

        Wood   25   Tib

 VLOOKUP("Wood", data, 1)

 25

 VLOOKUP("Spencer", data, 2)

 Audrey

      See Database and lookup functions for more information and a list of
      related functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2.184. YEAR, @YEAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

YEAR(date)

      Returns the year of the given date serial number.

 YEAR(29747.007)

 1981

 YEAR(TODAY)

 1995

      See Date and time functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3. List of Operators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See Types of Functions for a list of functions and operators organized by type,
or see the individual operator for a description.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.1. #AND#, <AND>, && ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

boolean1 #AND# boolean2

boolean1 <AND> boolean2

boolean1 && boolean2

      Logical AND.
      Returns 1 if both boolean1 and boolean2 are true; 0 otherwise.

 TRUE #AND# FALSE

 0

 TRUE #AND# TRUE

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.2. #OR#, <OR>, || ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

boolean1 #OR# boolean2

boolean1 <OR> boolean2

boolean1 || boolean2

      Logical OR.
      Returns 1 if either boolean1 or boolean2 are true; 0 otherwise.

 TRUE #OR# FALSE

 1

 FALSE #OR# FALSE

 0

 TRUE #OR# TRUE

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.3. #NOT# ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#NOT# boolean

      Logical NOT.
      Returns 0 if boolean is true; 1 otherwise.

 #NOT# TRUE

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.4. #XOR#, <XOR>, ^^ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

boolean1 #XOR# boolean2

boolean1 <XOR> boolean2

boolean1 ^^ boolean2

      Exclusive OR.
      Returns 1 if either boolean1 or boolean2, but not both, are true; 0
      otherwise.

 TRUE #XOR# FALSE

 1

 FALSE #XOR# FALSE

 0

 TRUE #XOR# TRUE

 0

      Compare with #OR#, <OR>, ||.
      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.5. & (concatenate) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

string1 & string2

      Combines string1 and string2 into a single string.

 "Jan " & 5

 Jan 5

 "one" & "word"

 oneword

      See Text or string functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.6. * (multiply) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

number1 * number2

      Returns the product of number1 and number2.

   2*15

    30

  5.7*-0.354

       -2.0178

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.7. + (sum) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

[number1] + number2

      Returns the sum of number1 and number2. Number1 is assumed to be zero (0)
      if not specified.

   2+15

 17

   5.7+-0.354

 5.346

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.8. - (subtract) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

[number1] - number2

      Returns the difference between number1 and number2. Number1 is assumed to
      be zero (0) if not specified.

  2-15

 -13

  5.7--0.354

 6.054

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.9. / (divide) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

number1 / number2

      Returns the value of number1 divided by number2.
      Number2 must be non-zero.

  2/15

 0.13

  5.7/-0.354

       -16.10

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.10. ^ (exponentiation) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

number1 ^ number2

      Returns number1 raised to the number2th power.
      If number1 is negative, number2 must be integer.

   2^15

    32768

  5.7^-0.354

       0.54

      See Mathematical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.11. = (equality) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 = any2

      Returns 1 if any1 and any2 have equal values, and 0 otherwise.

 35 = 27+8

    1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.12. !=, <> (inequality) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 != any2

any1 <> any2

      Returns 0 if any1 and any2 have equal values, and 1 otherwise.

 35 != 27+8

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.13. < (less than) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 < any2

      Returns 1 if any1 is less than any2, and 0 otherwise.

 7 < 12

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.14. > (greater than) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 > any2

      Returns 1 if any1 is greater than any2, and 0 otherwise.

 7 > 12

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.15. <=, =< (less than or equal to) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 <= any2

any1 =< any2

      Returns 1 if any1 is less than or equal to any2, and 0 otherwise.

 7 <= 12

 1

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.3.16. >=, => (greater than or equal to) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

any1 >= any2

any1 => any2

      Returns 1 if any1 is greater than or equal to any2, and 0 otherwise.

 7 >= 12

 0

      See Logical functions for more information and a list of related
      functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4. List of MScript Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See Scripting functions for a list, or see the individual function for a
description.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.1. CELL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Cell(row, col [,layer])

      Returns the address of the cell identified by row and col. If layer is
      not provided, layer A is assumed.

 CELL(1,1)

 [$A]$A$1

 CELL(4,3,2)

 [$B]$C$4


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.2. CLEAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Clear([special])

      Removes some or all of the contents of the current selection. Special can
      be one of:
          SingleCell or Cell

          Format

          Values

          Formulas

          Strings

          Numbers
      See Clear and Clear Special for more information about these functions.

 CLEAR("Format")

 1 if successful and removes all formatting from the current selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.3. CLOSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Close()

      Equivalent to choosing Close in the system menu for the currently active
      window. See Close.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Copy()

      Copies the current selection onto the clipboard.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.5. CURRENTCELL, CCELL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CurrentCell()

      Returns the address for the current base cell.
      If A1 is selected,

 CURRENTCELL()

 the string A1


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.6. CURRENTFILE, CFILE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CurrentFile()

      Returns the file name for the currently active window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.7. CURRENTPATH, CPATH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CurrentPath()

      Returns the pathname for the currently active window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.8. CURRENTRANGE, CRANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CurrentRange()

      Returns the address for the currently selected range.
      If A1 is selected,

 CURRENTRANGE()

 the string A1

      If A1:D7 is selected,

 CURRENTRANGE()

 the string A1:D7


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.9. CURRENTSELECTION, CSELECTION, CSEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CurrentSelection()

      If one or more graphics are selected, returns the name of the base
      graphic. Otherwise, returns the address of the currently selected range.
      If the graphic Graph01 is selected,

 CSEL()

 the string Graph01

      If A1:D7 is selected,

 CSEL()

 the string A1:D7


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.10. FIND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Find("Search Value", P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6)

      Finds and selects a cell within the worksheet with contents and/or value
      that matches the Search Value. The Search Value text is enclosed in
      double quotes and followed by the appropriate search parameters: P1, P2,
      P3, P4, P5, and P6. The parameters must be specified in the correct order
      and separated by commas. To use the default value of any one given
      parameter, leave a blank space in its place separated by commas. If no
      search parameters are specified, all parameters are set to their default
      values.
      P1 is one of the following:
        1. ROW: Mesa will search the first row from left to right, then the
           second row, and so forth. This option is only available when
           searching through a layer.

           ROW is the default value for P1.

        2. COL: Mesa will search the first column from top to bottom, then the
           second column, and so forth. This option is only available when
           searching through a layer.
      P2 is one of the following:
        1. CONTENTS: Matches cell contents (as it appears in the Formula Bar)
           to the Search Value.

        2. VALUES: Matches cell value to the Search Value.

           VALUES is the default value for P2.

        3. BOTH: Matches cell contents and cell value to the Search Value.
      P3 is one of the following:
        1. NUMBERS: Finds cells whose numeric equivalents match the Search
           Value contents.

        2. STRINGS: Finds cells whose string equivalents match the Search Value
           contents.

           STRINGS is the default value for P3.

        3. BOTH: Finds cells whose numeric and string equivalents match the
           Search Value contents
      P4 is one of the following:
        1. EXACT: Finds cells with contents and/or value that matches the
           Search Value exactly.

        2. INEXACT: Finds cells with contents and/or value that matches the
           Search Value exactly, as well as substrings containing Search Value
           characters.

           INEXACT is the default value for P4.
      P5 is one of the following:
        1. SENSITIVE: Search is case sensitive.

        2. INSENSITIVE: Search ignores the case of characters.

           INSENSITIVE is the default value for P5.
      P6 is one of the following:
        1. SELECTION: Mesa will only search within currently selected cells or
           text.

        2. PAGE: Mesa will search the entire current page.

           PAGE is the default value for P6.

        3. WORKBOOK: Mesa will search the entire current workbook.
      Find all the cells which meet the search criteria by successively
      executing this MScript command as many times as you need.

 FIND("136", , ,NUMBERS, , ,WORKBOOK)

 Here all search parameters, except P3 and P6, are set to their default values.
 Mesa will search for the numerical value "136" in the entire workbook by Row.
 Because P4 is set to its default value (INEXACT), cells which contain the
 numerical value of "136" as subtext (e.g., 21.136) will also be selected.

 FIND("136")

 Here all search parameters are set to their default values. Mesa will search
 and select cells containing the string value "136", both as full text and
 subtext, within the current page. The search will be performed by Row,
 ignoring the case of the characters.

      You can also perform a search using the Selection Manager Find Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.11. GETCELLCONTENTS, GETCONTENTS, GETC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

GetCellContents([cell])

      Returns a string which, if you entered it into a cell, would produce cell
      contents identical to that of cell.
      If no cell argument is given, the current base cell is used.
      If [A]A1 contains the formula =SQRT(100):

 GETCELLCONTENTS("[A]A1")

 =SQRT(100)

 GETCELLCONTENTS(CELL(1,1,1))

 =SQRT(100)

 SEL("[A]A1"); GETCELLCONTENTS(CELL(1,1,1))

 =SQRT(100)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.12. GETCELLVALUE, GETVALUE, GETV ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

GetCellValue([cell])

      Returns the string equivalent of the value of cell.
      If no cell argument is given, the current base cell is used.
      If [A]A1 contains the formula =SQRT(100):

 GETCELLVALUE("[A]A1")

 10

 GETCELLVALUE(CELL(1,1,1))

 10

 SEL("[A]A1"); GETCELLVALUE(CELL(1,1,1))

 10


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.13. GETFEED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

GetFeed(key1, key2)

      Returns the value in the Mesa feed table associated with the keywords
      key1 and key2. See Real-time data feeds for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.14. OPEN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Open(file)

      Opens the named file, as if it had been selected from the File Open...
      (Ctrl+o) panel. See Open....
      Returns 1 if successful.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.15. PASTE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Paste([special])

      Pastes the contents of the clipboard into the current selection, which
      should be a single cell.
      Special can be one of:
          Format

          Values

          Transpose

          Move

          InsertRight, Rinsert

          InsertDown, DInsert
      See Paste Special for more information about these functions.
      Returns expression if successful.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.16. PUTCELLCONTENTS, PUTCONTENTS, PUTC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PutCellContents(expression [, cell])

      Replaces current contents of cell, as if you had typed expression
      directly into it.
      If no cell argument is given, the current base cell is used.
      Returns expression if successful.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.17. RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Range(tr, lc, br, rc)

Range(tr, lc, layer, br, rc)

Range(tr, lc, layer, br, rc, layer)

      where:
          tr   top row, where row 1 is 1

          lc   left column, where col A is 1

          layer   layer for the previously listed row and column.
      If four arguments are given, returns a reference to the rectangular range
      identified by those four arguments, in layer A of the current workbook.
      If five arguments are given, returns a reference to the range in layer.
      If six arguments are given, returns a reference to a 3-D range.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.18. RECALC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Recalc()

Recalc(ON|OFF)

      If no parameters are given, recalculates the current worksheet.
      If ON is given, turns on automatic recalculation (see Recalculating
      values). If OFF is given, turns off automatic recalculation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.19. REDO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Redo()

      Undoes the operation of Undo. See Redo for more information.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 if there was nothing to redo.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.20. REPLACE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Replace("contents 1", "contents 2", "cell address", P1, P2, P3)

      Replaces the cell contents (contents 1) at a specified cell address,
      fully or in part, with new contents (contents 2). Before performing the
      Replace operation, Mesa finds the cell and searches its contents for the
      characters in contents 1 according to the search parameters P1, P2, and
      P3. Contents 1, contents 2, and the destination-cell address are entered
      inside double quotes. The parameters must be given in the correct order
      and separated by commas. To use the default value of any one given
      parameter, leave a blank space in its place separated by commas. If no
      search parameters are specified, all parameters are set to their default
      values. The default value for cell address is the address of the
      currently selected cell.
      P1 is one of the following:
        1. NUMBERS: The Replace operation is carried out only if the numeric
           equivalent of the cell contents matches contents 1.

        2. STRINGS: The Replace operation is carried out only if the string
           equivalent of the cell contents matches contents 1.

           STRINGS is the default value for P1.

        3. BOTH: The Replace operation is carried out if the numeric and string
           equivalents of the cell contents match contents 1.
      P2 is one of the following:
        1. EXACT: The Replace operation is carried out only if contents 1
           exactly matches the entire cell contents.

        2. INEXACT: The Replace operation is carried out for any occurrence of
           contents 1, including as subtext, within the contents of a selected
           cell.

           Note: if you are trying to replace NUMBERS, the numerical equivalent
           of the cell contents must exactly match contents 1 in order for the
           Replace operation to be carried out - even if P2 is set to INEXACT.

           INEXACT is the default value for P2.
      P3 is one of the following:
        1. SENSITIVE: Only the items with case matching the case of characters
           in contents 1 will be replaced.

        2. INSENSITIVE: Character case will be ignored when Mesa searches the
           cell contents for all occurrences of contents 1.

           INSENSITIVE is the default value for P3.
      Suppose that your worksheet contains cells with the value "Figures" (or
      contents "' Figures" - note the single quote preceding the string), which
      you wish to replace with the value "Amounts" (or contents "' Amounts").
      If you type the following:

 Replace("Figures", "Amounts", , EXACT)

      Nothing will be replaced, since Mesa could not find cells with the exact
      contents "Figures" - all occurrences of this string as cell contents are
      preceded by a single quote! The following syntax for this operation will
      work:

 Replace("Figures", "Amounts")

      or

 Replace("' Figures", "Amounts", , EXACT)

      As another example, suppose that your worksheet contains cells with the
      contents "110", which you wish to replace with "22". The following
      command will not perform the replace operation:

 Replace("11", "22", NUMBERS)

      Here, Mesa is looking to replace cell contents with the numerical
      equivalent of 11, since NUMBERS are always matched exactly. However, the
      following syntax will perform the replacement

 Replace("11", "22")

      Since here Mesa looks for a string, occurring either as full cell
      contents or as subtext. Or

 Replace("110", "22", NUMBERS)

      will also work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.21. REPLACEALL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ReplaceAll("contents 1", "contents 2", P1, P2, P3, P4)

      Replaces all occurrences of cell contents which matches contents 1, fully
      or in part, with contents 2. Mesa will perform the ReplaceAll operation
      on a cell-by-cell basis, searching each cell contents for the characters
      in contents 1 according to the search parameters P1, P2, and P3. Contents
      1, contents 2, and the destination-cell address are entered inside double
      quotes. The parameters must be given in the correct order and separated
      by commas. To use the default value of any one given parameter, leave a
      blank space in its place separated by commas. If no search parameters are
      specified, all parameters are set to their default values. The default
      value for cell address is the address of the currently selected cell.
      P1 is one of the following:
        1. NUMBERS: The Replace operation is carried out only if the numeric
           equivalent of the cell contents matches contents 1.

        2. STRINGS: The Replace operation is carried out only if the string
           equivalent of the cell contents matches contents 1.

           STRINGS is the default value for P1.

        3. BOTH: The Replace operation is carried out if the numeric and string
           equivalents of the cell contents match contents 1.
      P2 is one of the following:
        1. EXACT: The Replace operation is carried out only if contents 1
           exactly matches the entire cell contents.

        2. INEXACT: The Replace operation is carried out for any occurrence of
           contents 1, including as subtext, within the contents of a selected
           cell.

           Note: if you are trying to replace NUMBERS, the numerical equivalent
           of the cell contents must exactly match contents 1 in order for the
           Replace operation to be carried out - even if P2 is set to INEXACT.

           INEXACT is the default value for P2.
      P3 is one of the following:
        1. SENSITIVE: Only the items with case matching the case of characters
           in contents 1 will be replaced.

        2. INSENSITIVE: Character case will be ignored when Mesa searches the
           cell contents for all occurrences of contents 1.

           INSENSITIVE is the default value for P3.
      P4 is one of the following:
        1. SELECTION: Mesa will perform the ReplaceAll operation within a given
           selection.

        2. PAGE: Mesa will perform the ReplaceAll operation within the entire
           current page.

           PAGE is the default value for P4.

        3. WORKBOOK: Mesa will perform the ReplaceAll operation within the
           entire current workbook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.22. RESIZEWINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ResizeWindow(setting)

      Changes the size of the current window. Setting can be one of MAXIMIZE,
      MINIMIZE, HORIZONTAL, VERTICAL and RESTORE. If no setting is given,
      MAXIMIZE is used.

 RESIZEWINDOW("Maximize")

  1; maximizes the current window.

 RESIZEWINDOW("Some invalid argument")

  1; maximizes the current window.

      See The Mesa Application Window for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.23. SAVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Save([newname])

      Equivalent to choosing File Save (Ctrl+s), or File Save As...
      (Ctrl+Shift+S) if a newname argument is given. See Save and Save As....
      Returns 1 if successful.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.24. SCRIPTQUEUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ScriptQueue(scriptname)

      Places scriptname onto the queue to be executed after the current script
      completes its execution. Queued scripts are executed sequentially in the
      order queued.
      Returns 1 if the script exists, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.25. SEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sel(selections)

      Selects all objects listed in the string selections, which must be a
      comma-separated list of ranges, cell addresses, and/or graphic names.
      If a range is currently selected, Sel("graph01") will select Graph01
      while keeping the range selected - just like clicking on the graph with
      the mouse would do - while Sel("A1:D5") will replace the current
      selection by selecting [A]A1:D5 - just like selecting the range with the
      mouse would do.
      Returns the number of objects selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.26. SELECTWINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SelectWindow(windowname)

SelectWindow(number)

      Activates the named or numbered window and brings it to the top of the
      screen. The workbook file in that window becomes the current workbook.
      Returns 0 if window with that name is not found.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.27. SETBASECELL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetBaseCell("cell address")

      Defines a new base cell, specified by a cell address (entered in double
      quotes), within a selected range. When you select a range, the cell in
      the top left corner of the range is defined as the base cell by default.
      To define a different base cell for this range, use either the cursor
      keys or the SetBaseCell MScript command. Note that if you use the
      SetBaseCell command and no range has been selected, the results are
      equivalent to using the SEL command - which simply selects an individual
      cell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.28. SETBKGCOLOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetBkgColor(color)

      Changes the background color of the current range, where color is one of
      the following:
      CLEAR, WHITE, RED, GREEN, BLUE, BLACK, YELLOW, CYAN, MAGENTA, LTGRAY,
      DKGRAY
      If a match is not found, BLACK is used.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.29. SETCOLOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetColor(color)

      Changes the text color of the current range, where color is any of the
      strings listed above, except for CLEAR.
      If a match is not found, BLACK is used.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.30. SETFEED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetFeed(key1, key2, value)

      Places value in the Mesa feed table, with the associated keywords key1
      and key2. See Real-time data feeds for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.31. SETFORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetFormat(format, precision)

      Changes the display format and precision of the current range, where
      precision is a number, and format is one of the following:
      FIXED, THOUSANDS (or CURRENCY4), COMMA, SCIENTIFIC (or SCI), PERCENT,
      TEXT, CURRENCY1 (or CURRENCY), CURRENCY2, CURRENCY3, HMS12, HM12, HMS24,
      HM24, PAREN, HIDDEN
      or a supported date format. The supported date formats are:
      DDMMYYYY, MMDDYYYY, DDMM, MMDD, MMYYYY, DDMMYY, MMDDYY, YYMMDD;
      DD-MON-YYYY, MON-DD-YYYY, DD-MON, MON-DD, MON-YYYY, DD-MON-YY, MON-DD-YY,
      DD-MM-YYYY, MM-DD-YYYY, DD-MM, MM-DD, MM-YYYY, DD-MM-YY, MM-DD-YY;
      DD/MM/YYYY, MM/DD/YYYY, DD/MM, MM/DD, MM/YYYY, DD/MM/YY, MM/DD/YY;
      DD.MM.YYYY, MM.DD.YYYY, DD.MM, MM.DD, MM.YYYY, DD.MM.YY, MM.DD.YY;
      and DATE (e.g.; Mon DD, YYYY).
      If a match is not found, General format and a precision of 0 is used. See
      Range  Display Format .
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.32. SETLABEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetLabel(labelname, range)

      Assigns labelname to range.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.33. SETLAYERSIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SetLayerSize(layer, rows, cols)

      Sets the size of layer to rows and cols columns.

 SETLAYERSIZE(3,50,50)

 1 if successful, and changes layer C into a 50x50 layer. See Changing the Size
 of a Workbook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.34. SIZEROW and SIZECOL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      The syntax for these functions is

 SizeRow(P1,"Range")

 SizeCol(P1,"Range")

      These MScript commands set the height of a row and the width of a column,
      respectively, for a selected range. The range, within which the rows
      and/or the columns will be resized, is specified inside double quotes
      either by name (if it has been named already) or by addresses of two
      cells at diagonally opposite corners of the range. (For more information
      on labelling ranges see Labelling a Range. For more information on
      addressing ranges see Addressing a rectangular range and Addressing a
      discontinuous range.)
      P1 is a parameter which controls the sizing of the rows and columns.P1 is
      one of the following:
        1. <Number>: An integer corresponding to the number of points spanning
           the height or width of the selected row(s) or column(s). There are
           72 points/inch at 100% zoom.

        2. SMART: SmartSizes the row height or column width to "shrink-wrap"
           around cell text. You can also SmartSize cells with a simple mouse
           action (see Rows and columns for more information).

        3. HIDE: Hides all rows or columns within the selected range, including
           the corresponding row or column headings. Hidden rows and columns
           are still in the layer and untouched (for example, formulas that
           refer to them are unaffected), but they cannot be seen by the user.
           This is useful, for example, for hiding intermediate steps in a
           calculation so that they are not distracting. All rows and columns,
           except row 1 and column A, may be hidden.

        4. UNHIDE: Shows all hidden rows or columns that contain selected
           cells.

        5. RESET: Sets the row height or column width to a default value. These
           defaults can be set within the Selection Manager Page Panel on a
           workbook-by-workbook basis.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.35. SORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sort ("Range", P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)

      Rearranges cells row-by-row or column-by-column within a selected range
      according to the sorting criteria set by the parameters P1, P2, P3, P4,
      and P5. The range to be sorted is specified inside double quotes either
      by name (if it has been named already) or by addresses of two cells at
      diagonally opposite corners of the range. For more information on
      labelling ranges see Labelling a Range. For more information on
      addressing ranges see Addressing a rectangular range and Addressing a
      discontinuous range.
      The parameters must be specified in the correct order and separated by
      commas. To use the default value of any one given parameter, leave a
      blank space in its place separated by commas. If no search parameters are
      specified, all parameters are set to their default values.
      P1 is one of the following:
        1. NOTITLES: The first row (if rows are being sorted) or the first
           column (if columns are being sorted) within the specified range is
           not a title and will be included in the sorting procedure.

           NOTITLES is the default value for P1.

        2. TITLES: The first row (if rows are being sorted) or the first column
           (if columns are being sorted) within the specified range is a title
           and will be ignored during the sort.
      P2 is one of the following:
        1. ROW: Sorts the rows of the selected range so that the values in the
           row are arranged in either an ascending or a descending order from
           left to right. All cells in the row will be moved en masse.

           ROW is the default value for P2.

        2. COL: Sorts the columns of the selected range so that the values in
           the column are arranged in either an ascending or a descending order
           from top to bottom. All cells in the column will be moved en masse.
      P3 is an integer specifying the total number of Keys, or cell addresses,
      which set the rows or columns to be successively used in sorting the
      data. See P4 below for a description of Keys.
      P4 is a string of format "Key1;...;KeyN", where a list of Keys (or cell
      addresses) is enclosed in double quotes and delimetered by semicolons,
      e.g. "A1;D3;B2". The first Key sets the primary row or column to be used
      in sorting the data. If you are sorting the rows in the range A1:D4, and
      you want to sort those rows by the contents of column A, use any cell
      address in column A (i.e.; A1, A2, A3 or A4) as a Key. Similarly, if you
      want to sort the columns by the contents of row 1, you can enter any cell
      address in row 1 as a Key. All subsequently listed Keys set the
      secondary, tertiary, etc., rows or columns to be used in sorting the
      data. These are only used to sort rows or columns that have identical
      values. The integer value in P3 should equal the number of cell addresses
      listed in P4.
      P5 is a string of format "A or D;...;A or D" to specify whether the rows
      or columns are to be sorted in Ascending (smallest value first) or
      Descending (largest value first) order. For example, if you want to sort
      columns in the range A1:D4 by the contents of row 1 in Descending order
      and row 3 in ascending order, you can use

 Sort("A1:D4", ,COL,2,"A1;A3","D;A")

      You can also sort ranges using the Sort Panel in the Selection Manager.
      Whereas the Sort Panel can handle a maximum of three Keys, the MScript
      Sort command handles up to 256 Keys.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.4.36. UNDO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Undo()

      Undoes the last operation. See Undo for more information.
      Returns 1 if successful, 0 if there was nothing to undo.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2. Menu Commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     The File Menu

     The Edit Menu

     The Range Menu

     The Graphics Menu

     The Options Menu

     The Window Menu

     The Help Menu

     The System Menu


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.1. The File Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the File menu relate to the currently selected workbook file as a
whole, or to the transfer of data to other files or devices on your system.

See

     File 

     File  Workbook 


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.1.1. File  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+n
      New
           Creates a new workbook file and displays it in its own window. The
           file is called Blank#.m2, where # is the next available number (e.g;
           Blank1.m2, Blank2.m2, etc.). This command cannot be undone.
      Ctrl+o
      Open...
           Opens a list box from which you can select an existing workbook
           file, which is displayed in its own window. This command cannot be
           undone.
           You can open M2, XLS, and WK1 files. See Opening an existing file
           from within Mesa.
      Ctrl+Shift+I
      Import Text...
           Opens an import panel from which you can select an existing
           delimited-text file, which is entered into the current layer
           starting at the base cell. See Importing and exporting delimited
           text.
      Alt+f, w
      Workbook
           Routing choice that opens the Workbook submenu. See File  Workbook
            for more information.
      Ctrl+s
      Save
           Saves the current file to disk. If the file is newly created and has
           never been saved, you will be prompted for a file name and other
           settings as with Save As...(see Save As...). This command cannot be
           undone.
      Ctrl+Shift+S
      Save As...
           Saves the current file to disk under a new name or with new
           settings. This command cannot be undone.
           You can change the name of the file, or change its file type. See
           Importing from and exporting to other spreadsheets for more
           information.
           NOTE: When you use Save As... to save under a new name, a new file
           is created with that name for you to continue to work in. The old
           file, with the original name, is closed unmodified - that is, any
           changes you've made since your last save will not be saved in the
           original file. If you want your changes to be saved in the original
           file as well as in a new file, choose Save first, then Save As....

      Revert to Saved
           Closes the current file without saving, then opens the most recently
           saved version of the file. This option is only available if the file
           has been saved at least once.
      Ctrl+p
      Print...
           If a layer is displayed in the current window but no range is
           selected, Print prints the entire layer.
           If a range is selected, Print prints that range.
           In all cases, the Print Panel is opened to allow you to define the
           appearance of the printed page. See Print Panel.
           See also Range  Page Breaks .
      Ctrl+w
      Close Workbook
           Closes the current file, along with all windows viewing that file.
           If there are any unsaved changes in the file, you will be prompted
           to save them. This command cannot be undone. See Closing multiple
           workbook files.
      Alt+x
      Exit...
           Prompts you to save unsaved changes, closes all files, and quits
           Mesa. This command cannot be undone.
      Alt+1
      lastFile1
           Re-opens the most-recently closed workbook file.
      Alt+2
      lastFile2
           Re-opens the second-most-recently closed workbook file.
      Alt+3
      lastFile3
           Re-opens the third-most-recently closed workbook file.
      Alt+4
      lastFile4
           Re-opens the fourth-most-recently closed workbook file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.1.2. File  Workbook  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


      Workbook settings...
           Opens the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager. See Wkbook for more
           information.
      Ctrl+l
      Add Layer
           Adds a new, empty layer under the last layer in the current
           workbook.
      Ctrl+Shift+A
      Add Script
           Adds a new, empty script under the last script in the current
           workbook.
      Ctrl+Shift+Del
      Delete Page
           Removes the currently selected page from the workbook.
      Ctrl+e
      Execute Script...
           If the currently selected page is a script, that script is executed.
           If not, a list box naming all the available scripts is opened (see
           Execute Script Panel).
      Alt+=
      Recalculate Workbook
           Calculates and displays the current value of all cells throughout
           the current workbook. Use this command if AutoRecalc has been turned
           off and you want to recalculate the values in the selected range. If
           AutoRecalc is on, all cells in the workbook are recalculated
           whenever any values change, and this command is unnecessary.
           See Recalculating values. This command cannot be undone.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2. The Edit Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Edit menu are common commands that apply to a wide range of
situations and selected objects.

See:

     Edit 

     Edit  Paste Special 

     Edit  Clear Special 

     Edit  Convert 


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2.1. Edit  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Alt+Backspace
      Undo
           Returns the current workbook to the state it was in prior to the
           most recently executed command. To undo more than one command,
           choose Undo repeatedly (up to the last time you saved). To undo the
           use of Undo, choose Redo.
           Note that the maximum number of undos and redos can be set
           arbitrarily high or low. See Undoing commands for more information.
      Alt+Shift+Backspace
      Redo
           Returns the workbook to the state it was in prior to the most recent
           execution of Undo. To redo more than one command, choose Redo
           repeatedly.
           Note that the maximum number of undos and redos can be set
           arbitrarily high or low. See Undoing commands for more information.
      Shift+Delete
      Cut
           Clears the selected object(s) and places it onto the OS/2 clipboard.
           See Clearing and deleting a range and Deleting a graphic for more
           information.
           See also Copy, Paste, Clear, Edit  Paste Special , and Edit 
           Clear Special .
      Ctrl+Insert
      Copy
           Places the selected object(s) on the clipboard without affecting the
           workbook. Cannot be undone. See Moving, Copying, and Filling a
           Range, Copying and moving formulas, and Manipulating Graphics for
           more information.
           See also Cut, Paste, Clear, Edit  Paste Special , and Edit  Clear
           Special .
      Shift+Insert
      Paste
           Places the current contents of the clipboard into the current page.
           If the clipboard contains graphic objects, they appear anchored to
           the current base cell.
           Graphics can only be pasted into a layer, and appear on top of the
           layer.
           If the clipboard contains a rectangular range or tabular text, the
           current selection must be a single cell or a rectangular range;
           otherwise the Paste operation is aborted.
               If a single cell is selected, the clipboard range is pasted
                into the current layer starting at that cell. If a cell in the
                clipboard range is pasted into a non-empty cell, the contents
                of the existing cell are replaced. If the existing cell is
                protected, the Paste operation is aborted.

               If a rectangular range is selected, the clipboard contents are
                pasted into the range starting at the base cell of the selected
                range:

                  -  If the rows/columns in the clipboard contents do not fit
                     in the selected range, their contents are truncated by the
                     right-hand/bottom range border.

                  -  If the rows/columns in the clipboard contents do not reach
                     to the right-hand/bottom range border, their contents are
                     repeated until that border is reached.

                     Pasted cells overwrite existing cells, and protected cells
                     abort the Paste operation, as when a single cell is
                     selected.

                     See Transferring data between ranges for more information.

               If the clipboard contains a discontinuous range, the current
                selection must be a single cell; otherwise the Paste operation
                is aborted. The clipboard range is pasted into the current
                layer, starting at the selected cell. If a cell in the
                clipboard range is pasted into a non-empty cell, the contents
                of the existing cell are replaced. If the existing cell is
                protected, the Paste operation is aborted.
           Ranges and tabular text can be pasted anywhere. If an insertion
           point is available - for example, if a script is being edited - the
           clipboard contents are inserted at that point as text.
           If a formula is pasted into a cell, every relative cell or range
           reference in that formula is replaced with a reference to a cell or
           range the same number of rows, columns, and layers away from the
           pasted-into cell as the original referred-to cell was from the
           original formula-containing cell.
           If no such cell exists, the best approximation is used. For example,
           if a formula referring to cell B2 is cut and pasted from cell C1
           into cell A1, the pasted formula will refer to cell A2, since it is
           not possible to refer to a cell one column to the left of column A.
           See also Cut, Copy, Clear, Edit  Paste Special , and Edit  Clear
           Special .

      Paste Link
           This option is available whenever the clipboard contains live data
           from a DDE server application. It pastes a live link to the DDE
           server into the currently selected range, so that as the information
           in the server changes, the new information is displayed in the
           destination range. See Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) for more
           information.

      Paste Special
           Routing choice that opens the Paste Special submenu. See Edit 
           Paste Special  for more information.
      Delete
      Clear
           Deletes the contents of the selected object, while leaving the
           object itself behind.
           See Clearing and deleting a range and Deleting a graphic for more
           information.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up.
           See also Copy, Paste, Clear, Edit  Paste Special , and Edit 
           Clear Special .

      Clear Special
           Routing choice that opens the Clear Special submenu. See Edit 
           Clear Special .

      Convert
           Routing choice that opens the Convert submenu.
           See Edit  Convert .

      Formula Builder...
           Opens the Formula Builder panel for editing formulas. See Formula
           Builder.

      DDE Links...
           Opens a DDE control panel, which can be used to create, edit, update
           and delete links between the current Mesa workbook and other
           DDE-enabled applications. See Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) Panel for
           more information.
      Ctrl+f
      Find...
           Opens the Find Panel view of the Selection Manager. See Find Panel.
      Ctrl+/
      Select Layer
           Selects all cells in the current layer.
      Ctrl+g
      GoTo...
           Opens the GoTo panel. See GoTo Panel.
           See also Find....


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2.2. Edit  Paste Special  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Paste Special menu behave in general like Edit Paste
(Shift+Insert). However, instead of pasting the entire contents of the
clipboard, they paste only selected types of contents, or paste contents in
unusual ways. See Cell contents and cell values for more information.

      Alt+Insert
      Paste Values
           Behaves identically to Paste, except formatting information in the
           clipboard is ignored, and all formulas in clipboard cells are
           replaced with their values at the time they were cut or copied.
           Compare with Paste, Paste Format.
           See also Cut, Copy, Clear, Edit  Convert  and Edit  Clear Special
           .
      Ctrl+Shift+Insert
      Paste Format
           Behaves identically to Paste, except only the formatting information
           in the clipboard is pasted. The values of and the formulas in the
           pasted-into range are unaffected.
           Compare with Paste, Paste Values.
           See also Cut, Copy, Clear, and Edit  Clear Special .
      Alt+Shift+Insert
      Transpose
           Places the current values of the clipboard into the current layer,
           with each column from left to right converted to a row from top to
           bottom.
           The clipboard contents must be tabular text or a rectangular range,
           and the current selection must be a single cell, which is used as
           the first pasted-into cell, otherwise the Paste Transpose operation
           is aborted.
           See also Paste and Paste Values.
      Ctrl+m
      Move
           Pastes the current contents of the clipboard into the current layer,
           and clears the original object(s) from the workbook. The pasted-into
           cell must be in the same layer as the originally selected object.
           Move behaves essentially like Paste, except:
               If the clipboard contains a range, only one cell may be
                selected - i.e.; the current selection cannot be a range.

               When you move a formula, references in that formula are not
                updated, even if they are relative cell references.

               When you move a cell or a range, all references to that cell or
                range are updated to refer to its new location. This works only
                if the entire range being referred to is moved; if you only
                move part of it, the reference is unchanged.

                For example, if cell A1 contains the formula:

                =SUM(B1:F5)

                  -  If cell F5 is moved elsewhere in the layer, the formula is
                     unchanged.

                  -  If the range B1:F5 is moved to the new location Z20:AD24,
                     the formula in cell A1 will be changed to read
                     =SUM(Z20:AD24).

               Compare with Paste, Paste Values.
           See also Cut, Copy, Clear, and Edit  Clear Special .
      Alt++
      Insert Right and Paste
           Inserts a number of cells equal to the number of selected cells into
           the current layer, pushing the current selection to the right to
           make room, and then pastes the contents of the clipboard into the
           new range, as if the upper-left cell of the newly created range had
           been the current selection.
           See Paste and Insert Cells Right.
      Ctrl+Alt++
      Insert Down and Paste
           Inserts a number of cells equal to the number of selected cells into
           the current layer, pushing the current selection down to make room,
           and then pastes the contents of the clipboard into the new range, as
           if the upper-left cell of the newly created range had been the
           current selection.
           See Paste and Insert Cells Down.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2.3. Edit  Clear Special  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Shift+X
      Single Cell
           Deletes the contents of the base cell, while leaving the cell itself
           behind and leaving the remainder of the range untouched.
           See also Clear.
      Ctrl+Delete
      Format
           Removes all formatting information from the selected range, while
           leaving other contents untouched. See Copying, pasting and clearing
           formats.
           See also Values, Formulas, Strings, and Numbers below.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up below.
      Alt+Delete
      Values
           Removes all numeric and string constants from the selected range,
           while leaving formulas and formatting information untouched. See
           Managing Ranges.
           See also Format, Formulas, Strings, and Numbers.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up below.
      Alt+@
      Formulas
           Removes all formulas from the selected range, while leaving
           constants and formatting information untouched. See Managing Ranges.
           See also Format, Values, Strings, and Numbers.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up below.
      Alt+Shift+Del
      Strings
           Removes all string constants from the selected range, while leaving
           formulas, numerical constants and formatting information untouched.
           See Managing Ranges.
           See also Format, Formulas, Values, and Numbers.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up below.
      Ctrl+Alt+#
      Numbers
           Removes all numeric constants from the selected range, while leaving
           formulas, string constants and formatting information untouched. See
           Managing Ranges.
           See also Format, Formulas, Values, and Strings.
           Compare with Delete Left and Delete Up below.
      Ctrl+k
      Delete Left
           Removes all selected objects, including cells. All cells to the
           right are shifted left to replace the deleted range. See Clearing
           and deleting a range for more information.
           Compare with Clear.
      Ctrl+Shift+K
      Delete Up
           Removes all selected objects, including cells. All cells below are
           shifted up to replace the deleted range. See Clearing and deleting a
           range for more information.
           Compare with Clear.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2.4. Edit  Convert  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+@
      Formulas to Values
           Replaces all formulas in the current selection with their current
           values. This occurs before sheet recalculation.
           See Cell contents and cell values.
      Ctrl+#
      Strings to Numbers
           Replaces all strings in the current selection with their numeric
           equivalents.
           See Numeric equivalents.
      Alt+F2
      Numbers to Strings
           Replaces all numbers in the current selection with their string
           equivalents.
           See String equivalents.
      Ctrl+Shift+U
      To Upper Case
           Converts all lower-case characters in the current selection into
           upper-case characters. Upper-case and lower-case are defined in
           terms of the current OS/2 code page.
           See also UPPER, @UPPER.
      Ctrl+u
      To Lower Case
           Converts all upper-case characters in the current selection into
           lower-case characters. Upper-case and lower-case are defined in
           terms of the current OS/2 code page.
           See also LOWER, @LOWER.
      Ctrl+Alt+u
      To Proper Case
           Capitalizes the first letter of every word in the selected range. A
           "word" is a series of non-blank characters surrounded by spaces or
           at the start/end of the string, and capitalization is based on the
           current OS/2 code page.
           See also PROPER, @PROPER.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3. The Range Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Range menu apply to the currently selected range.

See:

     Range 

     Range  Font 

     Range  Alignment 

     Range  Font 

     Range  Alignment 

     Range  Display Format 

     Range  Decimal Places

     Range  Text Color 

     Range  Background Color 

     Range  Border 

     Range  Rows and Columns 

     Range  Page Breaks 

     Range  Fill 

     Range  Sort 

     Range  Math 


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.1. Range  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+g
      Go To...
           Opens the GoTo panel. See GoTo Panel.
           See also Find....
      Ctrl+Shift+R
      Range Settings...
           Opens the Range Settings view of the Selection Manager (see Range
           Settings).

      Font
           Routing choice that opens the Font submenu. See Range  Font  for
           more information.

      Alignment
           Routing choice that opens the Alignment submenu. See Range 
           Alignment  for more information.

      Display Format
           Routing choice that opens the Display Format submenu. See Range 
           Display Format  for more information.

      Decimal Places
           Routing choice that opens the Decimal Places submenu. See Range 
           Display Format  for more information.

      Text Color
           Routing choice that opens the Text Color submenu. See Range  Text
           Color  for more information.

      Background Color
           Routing choice that opens the Background Color submenu. See Range 
           Background Color  for more information.

      Border
           Routing choice that opens the Border submenu. See Range  Border 
           for more information.

      Rows and Columns
           Routing choice that opens the Rows and Columns submenu. See Range 
           Rows and Columns  for more information.

      Page Breaks
           Routing choice that opens the Page Breaks submenu. See Range  Page
           Breaks  for more information.

      Fill
           Routing choice that opens the Fill submenu. See Range  Fill  for
           more information.

      Sort
           Routing choice that opens the Sort submenu. See Range  Sort  for
           more information.

      Math
           Routing choice that opens the Math submenu. See Range  Math  for
           more information.
      Ctrl+Shift+L
      Label Range...
           Opens the Range, Labels view of the Selection Manager. See Range,
           Labels for more information.
      Ctrl+=
      Recalculate Range
           Calculates and displays the current value of all cells in the
           selected range. Use this command if AutoRecalc has been turned off
           and you want to recalculate the values in the selected range. If
           AutoRecalc is on, all cells in the workbook are recalculated
           whenever any values change.
           Note that only the selected range is recalculated. Other cells that
           depend on that range are not recalculated; neither are the cells
           that the range depends on. Recalculating just the range therefore
           does not guarantee that the values in that range are completely
           up-to-date.
           See Recalculating values. This command cannot be undone.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.2. Range  Font  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Shift+F
      Font Palette...
           Opens the Font Palette (see Font Palette).
      Ctrl+b
      Bold
           Sets the selected range to bold.
      Ctrl+i
      Italic
           Sets the selected range to italic.
      Alt+'
      Plain
           Sets the selected range to normal angle and normal weight.
      Alt+>
      Larger
           The font size of every cell in the range is increased by one point.
      Alt+<
      Smaller
           The font size of every cell in the range is decreased by one point.

      Courier
           Changes the entire selected range to Courier, setting it to normal
           angle and normal weight.

      Helvetica
           Changes the entire selected range to Helvetica, setting it to normal
           angle and normal weight.
      Ctrl+t
      Times
           Changes the entire selected range to Times, setting it to normal
           angle and normal weight.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.3. Range  Alignment  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+(
      Left
           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the left side of
           the cell. See Horizontal and vertical alignment.
      Ctrl+)
      Right
           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the right side of
           the cell. See Horizontal and vertical alignment.
      Ctrl+F1
      Center
           Centers the contents of each selected cell, horizontally. See
           Horizontal and vertical alignment.
      Alt+F1
      Smart
           Aligns each selected cell based on its type - short strings are
           aligned against the left side of each column (see Left); numbers are
           aligned against the right side (see Right). See Horizontal and
           vertical alignment.

      Wrap
           Causes string contents to "wrap around" within the cell. See
           Horizontal and vertical alignment.

      Unwrap
           See Wrap.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.4. Range  Display Format  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See Using display formats for an introduction to display formats.

      Alt+.
      General
           Sets the display format of the current selection to General.
           If the cell contains a number between 1,000,000 and 0.0001, it is
           displayed as a normal floating point number. The precision of the
           cell can be set through the Range Settings view of the Selection
           Manager; the default precision is 6 decimal places.
           If the cell contains a number smaller than 0.0001 or larger than
           1,000,000 it is displayed in scientific format. (See Scientific.)
      Ctrl+.
      Fixed Decimal
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Fixed Decimal.
           Numbers are displayed with at least one digit before the decimal
           character, and a constant number of digits after the decimal
           character, with the last digit rounded if necessary.
           For example, the formula =1/3, if formatted in Fixed Decimal with a
           precision of two decimal places, will be displayed as 0.33.
           The precision of each cell can be set independently through the
           Range Settings view of the Selection Manager. The default precision
           is 2 decimal places.
      Ctrl+,
      Thousands
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Thousands.
           Numbers are displayed as with Fixed Decimal, except that between
           every set of three digits to the left of the decimal character, a
           placeholder is inserted.
           The placeholder and decimal character can be set for the workbook as
           a whole through the 000s and Dec fields for Currency 4 in the
           Wkbook, Defaults view of the Selection Manager.
           For example, the formula =10^8, if formatted in Thousands with a
           precision of two decimal places, will be displayed as
           100,000,000.00. (Assuming US default currency symbols have been
           set.)

      Scientific
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Scientific.
           Numbers are displayed in exponential notation, as a number from 1 to
           10 multiplied by 10 raised to a power.
           The number is displayed to a fixed number of decimal places, as with
           Fixed Decimal. The power is displayed as a two or three digit
           number, preceded by a plus sign (+) if positive or a minus sign (-)
           if negative. The sign is preceded by the letter e, to signify
           exponentiation.
           For example, the formula =10^8, if formatted in Scientific with a
           precision of two decimal places, will be displayed as 1.00e+08.
      Ctrl+%
      Percent
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Percent.
           Numbers are displayed as percentages, with a fixed number of decimal
           places.
           For example, the number 0.587, if formatted in Percent with a
           precision of two decimal places, will be displayed as 58.7%.
      Ctrl+'
      Text
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Text.
           The contents of the cell are displayed, rather than its value. (See
           Cell contents and cell values for more information.) For example,
           the formula =10^8, if formatted in Text, will be displayed as =10^8.
           This format allows you to see all the formulas in a range at one
           time, which makes it easier to debug a layer. It also allows you to
           see the entirety of an array.
      Ctrl+$
      Currency1
           Sets the display format of the current selection to the first
           Currency format. This is similar to Thousands, but is preceded by a
           currency symbol. The default symbol is a US dollar sign ($).
           The currency symbol for this format can be set for the workbook as a
           whole through the 000s and Dec fields in the Wkbook, Defaults view
           of the Selection Manager.
      Alt+$
      Currency2
           Sets the display format of the current selection to the second
           Currency format. This is similar to Thousands, but is preceded by a
           currency symbol. The default symbol is a Japanese Yen symbol.
           The currency symbol for this format can be set for the workbook as a
           whole through the 000s and Dec fields in the Wkbook, Defaults view
           of the Selection Manager.
      Ctrl+Alt+$
      Currency3
           Sets the display format of the current selection to the third
           Currency format. This is similar to Thousands, but is preceded by a
           currency symbol. The default symbol is a British Pounds Sterling
           sign (Ь).
           The currency symbol for this format can be set for the workbook as a
           whole through the 000s and Dec fields in the Wkbook, Defaults view
           of the Selection Manager.

      DD-Mon-YY
      Mon-DD-YY
      DD-Mon
      Mon-DD
      Ctrl+Alt+/
      MM/DD
      Alt+/
      MM/DD/YY
      DD.MM.YY
           Set the current selection to the selected date format. For example,
           the number 34492 in these formats would be displayed as follows:
                  DD-Mon-YY   07-Jun-94

                  Mon-DD-YY   Jun-07-94

                  DD-Mon   07-Jun

                  Mon-DD   Jun-07

                  MM/DD/YY   06/07/94

                  DD.MM.YY   07.06.94
           Numbers in Date formats are interpreted as date constants,
           representing the number of days since January 1, 1900 (see Date and
           time constants for more information).
      Alt+;
      Time-HMS12
           Sets the display format of the current selection to HH:MM:SS (A/P)M.
      Ctrl+;
      Time-HM12
           Sets the display format of the current selection to HH:MM (A/P)M.
      Alt+:
      Time-HMS24
           Sets the display format of the current selection to HH:MM:SS.
      Ctrl+:
      Time-HM24
           Sets the display format of the current selection to HH:MM.
      Alt+(
      (Paren)
           Sets the display format of the current selection to (Paren), which
           is similar to Thousands. Negative numbers are displayed in
           parentheses.

      Hidden
           Sets the display format of the current selection to Hidden, so that
           none of the cell contents are displayed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.5. Range  Decimal Places ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If the current display format is General, selecting any of these items changes
the format to Fixed Decimal. Other display formats are not affected.

      Ctrl+0
      0
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 0 decimal places. The
           decimal separator is not displayed.
      Ctrl+1
      1
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 1 decimal place.
      Ctrl+2
      2
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 2 decimal places.
      Ctrl+3
      3
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 3 decimal places.
      Ctrl+4
      4
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 4 decimal places.
      Ctrl+5
      5
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 5 decimal places.
      Ctrl+6
      6
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 6 decimal places.
      Ctrl+7
      7
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 7 decimal places.
      Ctrl+8
      8
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 8 decimal places.
      Ctrl+9
      9
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 9 decimal places.

      10
           Sets the precision of the current selection to 10 decimal places.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.6. Range  Text Color  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Shift+C
      Color Palette...
           Opens the Color Palette (see Color Palette).

      Black
           Sets the text color of the current selection to black.

      White
           Sets the text color of the current selection to white.

      Red
           Sets the text color of the current selection to red.

      Green
           Sets the text color of the current selection to green.

      Blue
           Sets the text color of the current selection to blue.

      Lt. Gray
           Sets the text color of the current selection to light gray.

      Dk. Gray
           Sets the text color of the current selection to dark gray.

      Yellow
           Sets the text color of the current selection to yellow.

      Cyan
           Sets the text color of the current selection to cyan.

      Magenta
           Sets the text color of the current selection to magenta.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.7. Range  Background Color  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


      Clear
           Sets the background of the current selection to a transparent
           pattern.

      Black
           Sets the background color of the current selection to black.

      White
           Sets the background color of the current selection to white.

      Red
           Sets the background color of the current selection to red.

      Green
           Sets the background color of the current selection to green.

      Blue
           Sets the background color of the current selection to blue.

      Lt. Gray
           Sets the background color of the current selection to light gray.

      Dk. Gray
           Sets the background color of the current selection to dark gray.

      Yellow
           Sets the background color of the current selection to yellow.

      Cyan
           Sets the background color of the current selection to cyan.

      Magenta
           Sets the background color of the current selection to magenta.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.8. Range  Border  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


      None
           Removes all border lines from the current selection. See Using
           Borders.

      Thin
           Sets all existing border lines in the current selection to 1 point
           wide.

      Thick
           Sets all existing border lines in the current selection to 2 points
           wide.
      Ctrl+Shift+D
      Very Thick
           Sets all existing border lines in the current selection to 3 points
           wide.
      Ctrl+d
      Under
           Adds a thin border line underneath every selected cell, leaving the
           current border settings in that selection otherwise unchanged.
      Ctrl+Shift+O
      Outline
           Adds a thin border line around the entire selection, leaving the
           current borders in that selection untouched. See Using Borders.
      Alt+#
      Grid
           Adds a border line below every cell in the selection that has a cell
           below it, and to the right of every cell that has a cell to the
           right of it, leaving the current borders in that selection
           unchanged. See Using Borders.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.9. Range  Rows and Columns  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+_
      Hide Rows
           Hides every row in the current selection. See Rows and columns.
      Ctrl+|
      Hide Columns
           Hides every column in the current selection.
      Ctrl+Alt+_
      Show Rows
           Unhides any hidden rows containing a selected cell.
      Ctrl+Alt+|
      Show Columns
           Unhides any hidden columns containing a selected cell.
      Alt+_
      Reset Row Size
           Resizes all the rows in the current selection to the layer default.
      Alt+|
      Reset Column Size
           Resizes all the columns in the current selection to the layer
           default.
      Ctrl+j
      Insert Cells Right
           Adds a set of empty cells to the layer, the same size as the
           selected range. The selected range and all cells below it are moved
           to the right.
           Whenever you displace a range by inserting cells to the left of or
           above it, all references to that range update (see Move). If you
           insert cells inside a range, however, the range references do not
           change.
           See Inserting a range for more information.
      Ctrl+Shift+J
      Insert Cells Down
           Adds a set of empty cells to the layer, the same size as the
           selected range. The selected range and all cells below it are moved
           down.
           Whenever you displace a range by inserting cells to the left of or
           above it, all references to that range update (see Move). If you
           insert cells inside a range, however, the range references do not
           change.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.10. Range  Page Breaks  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+!
      Set Vertical Break
           Sets a page break underneath the bottom row of the selected range.
           See Printing a File.
      Ctrl+~
      Set Horizontal Break
           Sets a page break to the right of the rightmost row of the selected
           range.
      Alt+!
      Clear Vertical Breaks
           Removes any vertical page breaks adjacent to a selected cell.
      Alt+~
      Clear Horizontal Breaks
           Removes any horizontal page breaks adjacent to a selected cell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.11. Range  Fill  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Shift+Enter
      Fill Smart with Base Cell
           Fills every cell in the selected range with a formula that depends
           on the contents of the current base cell (denoted below as
           basecell).
           If basecell contains a formula, every other selected cell is filled
           with the formula:

 = SAME(basecell)

      If basecell contains a numeric or string constant, every other selected
      cell is filled with the formula:

 = NEXT(cell)

      where cell refers to an adjacent cell:
          If the base cell is in the same row as and to the left of the cell
           being filled, cell refers to the adjacent cell to the left.

          If the base cell is in the same row as and to the right of the cell
           being filled, cell refers to the adjacent cell to the right.

          If the base cell is in a row above the cell being filled, cell
           refers to the adjacent cell immediately above.

          If the base cell is in a row below the cell being filled, cell
           refers to the adjacent cell immediately below.
      See Filling and SmartFilling a range.


      Fill Smart Right
           Fills every cell in every row in the selected range with a formula
           that depends on the contents of the first cell in that row (denoted
           below as firstcell).
           If firstcell contains a formula, every subsequent cell in that row
           is filled with the formula:

 = SAME(firstcell)

      If firstcell contains a numeric or string constant, every subsequent cell
      in that row is filled with the formula:

 = NEXT(cell)

      where cell refers to the cell immediately to the left. See Filling and
      SmartFilling a range.


      Fill Smart Down
           Fills every cell in every column in the selected range with a
           formula that depends on the contents of the first cell in that
           column (denoted below as firstcell).
           If firstcell contains a formula, every subsequent cell in that
           column is filled with the formula:

 = SAME(firstcell)

      If firstcell contains a numeric or string constant, every subsequent cell
      in that column is filled with the formula:

 = NEXT(cell)

      where cell refers to the cell immediately above it. See Filling and
      SmartFilling a range.


      Fill with Base Cell
           Copies the contents of the current base cell into every cell in the
           selected range.
      Ctrl+Tab
      Fill Right
           Copies the contents of the leftmost cell in each row into all cells
           to the right of it, within the selected range.

      Fill Down
           Copies the contents of the topmost cell in each column into all
           cells underneath it, within the selected range.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.12. Range  Sort  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Alt+s
      Sort...
           Opens the Sort Panel view of the Selection Manager. See Sort Panel.
      Alt+[
      Sort Rows Ascending
           Sorts the columns of the selected range so that the values in the
           column containing the base cell are arranged in order of increasing
           value from top to bottom. All cells in a row are moved together.
      Alt+]
      Sort Rows Descending
           Sorts the columns of the selected range so that the values in the
           column containing the base cell are arranged in order of decreasing
           value from top to bottom. All cells in a row are moved together.
      Ctrl+F2
      Sort Columns Ascending
           Sorts the columns of the selected range so that the values in the
           row containing the base cell are arranged in order of increasing
           value from left to right. All cells in a column are moved together.
      Ctrl+F3
      Sort Columns Descending
           Sorts the columns of the selected range so that the values in the
           row containing the base cell are arranged in order of decreasing
           value from left to right. All cells in a column are moved together.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.13. Range  Math  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl++
      Sum
           Calculates the sum of the numeric values in a range. The range(s) to
           be summed depend on the type of range selected. See Smart math.
           See SUM, @SUM.
      Ctrl+&
      Average
           Calculates the average of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be averaged depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See AVERAGE, @AVERAGE.
      Alt+&
      Standard Deviation
           Calculates the standard deviation of the numeric values in a range.
           The range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected.
           See Smart math.
           See STDDEV.
      Ctrl+Alt+v
      Variance
           Calculates the variance of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See VAR.
      Ctrl+<
      Minimum
           Calculates the minimum of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See MIN, @MIN.
      Ctrl+>
      Maximum
           Calculates the maximum of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See MAX, @MAX.
      Ctrl+*
      Product
           Calculates the product of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See PROD, @PROD.

      Sum of Squares
           Calculates the sum of squares of the numeric values in a range. The
           range(s) to be analyzed depend on the type of range selected. See
           Smart math.
           See SUMSQ, @SUMSQ.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.4. The Graphics Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Graphics menu apply to the currently selected graphic, or are
used to create graphics.

See:

     Graphics 

     Graphics  Graph 


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.4.1. Graphics  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Alt+g
      Create...
           Opens the Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager.
      Ctrl+Shift+G
      Graphic Settings...
           Opens the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.
      Ctrl+Alt+i
      Import Graphic...
           Imports a graphic file directly from the desktop.
           Mesa will import files that have the Bitmap file type set in File
           Settings.

      Graph
           Routing choice that opens the Graph submenu. See Graphics  Graph 
           for more information.
      Ctrl+[
      Bring to Front
           Places the selected graphic on top of all other graphics in the same
           area. See Stacking graphics for more information.
           If more than one graphic is selected, only the first object selected
           is affected.
      Ctrl+]
      Send to Back
           Places the selected graphic underneath all other graphics in the
           same area. See Stacking graphics for more information.
           If more than one graphic is selected, only the first object selected
           is affected.
      Ctrl+Shift+C
      Color Palette...
           Opens the Color Palette. See Color Palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.4.2. Graphics  Graph  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Alt+g
      Graph Settings...
           Opens the Graph Settings view of the Selection Manager. See Graph
           Settings.
      Ctrl+Alt+b
      Bar
           Creates a bar chart based on the currently selected range. Each cell
           is graphed as a separate bar.
           See Bar and column charts.
      Ctrl+Shift+B
      Stacked Bar
           Creates a stacked bar chart based on the currently selected range.
           Each row or column is graphed as a separate bar, with each cell
           graphed as a separate region of that bar.
           See Bar and column charts.

      Bar and Line
           Creates a bar chart based on the currently selected range. Each cell
           is graphed as a separate bar, except those in the first data series,
           which is graphed as a line.
           See Bar and column charts.
      Ctrl+Alt+c
      Column
           Creates a column chart based on the currently selected range. Each
           cell is graphed as a separate column.
           See Bar and column charts.

      Stacked Column
           Creates a stacked column chart based on the currently selected
           range. Each row or column is graphed as a separate column, with each
           cell graphed as a separate region of that column.
           See Bar and column charts.
      Ctrl+Alt+l
      Line
           Creates a two-dimensional line chart based on the currently selected
           range. Each pair of data series can be graphed as an X-Y pair, or
           the first data series can be used as the X field for all subsequent
           series.
           See Line and scatter charts.

      Scatter
           Creates a scatter chart based on the currently selected range. Each
           data series can be graphed as a line or a series of points.
           See Line and scatter charts.
      Ctrl+Alt+a
      Area
           Creates an area chart based on the currently selected range. Each
           data series is graphed as a two-dimensional line, which is placed on
           top of the preceding line. The area between the two lines is filled
           with a color.
           See Area charts.

      Pie
           Creates a pie chart based on the first data series in the currently
           selected range. An optional second data series can be used to
           specify the degree to which each wedge is pulled out.
           See Pie charts.
      Ctrl+Alt+h
      Hi/Lo
           Takes the first two data series in a range of data, and displays
           each pair of elements as a vertical line drawn from the lowest value
           in the pair to the highest. The lines are evenly spaced along the
           horizontal axis.
           See High/Low charts.

      Candlestick
           Takes the first three series in a range of data, and displays each
           triplet of elements as a vertical line, just like a high/low chart.
           The third element in the triplet is displayed as a horizontal bar
           connecting that line with the next line.
           See High/Low charts.

      3-D Bar
           Accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays a
           three-dimensional bar for every value being graphed. The length of
           each bar is proportional to the numeric value of the associated
           cell.
           See 3-D charts.

      3-D Area
           Accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays a
           three-dimensional surface connecting one point for every value being
           graphed. The height of each point is proportional to the numeric
           value of the associated cell.
           See 3-D charts.

      3-D Pyramid
           Accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays an
           inverted 3-D pyramid for every value being graphed. The length of
           each pyramid is proportional to the numeric value of the associated
           cell.
           See 3-D charts.
      Ctrl+Alt+r
      3-D Ribbon
           Accepts any number of rows and columns of data, and displays a
           number of flat ribbons connecting the points in each data series.
           The height of each point is proportional to the numeric value of the
           associated cell.
           See 3-D charts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5. The Options Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Options menu alter the overall behavior of Mesa.

     See Options .


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5.1. Options  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Shift+T
      Show/Hide ToolBar
           Reveals or conceals the ToolBar.
           See The Mesa Application Window.

      Show/Hide Status Bar
           Reveals or conceals the Status Bar.
           See The Mesa Application Window.

      Show/Hide Page Tabs
           Reveals or conceals the Page Tabs.
           See Mesa File Windows.
      Ctrl+Alt+p
      Preferences...
           Opens the Preferences Manager (see Preferences Manager).
      Ctrl+Shift+M
      Selection Manager...
           Opens the Selection Manager (see The Mesa Selection Manager).
      Ctrl+r
      Script Recorder
           Opens the History panel (see History Panel).
      Clear License Information
           Removes the current license string, so that Mesa will prompt you for
           a license string the next time you run it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.6. The Window Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Window menu control the creation and arrangement of file
windows within the Mesa application window, and the display of files within
file windows.

     See Window .


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.6.1. Window  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+Alt+w
      Close Window
           Removes the current file window. If there are no other windows open
           to the current workbook, the workbook is closed.
      Ctrl+Shift+W
      Close All Windows
           Removes all open file windows and closes all files, but leaves the
           application window open.
      Ctrl+F8
      Tile Horizontal
           Resizes and relocates all visible file windows such that each is
           visible within the application window, by arranging them one next to
           the other.
      Shift+F8
      Tile Vertical
           Resizes and relocates all visible file windows such that each is
           visible within the application window, by arranging them one above
           the other.
      F8
      Cascade
           Arranges all visible file windows as a "deck of cards," such that
           part of each window is visible within the application window.

      Zoom
           Routing choice that opens the Zoom menu.
      Ctrl+Shift+N
      New View
           Creates a new window within the application window, displaying the
           same file and page as the current window.

           Note:   You can also select windows from this menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.6.2. Window  Zoom ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This sub-menu controls the magnification level of the current workbook. For
example, a 50% Zoom setting causes the workbook to be displayed at half its
normal size; a 200% setting causes it to be displayed at twice its normal size.

Note that this setting does not affect the size of the window, only the
workbook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7. The Help Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Commands in the Help menu provide access to Mesa on-line help and other
information panels, or to Athena Design, Inc.'s technical support department.

     See Help .


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7.1. Help  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Ctrl+?
      General help...
           Displays the Table of Contents for the On-Line Help facility.
      Ctrl+h
      Using help...
           Displays OS/2's "Help for Using the Help Facility".
      Shift+F2
      Tutorial...
           Launches the Mesa tutorial, which introduces many of the important
           features of Mesa.
      F3
      Formula help...
           Displays the formula help section of the on-line help facility,
           which lists the various formula functions.
      Ctrl+Alt+k
      Keys help...
           Displays the Keys Help section of the On-Line Help facility, which
           describes the various keyboard shortcuts.
      F4
      About Mesa...
           Displays product information about Mesa for OS/2.
      Shift+F4
      Legal Information...
           Displays license information about Mesa for OS/2.
      Ctrl+Shift+H
      Technical Support...
           Displays contact information for Mesa technical support.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.8. The System Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The System Menu contains standard OS/2 commands for controlling windows. See
OS/2's on-line help for more information.

See <System> .


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.8.1. <System>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Alt+F5
      Restore
           Restores the window to its original size.
      Alt+F7
      Move
           Use the mouse to move the window, click to define new location.
      Alt+F8
      Size
           Use the mouse to resize the window, click to define new size.
      Alt+F9
      Hide
           Minimizes the window.
      Alt+F10
      Maximize
           Maximizes the window.
      Alt+F4
      Close
           Closes the window. If it is a file window, other windows to that
           file remain open. If it is the application window, all files are
           closed.
      Ctrl+Esc
      Window list
           Lists all available windows, including hidden or buried ones.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3. Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     The Layer Menu

     The Script Menu

      Open these menus by right-clicking anywhere in the editable region of the
      current page.

     The Row Heading Menu

     The Column Heading Menu

      Open these menus by right-clicking a row or column heading.

     The Graphic Object Menu

      Open this menu by right-clicking a graphic object.

     The Page Tabs Menu

      Open this menu by right-clicking a page tab or anywhere in the
      rectangular region where page tabs are displayed.

     The ToolBar Menu

     The Formula Bar Menu

     The Status Bar Menu

      Open these menus by right-clicking the ToolBar or the Formula Bar at the
      top of the application window, or the status bar at the bottom of the
      application window, respectively.

 All pop-up menus contain a Help option (also known as context-sensitive help)
 which, when selected, provides a description of the right-clicked object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1. The Layer Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Select Layer
           Selects every cell in the current layer.
      Font
           Routing choice that opens the Font submenu. See Range  Font  for
           more information.
      Alignment
           Routing choice that opens the Alignment submenu. See Range 
           Alignment  for more information.
      Display Format
           Routing choice that opens the Display Format submenu. See Range 
           Display Format  for more information.
      Decimal Places
           Routing choice that opens the Decimal Places submenu. See Range 
           Display Format  for more information.
      Text Color
           Routing choice that opens the Text Color submenu. See Range  Text
           Color  for more information.
      Background Color
           Routing choice that opens the Background Color submenu. See Range 
           Background Color  for more information.
      Border
           Routing choice that opens the Border submenu. See Range  Border 
           for more information.
      Fill
           Routing choice that opens the Fill submenu. See Range  Fill  for
           more information.
      Sort
           Routing choice that opens the Sort submenu. See Range  Sort  for
           more information.
      Recalculate
           Calculates and displays the current value of all cells in the
           selected range. Use this command if AutoRecalc has been turned off
           and you want to recalculate the values in the selected range. If
           AutoRecalc is on, all cells in the workbook are recalculated
           whenever any values change.
           Note that only the selected range is recalculated. Other cells that
           depend on that range are not recalculated; neither are the cells
           that the range depends on. Recalculating just the range therefore
           does not guarantee that the values in that range are completely
           up-to-date.
           See Recalculating values. This command cannot be undone.
      Graph
           Routing choice that opens the Graph submenu. See Graphics  Graph 
           for more information.
      Layer Help
      Range Help
           These options open context-sensitive help panels.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.2. The Script Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Execute Script
           Executes the currently selected script.
      Delete page
           Removes the currently selected page from the workbook.
      MScript Help
           Opens a help panel describing available MScript functions.
      Script Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.3. The Row Heading Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 See Range  Rows and Columns  for more information about the items in this
menu.

      Hide Rows
           Hides all rows containing selected cells.
      Show Rows
           Reveals all hidden rows containing selected cells.
      Reset Row Size
           Restores all rows containing selected cells to their default size.
      Delete Row(s)
           Removes the selected cells and shifts the cells underneath them up
           to replace them.
      Insert Row(s)
           Adds a range of cells the size of the selected range to the
           worksheet, and shifts the selected range down to make room for them.
      Set Page Break
           Sets a page break after the last selected row (see Range  Page
           Breaks ).
      Clear Page Breaks
           Removes all page breaks after selected rows.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.4. The Column Heading Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This menu is identical to the Row Heading menu, except that columns instead of
rows are affected. (See The Row Heading Menu.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.5. The Graphic Object Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Bring to Front
           Places the selected graphic on top of all other graphics in the same
           area. See Stacking graphics for more information. If more than one
           graphic is selected, only the first object selected is affected.
      Send to Back
           Places the selected graphic underneath all other graphics in the
           same area. If more than one graphic is selected, only the first
           object selected is affected.
      Graphic Settings
           Opens the Graphic Settings view of the Selection Manager.
      Graphic Help
           Opens a help panel describing how to manipulate graphic objects.
      Graph Settings
           Opens the Graph Settings view of the Selection Manager.
      Graph Help
           Opens a help panel describing how to manipulate graphs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.6. The Page Tabs Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Add Layer
           Adds an empty layer to the end of the current workbook.
      Add Script
           Adds an empty script to the end of the current workbook.
      Delete current page
           Removes the currently selected page from the workbook.
      Workbook Settings
           Opens the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.7. The ToolBar Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Hide ToolBar
           Removes the button bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.8. The Formula Bar Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Formula Builder
           See Formula Builder.
      Editing Help
      Functions Help
           These options open context-sensitive help panels.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9. The Status Bar Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9.1. The Abacus or recalc icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Recalculate
           Recalculates all the layers in a Workbook. You can also press the F9
           key to recalculate the entire workbook, as a keyboard shortcut.
      Recalculate Range
           Recalculates a selected range within the current layer.
      Hide Status Bar
           Removes the status bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9.2. Operation Status Segment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Hide Status Bar
           Removes the status bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9.3. Font and Font Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Font Palette
           See Font Palette for more information.
      Bold
      Italic
      Plain
      Larger
      Smaller
      Courier
      Helvetica
      Times
      Hide Status Bar
           Removes the status bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9.4. Cell Text Alignment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Left
           Text is left-aligned inside the cell.
      Right
           Text is right-aligned inside the cell.
      Center
           Text is centered inside the cell.
      Smart
           If this option is selected, Mesa right-aligns all the numbers and
           left-aligns all strings and errors.
      Wrap
           If this option is selected, a long string will be broken into lines
           that fit within the column width. After selecting Wrap, you can
           select Left, Right, and Center for Left-Wrapped, Right-Wrapped, and
           Center-Wrapped text, respectively.
      Unwrap
           Unwraps the text inside a cell, allowing it to spill over into
           adjacent cells.
      Hide Status Bar
           Removes the status bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9.5. Keyboard Status ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

      Hide Status Bar
           Removes the status bar from the application window.
      Help
           Opens a context-sensitive help panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4. Keyboard Equivalents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey ΓöéCtrl+              ΓöéAlt+                   ΓöéCtrl+Alt+             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé[   ΓöéBring to Front     ΓöéSort Rows Ascending    Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé]   ΓöéSend to Back       ΓöéSort Rows Descending   Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé(   ΓöéLeft (Align)       ΓöéParen (Format)         Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé)   ΓöéRight (Align)      Γöé                       Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé_   ΓöéHide Rows          ΓöéReset Row Size         ΓöéShow Rows             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéΓöé   ΓöéHide Columns       ΓöéReset Column Size      ΓöéShow Columns          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé!   ΓöéSet Vertical Break ΓöéClear Vertical Breaks  Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé#   ΓöéStrings to Numbers ΓöéGrid (Border)          ΓöéNumbers (Clear)       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé$   ΓöéCurrency1          ΓöéCurrency2              ΓöéCurrency3             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé%   ΓöéPercent (Format)   Γöé                       Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé&   ΓöéAverage            ΓöéStandard Deviation     Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé'   ΓöéText (Format)      ΓöéPlain                  Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé*   ΓöéProduct            Γöé                       Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé+   ΓöéSum                ΓöéInsert Right and Paste ΓöéInsert Down and Paste Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé,   ΓöéThousands (Format) Γöé                       Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé.   ΓöéFixed Decimal      ΓöéGeneral                Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé/   ΓöéSelect Layer       ΓöéMM/DD/YY               ΓöéMM/DD                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé:   ΓöéTime-HM24          ΓöéTime-HMS24             Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé;   ΓöéTime-HM12          ΓöéTime-HMS12             Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé<   ΓöéMinimum            ΓöéSmaller                Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé=   ΓöéRecalculate Range  ΓöéRecalculate Workbook   Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé>   ΓöéMaximum            ΓöéLarger                 Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé?   ΓöéGeneral help       Γöé                       Γöé                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé@   ΓöéFormulas to Values ΓöéFormulas (Clear)       Γöé                      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey ΓöéCtrl+              ΓöéCtrl+Alt+      ΓöéCtrl+Alt+Shift+ ΓöéCtrl+Shift+       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéA   ΓöéSelect Layer       ΓöéArea           Γöé3-D Area        ΓöéAdd Script        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéB   ΓöéBold               ΓöéBar            Γöé3-D Bar         ΓöéStacked Bar       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéC   ΓöéCopy               ΓöéColumn         ΓöéStacked Column  ΓöéColor Palette     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéD   ΓöéUnder              Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéVery Thick        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéE   ΓöéExecute Script     Γöé               Γöé                Γöé                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF   ΓöéFind               Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéFont Palette      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéG   ΓöéGoto               ΓöéGraph Settings Γöé                ΓöéGraphic Settings  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéH   ΓöéUsing help         ΓöéHi/Lo          ΓöéCandlestick     ΓöéTechnical Support Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéI   ΓöéItalic             ΓöéImport Graphic Γöé                ΓöéImport Text       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéJ   ΓöéInsert Cells Right Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéInsert Cells Down Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéK   ΓöéDelete Left        ΓöéKeys help      Γöé                ΓöéDelete Up         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéL   ΓöéAdd Layer          ΓöéLine           ΓöéScatter         ΓöéLabel Range       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéM   ΓöéMove (range)       Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéSelection Manager Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéN   ΓöéNew (file)         Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéNew View          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéO   ΓöéOpen (file)        Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéOutline           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéP   ΓöéPrint              ΓöéPreferences    ΓöéPie             Γöé                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéR   Γöé                   Γöé3-D Ribbon     Γöé                ΓöéRange Settings    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéS   ΓöéSave (file)        ΓöéSort           Γöé                ΓöéSave as           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéT   ΓöéTimes              Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéShow/Hide ToolBar Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéU   ΓöéTo Lower Case      ΓöéTo Proper Case Γöé                ΓöéTo Upper Case     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéV   ΓöéPaste              ΓöéVariance       Γöé                Γöé                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéW   ΓöéClose Workbook     ΓöéClose Window   Γöé                ΓöéClose All Windows Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéX   ΓöéCut                Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéSingle Cell       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéZ   ΓöéUndo               Γöé               Γöé                ΓöéUndo              Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 Alt+x - Exit, Alt+z - Redo

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey ΓöéCtrl+         ΓöéAlt+       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé0   ΓöéPrecision (0) Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé1   ΓöéPrecision (1) ΓöélastFile 1 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé2   ΓöéPrecision (2) ΓöélastFile 2 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé3   ΓöéPrecision (3) ΓöélastFile 3 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé4   ΓöéPrecision (4) ΓöélastFile 4 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé5   ΓöéPrecision (5) Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé6   ΓöéPrecision (6) Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé7   ΓöéPrecision (7) Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé8   ΓöéPrecision (8) Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé9   ΓöéPrecision (9) Γöé           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey       ΓöéNormal ΓöéCtrl+                  ΓöéAlt+                   ΓöéShift+                    ΓöéAlt+Shift+              ΓöéCtrl+Shift+      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTAB       Γöé       ΓöéFill Right             Γöé                       Γöé                          Γöé                        ΓöéFill Smart Right Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéINSERT    Γöé       ΓöéCopy                   ΓöéPaste Values           ΓöéPaste                     ΓöéTranspose               ΓöéPaste Format     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéDELETE    ΓöéClear  ΓöéFormat (Clear Special) ΓöéValues (Clear Special) ΓöéCut                       ΓöéStrings (Clear Special) ΓöéDelete Page      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBACKSPACE Γöé       Γöé                       ΓöéUndo                   Γöé                          ΓöéRedo                    Γöé                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéENTER     Γöé       ΓöéFill with Base Cell    Γöé                       ΓöéFill Smart with Base Cell Γöé                        Γöé                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéESC       Γöé       ΓöéWindow List            Γöé                       Γöé                          Γöé                        Γöé                 Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey ΓöéNormal                 ΓöéCtrl+                   ΓöéAlt+                        ΓöéShift+            ΓöéAlt+Shift+ Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF1  ΓöéContext-sensitive help Γöé                        Γöé                            Γöé                  Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF2  ΓöéSelect Formula Bar     ΓöéSort Columns Ascending  ΓöéNumbers to Strings          ΓöéTutorial          Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF3  ΓöéFormula help           ΓöéSort Columns Descending ΓöéExecute Script              Γöé                  Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF4  ΓöéAbout Mesa             ΓöéClose Workbook          ΓöéExit                        ΓöéLegal Information Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF5  ΓöéRecalculate Workbook   ΓöéGoto                    ΓöéRestore window              ΓöéHide Rows         Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF6  Γöé                       ΓöéActivate Next Window    ΓöéSwitch to associated window ΓöéHide Columns      Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF7  Γöé                       Γöé                        ΓöéMove window                 ΓöéHide Columns      Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF8  ΓöéCascade                ΓöéTile Horizontal         ΓöéResize window               ΓöéTile Vertical     Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF9  ΓöéRecalculate Workbook   Γöé                        ΓöéMaximize window             Γöé                  Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF10 ΓöéOpen main menu         Γöé                        ΓöéMinimize window             ΓöéOpen pop-up menu  Γöé           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF11 ΓöéHelp index             Γöé                        Γöé                            Γöé                  Γöé           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5. The Mesa Selection Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Selection Manager is an OS/2 notebook control panel that allows you to
change the properties of whatever object is currently selected.

Depending on what type of object is selected, different views of the Selection
Manager are available. These views are arranged into groups based on the kind
of objects they control.

Different groups can be accessed by clicking the notebook tabs along the
right-hand side of the Manager. Control panels within a group can be accessed
through the tabs along the bottom of the Manager.

     Wkbook and Wkbook, Defaults

      Control properties of the workbook as a whole.

     Page Settings

      Controls the properties of the current page.

     Find Panel

      Searches through the current workbook to find a particular item.

     Sort Panel

      Changes the order of rows and columns in the selected range.

     Range Settings, Range, Labels

      Control the labelling, protection, and appearance of the selected range.

     Graphic, Create, Graphic Settings

      Control the placement and appearance of graphic objects.

     Graph Settings, Graph, Titles, Graph, X Axis, Graph, Y Axis and Graph,
      3-D

      Controls graph attributes and the appearance of the selected graph.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.1. Wkbook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls properties of the current workbook, such as number and type
of pages.

     Workbook name

      This read-only field displays the full pathname of the workbook.

     Page count

        -  Layers

           Displays the number of layers in the workbook.

        -  Scripts

           Displays the number of scripts in the workbook.

        -  Add layer

           Click to add a new layer to the workbook.

        -  Add script

           Click to add a new script to the workbook.

     Levels of undo:

      Sets the length of the undo queue for this workbook. See Undoing commands
      for more information.

     Pages

      This list box contains the name of every page in the current workbook.
      Click a name to select it. When you select a page, its name appears in
      the Page name: field.

        -  GoTo page

           Click to display, in the workbook, the page named in Page name:.

        -  Delete page

           Click to delete the chosen page from the workbook. See Changing the
           Size of a Workbook for more information.

        -  Page name:

           If a page is selected in the Pages list box, its name appears in
           this field. Edit it to change the name of that page.

     Password...

      Opens a panel that allows you to add, edit, or delete a password to/from
      the current workbook. See Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) Panel for more
      information.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.2. Wkbook, Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls the default behavior of the current workbook.

     Recalculate

      These settings control how the values of cells in a layer are calculated,
      and under what circumstances. Unless you are taking advantage of the
      order of recalculation for some specific purpose, using natural-order
      recalculation is recommended.

      For more information about the various recalculation options and their
      effects on your workbook, see Recalculating values.

        -  AutoRecalc

           If this box is checked, the entire workbook is recalculated whenever
           a cell is edited.

           This ensures that the data displayed in the workbook is always
           consistent. However, the recalculation of large workbooks can take
           time, and you may wish to uncheck this box in this case.

           You can force a recalculation of the workbook through File 
           Workbook Recalculate Workbook (Alt+=) or by clicking the Recalc
           button on the lower left of the application window.

        -  By row

        -  By column

           If either of these options is selected, all cells in the workbook
           are recalculated in a linear order (either row by row, from left to
           right and top to bottom, or column by column, from top to bottom and
           left to right) whenever recalculation occurs.

        -  Natural order

           If this option is selected, cells in the workbook are updated
           non-linearly, based on their dependencies on other cells. In other
           words, a cell is not recalculated if none of the values it depends
           on have changed. This is usually the fastest recalculation mode.

        -  Natural + circ. reference

           If this option is selected, cells in the workbook are updated based
           on their dependencies, as above. However, if a cell in the
           recalculated region depends on its own value, no !CIRC is generated.

        -  Iterations

           You can set Iterations in order to force multiple recalculations
           with a single command. This is useful with by-row or by-column
           recalculation to help ensure the layer is recalculated properly.

     Numeric display formats

      These fields set the display parameters for Currency1, Currency2,
      Currency3, and Thousands/Paren, respectively. (Thousands and Paren are
      treated as a fourth currency format.)

        -  Pre

           The contents of this field appear to the left of numbers in the
           appropriate display format. For example, if the $ symbol is entered
           in this field for Currency1, then the number 100 is displayed in
           Currency1 format as: $100.

        -  Post

           The contents of this field appear to the right of numbers in the
           appropriate display format. For example, if the letters LD are
           entered into this field for Currency1, then the number 100 is
           displayed in Currency1 format as: 100 LD.

        -  Dec

           The contents of this field appear between the integer and decimal
           portions of in the appropriate display format. For example, if a
           comma is entered into this field for Currency1, then the number
           100.25 is displayed in Currency1 format as: 100,25.

        -  000s

           The contents of this field appear as markers between every three
           integer digits to the left of the decimal marker in the appropriate
           display format. For example, if a period is entered into this field
           for Currency1, then the number 1000000 is displayed in Currency1
           format as: 1.000.000.

           These changes do not take effect until you press the Set Currency
           button.

           Note that changing these settings only controls the behavior of the
           current workbook. You can change the default settings of these
           fields for new workbooks through the Preferences Manager (see
           Preferences Manager).

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.3. Page Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls the appearance and other properties of the current page.

     Name

      Contains the name of the currently selected page. Enter a new name to
      change the page name, or a blank field to restore the default name. See
      Naming pages for more information.

     Layer Settings

      The controls in this box pertain only to layer pages.

        -  Protection

           If this box is checked, the current page cannot be edited,
           formatted, or deleted. See Protecting a layer for more information.

        -  Show Grid

           If this box is checked, the background grid defining the rows and
           columns is visible; otherwise, it is not.

           Note that the layer grid is a global feature - the grid is either
           visible for the entire layer, or it is invisible for the entire
           layer. If you want to draw grids around only part of a layer, use
           the Range Settings view of the Selection Manager.

           Ctrl+drag color onto the layer selection button to change the color
           of the grid.

     Rows

        -  Number

           Enter a new number to add or remove rows from the named layer.

        -  Height

           Enter a new number to change the default row height. If a particular
           row in the layer has been resized, changing the default cell size
           will not affect that row. See Rows and columns for more information.

     Columns

        -  Number

           Enter a new number to add or remove columns from the named layer.

        -  Width

           Enter a new number to change the default column width. If a
           particular column in the layer has been resized, changing the
           default cell size will not affect that column. See Rows and columns
           for more information.

           Note:   No information is lost by removing rows or columns from the
                  layer in this way. For example, if you have data in row 110,
                  and you set the number of rows to 100, the information in row
                  110 is still recorded; it is simply unavailable. To regain
                  access to it, simply extend the size of the layer past 110.

     Script Settings

      The controls in this box only apply to script pages.

        -  Open file

        -  Close file

           These checkboxes determine whether the script is automatically
           exeuted when the workbook is opened or closed.

           If Open file is checked, the script is placed on a queue of scripts
           to be executed whenever the workbook is opened. If multiple scripts
           are set to automatically execute on opening, they will probably be
           executed in alphabetical order, although this is not guaranteed.

           If Close file is checked, the script is placed on the execute queue
           whenever the workbook is closed by the user. If there are any
           scripts set to automatically execute on closing, the close operation
           is interrupted. In order to close the workbook, the script must
           explicitly call the CLOSE function (see CLOSE for more information).

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.4. Find Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view is available whenever a layer is selected, and can be used to select
cells with particular contents or values.

     Find:

      Enter the number or string you wish to search for in this field.

      The following settings control how the contents of this field are
      compared to the contents of the workbook:
          Contents

           If this box is checked, Mesa will find cells whose contents match
           the Find: field.

          Values

           If this box is checked, Mesa will find cells whose values match the
           Find: field. (If neither box is checked, this is the default state.)
      If neither box is checked, Mesa searches for values.
      For example, consider the following three cells:
          ="Te"&"st"

           Returns Test

          Test

           Returns Test

          =LEFT("Test", 2)

           Returns Te

           If the Find: field contains Test and all other checkboxes are off,
           then:

          If Contents and Values are both checked, all three cells are found.

          If only Contents is checked, only the latter two are found.

          If only Values is checked, or if neither box is checked, only the
           former two are found.

           If the Find: field contains =, then if Contents is checked, the
           first and last cells are found; otherwise, nothing is found.

           See Cell contents and cell values for more information.

          Number

           If this box is checked, Mesa finds cells whose numeric equivalents
           match the contents of the Find: field.

          String

           If this box is checked, Mesa will find cells whose string
           equivalents match the contents of the Find: field. (If neither box
           is checked, this is the default state.)

           For example, consider the following cells:

          200

          Welcome to the year 2000!

          200.19

          1200.19

           If the Find: field contains 200, and all other boxes are unchecked,
           then if only Number is checked, only the first cell is found.
           Otherwise, all four cells are found.

           If the Find: field contains 200.19, and all other boxes are
           unchecked, then if only Number is checked, only the third cell is
           found. Otherwise, the last two cells are found.
      See Numeric equivalents and String equivalents for more information.
          Exact match

           If this box is checked, only cells that match the Find: field in
           their entirety will be found. Otherwise, cells that contain the
           Find: field as sub-strings will also be found.

           Not that even with Exact match on, Mesa conducts case-insensitive
           searches unless Case sensitive is also on.

          Case sensitive

           If this box is checked, Mesa will ignore matches where the case of
           characters is different from that of the characters in the Find:
           field. Otherwise, Mesa ignores the case of characters altogether.

           For example, consider the following cells:

          200

          Welcome to the year 2000!

          200.19

          1200.19

           If the Find: field contains 200, and all other boxes are unchecked,
           then if Exact match is checked, only the first cell is found.
           Otherwise, all four cells are found.
      Replace:

      Enter into this field the number or string with which you wish to replace
      the selected cell contents. Note that in order to be able to replace cell
      contents, the Contents box must be checked and the Values box must be
      un-checked.
          Search

             -  Selection

                If this button is set, Mesa will only search in selected cells
                or text.

             -  Page

                If this button is set, Mesa will search the entire current
                page.

             -  Workbook

                If this button is set, Mesa will search the entire current
                workbook.

             -  By row

                If this button is set, Mesa will search the first row from left
                to right, then the second row, and so forth. This option is
                only available when searching through a layer.

             -  By column

                If this button is set, Mesa will search the first column from
                top to bottom, then the second column, and so forth. This
                option is only available when searching through a layer.

          Find

           Selects the next match to the characters typed in the Find: field.

          Replace

           Replaces the cell contents of the selected cell with characters
           entered in the Replace: field. Note that in order for this button to
           be available, the Contents box must be checked and the Values box
           must be un-checked.

          Replace and Find

           Replaces the cell contents of the selected cell with characters
           entered in the Replace: field and selects the next cell contents
           matching the characters typed in the Find: field.

          ReplaceAll

           Replaces all the occurrences of cell contents text which matches the
           text in the Find: field with text entered in the Replace: field.

          Help

           Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.5. Sort Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view is available whenever a layer is selected, and lets you change the
order of cells.

     Range

      Enter the range you wish to sort in this field.

        -  Sort rows

        -  Sort columns

           These buttons control the direction of sorting.

        -  Has titles

           If this box is checked, the first row (if rows are being sorted) or
           the first column (if columns are being sorted) in the range is
           ignored during the sort.

     Key 1

      Enter a cell address in this field to set the primary row or column to be
      used in sorting the data.

      For example, if you are sorting the rows in the range A1:D4, and you want
      to sort those rows by the contents of column A, enter any selected cell
      in column A (i.e.; A1, A2, A3 or A4) into this field.

      Similarly, if you want to sort the columns by the contents of row 1, you
      can enter any selected cell in row 1 into this field.

        -  Ascending

           If this button is set, the key column or range is sorted with the
           smallest value first.

        -  Descending

           If this button is set, the key column or range is sorted with the
           largest value first.

     Key 2 and Key 3

      Enter a cell address in these fields to set secondary and tertiary rows
      or columns to be used in sorting the data. These fields are optional, and
      are only used to sort rows or columns that have identical values in their
      primary cells.

     Sort

      Press this button to execute the sort.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.6. Range Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls the appearance of selected cells in the current layer.

     Display format

      Choose a display format from the drop-down menu. See Using display
      formats for more information, and see SETFORMAT for a complete list.

        -  Precision:

           Enter the desired number of decimal places in this field. This has
           no effect on non-numeric formats such as Date or Text.

        -  Hide Zero

           Click this button to leave empty any selected cell whose value is
           zero.

     Borders

        -  Top

        -  Bottom

        -  Right

        -  Left

           Select Very Thick, Thick, Thin, or None from any of these drop-down
           menus to set the type of border line on that side of the selected
           cells.

        -  Outline

           Click Outline to create a border only on the outside edge of the
           range, without changing the borders between cells. This button
           allows you to outline a range of cells without having to set the
           borders on each side individually.

           By default, a thin border is used.

        -  Grid

           Click Grid to create a border between every two cells in the range,
           as well as outlining the range.

           By default, a thin border is used.

        -  Under

           Click Under to create a border on the bottom of every selected cell,
           clearing all other borders.

     Alignment

        -  Top

           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the top of the
           cell.

        -  Bottom

           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the bottom of the
           cell.

        -  Center

           Centers the contents of each selected cell, vertically.

        -  Wrap

           Aligns the contents of the selected range against the left side of
           each column, and causes string contents to "wrap around" within the
           cell. See Horizontal and vertical alignment.

        -  Left

           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the left side of
           the cell.

        -  Right

           Aligns the contents of each selected cell against the right side of
           the cell.

        -  Center

           Centers the contents of each selected cell, horizontally.

        -  Smart

           Aligns each selected cell based on its type - short strings are
           aligned against the left side of each column (see Left); numbers are
           aligned against the right side (see Right).

     Underline

      Choose a line type from this drop-down menu.

     Input Type

      These settings control what kind of data can be entered by the user into
      the current range.

        -  All

           Input of any type is allowed in the selected range. Note that this
           does not override protection; if the range is protected, no input is
           allowed, even if this button is set.

        -  Numbers

           Only numeric input is allowed in the selected range. See Numeric
           constants for more information.

        -  Strings

           Only string input is allowed in the selected range. See Text or
           string constants for more information.

        -  Dates

           Only date input is allowed in the selected range. See Date and time
           constants for more information.

        -  Formulas

           Only formulas are allowed in the selected range. See Entering
           Formulas for more information.

        -  Unprotect

           If this box is checked, input is allowed in the selected range even
           if the layer is protected. (See Protecting a layer.)

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.7. Range, Labels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view allows you to set labelled ranges within the current workbook, and to
navigate through the workbook using those labels. See Labelling a Range for
more information about range labels.

The list box contains an alphabetical listing of all labelled ranges in the
current workbook. Click a name to select it.

     GoTo range

      Selects the range referred to by the selected label in the current
      workbook.

     Delete label

      Removes selected label from the workbook. The cells in the workbook
      themselves are not altered; the label is simply removed from the list of
      labels.

     Label

      The name of the currently selected label (if there is one) appears in
      this field. Edit the name and click Add label to change the name of the
      current label.

     Range

      The range referred to by the currently selected label (if there is one)
      appears in this field. Edit the range and click Add label to change the
      range for the current label.

      See Addressing Part of a Layer for more information about range
      addresses.

     Add label

      Adds the name listed in Label to the list box, referring to range
      addressed in Range. If the name listed in Label already exists, that
      labelled range is updated.

     AutoGrow

      Check this box to make the selected range an AutoGrow range. AutoGrow
      ranges automatically extend themselves whenever they are selected and the
      base cell attempts to move below the bottom row of the range.

      See Using AutoGrow (TM) To Expand Ranges for more information.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.8. Graphic Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls the appearance and location of existing graphic objects.

     Graphic

      This list box contains the names of all the graphics in the current
      layer. Click a name to select it.

      Note:   The Appearance and Location sections of this view are similar to
             those in the Graphic, Create view of the Selection Manager.
             However, the settings there control and display the default values
             for new shapes, while the settings here control/display the values
             for existing graphics.

     Appearance

        -  Arrowheads

           Choose None, Start, End, or Both to control the presence of
           arrowheads. This option is only meaningful for lines.

        -  Line width:

           Controls the line thickness of the selected shape.

        -  Height

        -  Width

           Control the size of the selected graphic.

     Location

        -  Offset from

           Enter a cell or range address.

        -  X

        -  Y

           Enter new values in these fields to change the selected graphic's
           position relative to the upper-left corner of the cell or range
           entered in Offset from above.

        -  Bring to Front

           Adjusts the selected graphic so that all overlapping graphics lie
           underneath it.

        -  Send to Back

           Adjusts the selected graphic so that all overlapping graphics lie
           above it.

     Name:

      The name of the currently selected graphic appears in this field, and can
      be edited.

     Script to execute:

      Enter the name of a script into this field and the script is
      automatically executed whenever the graphic is selected. See Placing
      commands where you want them for more information.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.9. Graphic, Create ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view allows you to create new graphic shapes within the current layer.

Select a rectangle, TextBox, oval, or line by clicking on the corresponding
button.

     Appearance

        -  Line size:

           Enter a value (1-20) in this field to set the default line width for
           new graphic shapes.

        -  Arrowheads

           Click one of these buttons to allow or remove arrowheads on the
           endpoints of new lines.

        -  Height

           Enter a value (0-2000) in this field to set the default height of
           new graphic shapes.

        -  Width

           Enter a value (0-2000) in this field to set the default width of new
           graphic shapes.

     Placement

        -  Offset from:

           Enter a cell or range address in this field. By default, new
           graphics are anchored to the home cell (cell A1).

        -  X

        -  Y

           Enter values (0-20,000) in these fields to specify the position of
           the new graphic shape, measured relative to the upper-left corner of
           the cell or range named in the Offset from box.

     Create

      Click this button to add the selected graphic type to the current layer
      at the position defined by Offset from, X and Y above.

      See Placing a shape where you want it for more information.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.10. Graph Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls what data is graphed by the currently selected graph, how it
is organized, and what kind of graph is used.

     Graph type

      Click one of these buttons to change the graph type. See Graph and Chart
      Types for more information about the various graph types.

     Orientation

        -  Group rows

        -  Group columns

           These buttons determine how the data in the selected range(s) is
           broken into individual graph elements.

           For example, if the selected graph is a scatter chart of the range
           A1:B20, and Group columns is set, 2 lines with 20 data-points each
           are generated. If Group rows is used instead, then 20 lines with 2
           data-points each are generated.

           See Data orientation for more information.

     Lines

        -  Show line

           If this box is checked, a line is drawn connecting the data points
           in each series.

        -  Show points

           If this box is checked, each point in each line is drawn with a
           symbol unique to the line.

     Width

        -  Line

           Controls the thickness of lines.

        -  Bar/column

           Controls the thickness of bars and columns.

     Range

      This field contains the address of the range to be graphed. Note that
      this is stored as an absolute range reference.

      To graph multiple ranges at once, enter a discontinuous range address in
      this field. See Addressing Part of a Layer for a description of
      discontinuous range address syntax, and Graphing discontinuous ranges for
      more information about how different Mesa graphs interpret discontinuous
      ranges.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.11. Graph, Titles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view controls the contents, sources, and appearance of titles on a graph.

     Title

      Enter text here to create a title for your graph.

     Subtitle

      Enter text here to create a subtitle for your graph.

     X axis

     Y axis

      Enter text here to create axis titles for your graph. The Y axis title
      will be displayed vertically; the X axis title horizontally.

     Legendlocation

      Select Hidden, Top, Bottom, Right or Left from the drop-down menu.

     Headings on axes

        -  From first row

        -  From first column

           If these boxes are checked, the data in the first row and/or the
           first column of the range is used to label the elements, rather than
           graphed.

           Otherwise, either no labels appear, or labels are generated at
           regular intervals based on the minimum and maximum values.

           See Labelling data for more information.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.12. Graph, X Axis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view is available whenever a graph with an X axis is selected.

     Major Ticks

     Minor Ticks

      The settings in these sections control the placement and appearance of
      ticks on the X axis.

      Major ticks appear wherever a label appears on the axis. Minor ticks only
      appear on the X axis when it displays values (as opposed to series
      headings) - for example, in a Line graph - and are spaced regularly
      between the major ticks.

        -  Inner

        -  Outer

        -  Thru

        -  None

           These buttons control whether the tick appears inside, outside, or
           bisected by the axis.

        -  Size

           Controls the size of the ticks. Note that the ticks are centered on
           the axis.

        -  Gridline

           If this box is checked, a hairline is drawn through the entire graph
           at every major and/or minor tick.

     Labels

      These settings control the appearance of labels for points on the axis.
      See Graph axes for more information about axes and labels.

        -  Format

           Choose a display format from the drop-down menu. See Using display
           formats for more information.

        -  Rotation

           X axis labels can be rotated from the horizontal to the vertical.

     Scale

        -  Max

        -  Min

           The values in these fields control the lowest and the highest values
           that will be displayed on the X axis. These fields are unavailable
           if AutoScale is set, since the lowest and highest values are then
           calculated dynamically based on the data in the graph. As with minor
           ticks, this is only relevant when the X axis displays values, as
           with Line graphs.

        -  Log

           If this box is checked, the axis is scaled logarithmically.
           Otherwise, the axis is scaled linearly. Note that the X and Y axes
           are scaled independently to allow log-log or semi-log graphs.

        -  AutoScale

           If this box is checked, the X axis scale is determined automatically
           based on the maximum value being graphed. Otherwise, the values in
           Max and Min below are used.

           AutoScale will usually calculate settings so that all of your data
           is displayed and as little space as possible is wasted. We recommend
           you leave AutoScale on.

     Axis location

        -  Bottom

           Set this button to place the X axis on the bottom of the graph. Axis
           labels will appear under the axis.

        -  Top

           Set this button to place the X axis at the top of the graph. Axis
           labels will appear on top of the axis.

        -  Zero

           Set this button to place the X axis at the zero mark on the Y axis.
           Axis labels will appear at the bottom of the graph.

     Single X range

      This button is only available for Line graphs. If it is on, the first
      column or row (depending on orientation) in the range is used as the X
      range, and all subsequent data series are interpreted as Y values.
      Otherwise, alternate data series are interpreted as X,Y,X...

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.13. Graph, Y Axis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This view is available whenever a graph with a Y axis is selected. It is
identical to the Graph, X Axis view of the Selection Manager, except:

     The Single X range button is unavailable.

     The Axis location box has Left, Right, and Zero as choices.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.14. Graph, 3-D ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     3-D rotation

      By default, 3-D graphs are rotated 45 degrees down and to the left. You
      can change the position of the graph in space by entering new angles into
      the Horizontal and Vertical rotation fields.

      Note that 3-D rotation can have unusual effects on the axis headings.

     Wire Frame

      If this box is checked, the background and graph elements are drawn in
      outline only. Otherwise, they are drawn as opaque colored solids.

     Help

      Displays this help screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.6. Preferences Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     WorkbookDefaults

        -  Rows

        -  Columns

        -  Layers

           Enter new numbers in these fields to change the default size of new
           workbooks (see New workbook dimensions for more information).

        -  Undo:

           Enter a new number in this field to change the default size of the
           undo queue for new workbooks. See Undoing commands.

        -  Font

        -  Font Size

           Set the default font and font size by either typing them directly
           into the fields, or by selecting them from the pull-down menus
           located immediately to the right of each field.

        -  Zoom

           Set the default workbook zoom setting by either typing it directly
           into this field, or by selecting it from the pull-down menu located
           immediately to the right of the field.

     Enter behavior

      Controls the behavior of the numeric Enter key. Choose Nothing, Down,
      Tab, or Tab in Range (the latter behaves as Tab if the base cell is in a
      selected range, and Nothing otherwise).

     File to autoload:

      If the file named in this field exists in the current working directory
      when Mesa is launched, that file is automatically opened and displayed.
      Otherwise, Mesa creates an empty workbook named Blank1.m2. See Creating
      or opening workbooks automatically.

     Numeric display formats

      These fields set the display parameters for Currency1, Thousands/Paren,
      Currency2, and Currency3, respectively.

        -  Pre

           The contents of this field appear to the left of numbers in the
           appropriate display format. For example, if the $ symbol is entered
           in this field for Currency1, then the number 100 is displayed in
           Currency1 format as: $100.

        -  Post

           The contents of this field appear to the right of numbers in the
           appropriate display format. For example, if the letters LD are
           entered into this field for Currency1, then the number 100 is
           displayed in Currency1 format as: 100 LD.

        -  Dec

           The contents of this field appear between the integer and decimal
           portions of in the appropriate display format. For example, if a
           comma is entered into this field for Currency1, then the number
           100.25 is displayed in Currency1 format as: 100,25.

        -  000s

           The contents of this field appear as markers between every three
           integer digits to the left of the decimal marker in the appropriate
           display format. For example, if a period is entered into this field
           for Currency1, then the number 1000000 is displayed in Currency1
           format as: 1.000.000.

           Note that changing these settings only controls the behavior of new
           workbooks. You can change the behavior of an existing workbook
           through the Wkbook, Defaults view of the Selection Manager.

        -  Use system settings

           If this checkbox is set, then the values entered for Currency1 and
           Thousands are ignored. Instead, the values for currency format and
           numeric format are taken from the Country control panel from the
           desktop.

     Use extended attributes

      If this box is checked, Mesa will use the OS/2 extended attributes of
      files to determine which files are listed when opening or importing
      files. When you choose File Open... (Ctrl+o), for example, the Type of
      file: field will read Mesa Workbook File and the Open filename: field
      will contain *, and all files with the Mesa Workbook File file type will
      be listed, no matter what their names.

      If this box is not checked, Mesa uses the filename extension to determine
      which files are listed when opening or importing files. In this case, the
      Type of file: field will read <All Files> and the Open filename: field
      will contain *.m2, and all files with the m2 extension will be listed, no
      matter what their file type.

      Of course, whether this box is checked or not, you can always choose an
      appropriate extended attribute from the Type of file: menu or enter an
      appropriate wildcard string in the Open filename: field. This checkbox
      simply controls Mesa's default behavior.

      If you are transferring files via non-FAT floppy disks, NFS drives, or
      other media that strip the extended attributes of files, you may want to
      turn off the use of extended attributes so that the files are listed
      normally. For more information about OS/2 extended attributes, search for
      "extended attributes" in the OS/2 on-line help.

     Keep manager on top

      If this box is checked, the Selection Manager will stay on top of the
      Mesa application window even when the application window is selected.
      Otherwise, the application window will move to the front of the screen
      when selected, as usual.

     Background printing

      Mesa is a multithreaded application, which means that the program can do
      several things at once. For example, Mesa is designed to allow each
      workbook file to print in a separate thread, so that printing a workbook
      doesn't interrupt your ability to do other things.

      Unfortunately, this feature can cause severe and unexpected problems when
      certain printer drivers are in use. If you are experiencing problems when
      attempting to print Mesa files, turn off this option and try again.

     Make backup

      If this box is checked, Mesa saves the current version of a file as a
      backup file before saving the edited version to disk.

     RGB Colors

      If the colors on your display are grainy or hard to make out, it may be a
      problem with your VGA and Mesa. Try changing the value of this checkbox,
      then quitting and restarting Mesa.

     In-Cell Editing

      If this box is checked, the user can edit cell contents directly within
      the cell. (For more information on using In-Cell Editing see Editing cell
      contents in the on-line help.)

     Buffer Redraw

      If this box is checked, Mesa eliminates the flickering occasionally
      observed when the screen is updated with new information. The users
      should feel free to experiment with using this feature on their hardware,
      since it can slow down Mesa performance in some cases.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7. Other Control Panels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See:

     Color Palette

     Execute Script Panel

     Font Palette

     GoTo Panel

     License Panel

     Print Panel

     Save Panel


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.1. Color Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Range  Text Color Color Palette... (Ctrl+Shift+C) to open this panel.

This is a standard OS/2 control panel, which you can use to change the color of
title bars, folder backgrounds, the Desktop, and so forth. (See the OS/2
documentation for more information about these features.) It works the same way
within Mesa - drag color from the Palette to change background colors and or
Ctrl+drag color to change foreground colors of various Mesa objects.

For example:

     Drop color onto one or more selected cells to change the text color
      (Ctrl+drag) or the background color (drag). See Color and background
      color for more information.

     Drop color onto a shape to change the outline color (Ctrl+drag) or the
      fill color (drag). See Changing the appearance of a shape for more
      information.

     Drop color onto various parts of a graph to change the graph appearance.
      See Changing the appearance of a graph for more information.

 In addition, you can drop colors onto the following areas of Mesa windows:

     Row and column headings

     Display area

 See The Mesa Application Window and Mesa File Windows for more information
 about these areas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.2. Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Edit DDE Links... () to open this panel.

You can use the DDE panel to create, delete or edit "hot links" that transmit
data in real time between Mesa and other DDE-enabled applications.

There are two kinds of links you can create within a given workbook - incoming
links, which display data that originates in a different application or
workbook, and outgoing links, which dispatch data from this workbook to be
displayed in another workbook or application. The application generating the
outgoing data is generally referred to as a DDE server; the application
receiving incoming data is generally referred to as a DDE client. Mesa can
serve as both client and server.

To use Mesa as a DDE server, simply select the range you want to use as the
link source and copy it onto the clipboard. You can then use a Paste Link
command within the DDE client application to establish a link. See Dynamic Data
Exchange (DDE) for more information on this process.

To use Mesa as a DDE client, you can perform the same operation in reverse
(copying data from a DDE server application and using Edit Paste Link () to
establish a link). You can also create a client link from within the Mesa
workbook directly by entering appropriate data in the following fields:

     Link name:

      Every existing link has a unique name. When you create a link using Edit
      Paste Link (), a default name is chosen; when you create a link
      manually, you can enter any name you choose.

     Application:

      Enter the name of the server application. For example, enter Mesa2 to
      create a link to another Mesa workbook.

      Note that each application defines its own DDE name, such as 123G for
      Lotus 1-2-3(TM) for OS/2. Check the documentation for the server
      application to find out its DDE name, or do a Paste Link once, which
      should find that information for you.

     File or topic:

      Enter the name of a server file. For example, if you are using a file
      called DDESource.m2 as your server, then enter DDESource.m2 in this
      field.

     Item:

      Enter a reference to the area you want your data to come from. For
      example, if you are using a Mesa file as your server, enter a range
      address like A1:D5 to link to the data in that range.

      Note that each application defines its own syntax for referring to data
      within it. Other spreadsheet programs will probably support a
      range-address syntax like Mesa's. As with the application name itself,
      you can look up the appropriate syntax in the server application's
      documentation, or you can use Paste Link to automatically generate a
      correct reference.

     Target Range:

      Enter a reference to a cell or range in the current Mesa workbook. This
      is the destination range, into which data from the server application
      will be placed.

 These four items of information must exist for each link in a Mesa workbook.

 This panel also contains a list of all currently-existing incoming DDE links.
 (There is no way to obtain a list of all outgoing DDE links from the current
 workbook.) You can select any link to see its information displayed in the
 four fields described above, and you can edit that information directly in the
 fields themselves.

 Once you have entered or edited the appropriate data, press one of the
 following buttons to change the links within the workbook:

     Create Link

      Creates a new link with the information given. It is possible to create
      two identical links this way, although this is not recommended.

     Revise Link

      Changes an existing link to use the information given. This is only
      meaningful if an existing link with the same name already exists.

     Delete Link

      Removes the selected link from the current workbook.

     Delete All

      Removes all links from the current workbook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.3. Execute Script Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This panel appears when you choose the File  Workbook Execute Script...
(Ctrl+e) command.

Choose a script and click OK to execute it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.4. File Password Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Press the Password... button in the Wkbook view of the Selection Manager to
open the File Password panel.

If the file already contains a password, you will be prompted to enter that
password before you can change it. Once you do this, you will be prompted to
enter a new password.

If the file does not contain a password, you will be prompted to enter a new
password.

In any case, whenever you enter a password in this field, asterisks are
displayed instead of the actual characters you are typing. This is a security
measure preventing bystanders from obtaining access to your password.

Enter up to 16 characters or numbers in the password field. (More than 16
characters can be entered, but this is not guaranteed to be supported in future
releases.) When you press OK, the entry field will clear, and you will be
prompted to re-enter the new password. This ensures that you have not
accidentally mistyped your password when you set it, which would prevent you
from being able to open the file thereafter.

Once you have re-entered the password and it has been verified, the password is
saved. However, you will still have to save the workbook file before it takes
effect.

To delete the password, open the Password panel and type in the current
password. When you are prompted to enter a new password, simply press the
Delete button. Another panel will appear, asking you if you really want the
password deleted. Click the Yes button on this panel to remove the password. To
prevent the password from being deleted, click the No button. Note that you
must re-save the workbook file after the password has been changed or removed
in order for these changes to take effect.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.5. Font Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Range  Font Font Palette... (Ctrl+Shift+F) to open the Palette.

This is a standard OS/2 control panel, which you can use to change the font of
title bars, file names on the Desktop, and so forth. See the OS/2 documentation
for more information about these features.

You can drop fonts onto a range of cells or onto a single cell to change its
font. See Typeface, font, and size for more information.

In addition, you can drop fonts onto the following areas of Mesa windows:

     Row and column headings

     Formula Bar

     Location display

     Status bar

 See The Mesa Application Window and Mesa File Windows for more information
 about these areas.

 This is a modeless control panel that stays available until you explicitly
 close it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.6. Formula Builder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Edit Formula Builder... () to open this panel.

Choose a category from the Categories browser to obtain a list of all the
functions in that category in the Functions browser.

   1. Choose @, Non-@, or Both to control what functions in a given category
      are listed. See @ and non-@ functions for more information.

   2. Choose a function from the Functions browser to see a description of the
      function and examples of its use.

   3. Press Insert to paste the function, along with a "dummy" argument list,
      into the Formula Bar. The first argument will automatically be selected,
      so you can press Insert and immediately enter the value of that argument.

 When multiple spellings of the same function are available (such as AVE() and
 AVERAGE()), there is usually only one spelling listed in the Functions
 browser.

 This is a modeless control panel. Check Float on Top? to make the Builder stay
 above the application window even when it is not the active window. Otherwise,
 the application window will move in front of the Builder when the application
 window is active.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.7. GoTo Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose Edit GoTo... (Ctrl+g) to open the GoTo panel. Enter the address of
whatever range you wish. You can also enter the name of a graphic to select it.

This is a modal dialog box that disappears when you are done with it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.8. History Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Whenever you perform an action in Mesa that has an MScript equivalent, the
appropriate MScript command is automatically recorded in this panel. This
behavior occurs whether the panel is open or not; you do not have to perform
any special actions to begin recording.

Choose Options Script Recorder (Ctrl+r) to open this panel. You can copy
MScript commands from this panel to the clipboard. You can then paste them into
any Script page in order to execute those commands.

Note that not all commands in Mesa have MScript equivalents, and so not every
action you perform will be recorded. However, any action that does have an
MScript equivalent will be recorded.

See Creating Scripts for more information about Mesa scripts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.9. License Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This panel appears when you run Mesa for the first time. You must enter the
license number that you received along with your copy of Mesa.

If you do not enter a valid license number, Mesa will run in demo mode. You
will have access to all Mesa features, but layer size will be limited to 32x32
cells.

Once you have entered a license number, Mesa remembers it and does not prompt
you further. This is true even for invalid licenses; if you enter an invalid
license and quit, Mesa will automatically start up in demo mode the next time
you launch it.

If you want to clear the license information so that you are prompted when you
next launch Mesa (for example, to replace an invalid license number with a
valid one), choose Options Clear License Information (Ctrl+r).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.10. Print Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This panel appears when the File Print... (Ctrl+p) command is chosen.

     Printer

      Select a printer from this list box. If your printer does not appear in
      this list, something is wrong with the print-driver configuration on your
      system.

     Margins

      Enter inches in these four fields. The size of the page is obtained from
      the OS/2 Print Options panel.

     Page Properties

        -  Scale

           Controls the scale of the printed document.

        -  Portrait

        -  Landscape

           Choose one of these buttons to control the orientation of the
           document.

        -  Row/column headers

           If this box is checked, the top and left of each page will be
           labelled with the column and row headings.

        -  Show grid

           If this box is checked, the grid will appear on the printer
           essentially as it does on the screen. If you want to print a grid in
           only part of the selected range, apply borders from Borders in the
           Range Settings view of the Selection Manager. See Range Settings.

     Options

      Opens the standard OS/2 Print Options panel.

     Print settings

        -  All

           Prints the entire selected range.

        -  From page to page

           Prints a subset of the full printout.

        -  Over, then down

        -  Down, then over

           Choose a setting to determine the order in which pages are printed.
           For example, if you are printing the range A1:Z100, and only 10
           columns and 20 rows fit on a single page, Over, then down prints
           A1:J20, K1:T20, etc.; while Down, then over prints A1:J20, A21:J40,
           etc.

     Page Headings

      Up to eight different text entries can be included with each report, and
      are printed on the four corners of the page and the centers of each side
      of the page.

      Headings can include the following special characters:

        -  &p   Page Number

        -  &n   Total Page Count

        -  &f   File Name

        -  &t   Print Time

        -  &d   Print Date

     Preview

      Opens the Mesa Print Preview Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.11. Print Preview Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This panel allows you to review the appearance of a workbook layer before it is
printed. Use the page buttons in the lower left corner of the panel to examine
the appearance of each page of the document as it would be printed. Click Print
to print the file or Cancel to close the panel without printing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.7.12. Save Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Choose File Save (Ctrl+s) to open this panel the first time you save a
workbook. Choose a destination drive, destination folder, and destination file
name. Once a workbook has been saved once, Save uses the prior settings without
re-opening the Save panel. Use File Save As... (Ctrl+Shift+S) to change these
default settings.

This is the standard OS/2 save panel. It is a modal dialog box that disappears
when you are done with it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.8. Warnings and Errors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

!/0 - Dividing by zero

Occurs when zero (0) is used as the divisor in a formula.

![]? - Bad array element

Occurs when a formula or other illegal array element is included in an array.

!ADR -Cannot calculate address

Occurs when the string parameter cannot be converted to an address. See
ADDRESS, @ADDRESS for more information.

!CHE - Choose error

Occurs when the choose value is out of bounds. See CHOOSE, @CHOOSE.

!CIRC - Circular reference

Occurs whenever a cell refers to its own value, directly or indirectly. See
Recalculating values for related information.

!DPE - Depreciation error

Occurs when one of the depreciation functions, such as DDB(), SLN(), or SYD(),
is used with invalid arguments. See Financial functions for more information.

!DSPBE - Data shape pasteboard error

Occurs when the size and shape of the source range for a Paste or Paste Special
operation is incompatible with the size and shape of the destination range. See
Transferring data between ranges for more details.

!DTPBE - Data type pasteboard error

Occurs when the contents of the clipboard are incompatible with the Paste or
Paste Special operation being performed.

!ELME - Element error

Occurs when the index arguments to ELEMENT() are out of bounds. See ELEMENT,
@ELEMENT.

!FSFNF - File not found

Occurs when the file system returns a "file not found" error.

!FSPNF - Path not found

Occurs when the file system returns a "path not found" error.

!FSTMF - Too many files

Occurs when the file system returns a "too many files open" error.

!FSAD - Access denied

Occurs when the file system returns an "access to files denied" error.

!FSOFE - File not opened

!FUFTE - File type unknown

Occurs when a reference is made to a file of unknown type.

!FUSFTE - Unsupported file format

Occurs when a reference is made to a file type that Mesa does not support.

!GEN - General error

This error value is returned when an error occurs that is not described by some
other error value.

!INDE - Index error

Occurs when the index function is not given a range or address argument. See
INDEX.

!IRR - Internal Rate of Return error

Cannot calculate internal rate of return. See IRR for more information.

!LNF - Label not found error

Occurs when a formula refers to a range label that does not exist. Mesa will
often interpret items in a formula as labels if they cannot be otherwise
interpreted, so this error may be generated by mis-typing a cell address or
constant, for example.

!LUE - Lookup error

Occurs when an incorrect lookup range is provided to the lookup functions, or
when data is not found. See Database and lookup functions for more information.

!MBE - Move to different layer error

Occurs when an attempt is made to move a range to a different layer. See Moving
a range.

!MDPBE - Mesa data pasteboard error

Occurs when the contents of the clipboard are not in Mesa format, and an
attempt is made to paste or perform some other operation on them that fails.

!MSE - Matrix size error

Occurs when the matrix arguments to a matrix function are the wrong size - for
example, if two matrices are being multiplied and the number of columns in one
matrix does not equal the number of rows in the other. See Matrix functions for
more information.

!NA - Not Available

This is a special error condition you can use to indicate missing information.
It is otherwise generated only by reference to a !NA error.

!NCRF - Not cell reference

Occurs when a cell reference is required as an argument.

!NDPBE - Incompatible pasteboard error

Occurs when the contents of the clipboard are unrecognizable, and any attempt
is made to include them in a Mesa file.

!NFE - Not found error

Occurs when the FIND() function fails to find the appropriate data. See FIND,
@FIND.

!NFR - Not a formula

This error is generated when a non-formula is passed to Mesa's parser. It
should not occur with user input.

!NM( - No matching parenthesis

Occurs when a right parenthesis is used in a formula without an associated left
parenthesis.

!NM[ - No matching bracket

Occurs when a closing right bracket is used in a formula without an associated
left bracket.

!NM{ - No matching brace

Occurs when a right brace is used in a formula without an associated left
brace.

!NPRM - Wrong number of parameters

Occurs whenever a function is used with the wrong number of arguments, or when
the maximum number of arguments is exceeded.

!NTLE - Number too large error

!PAR - Parse error

Occurs whenever cell contents cannot be interpreted by Mesa, and another error
condition does not apply.

!P1 - Parse error 1

Parse error: Expecting string, number, constant, label, or function.

!P2 - Parse error 2

Parse Error: Expecting binary operator, comma, semicolon, or paren.

!PRO - Protection error

Occurs whenever an attempt is made to edit a protected cell or range.

!RAT - Rate error

Cannot calculate rate. See RATE for more information.

!ROL - Read-only layer error

Occurs whenever an attempt is made to edit a protected layer.

!ROM - Read-only file error

Occurs whenever an attempt is made to edit a protected file.

!RTF - Real time feed

Occurs when the FEED() function attempts to retrieve unavailable data. This may
be due to a problem with the formula or a problem with the real-time feed. See
Real-time data feeds and FEED, @FEED for more information.

!SAME - Same error

Occurs when the SAME() function refers to a cell without a formula, or when
over 60 levels of SAME() functions are used. See SAME, @SAME.

!SME - Singular matrix error

Occurs when a singular matrix is used as an argument where something else was
expected. A singular matrix is a matrix containing ones and zeroes that is
identical to its own inverse; for example:

1 0 0

0 1 0

0 0 1

!SUF - Stack underflow

Occurs whenever a function requires more arguments than are available.

!TYPE - Wrong input type

Occurs when the input type for a cell has been constrained, and input of the
wrong type is entered. See Constraining input for more information.

!U?, - Unexpected comma

!U?; - Unexpected semicolon


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9. License Agreement: Mesa for OS/2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

   1. Definitions

   2. Copyright/Proprietary Protection

   3. License Restrictions

   4. Grant of Nontransferable License

   5. Limited Warranty

   6. General

   7. TradeMark

   8. U.S. Government Restricted Rights

   9. No Liability for Consequential Damages


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.1. Definitions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following definitions apply to the terms as they appear in this agreement.

     Athena means Athena Design, Inc., a Rhode Island Corporation.

     Software means the specified version of the computer program identified
      above, it's associated files, and all updates to the computer program.
      The term also includes all copies of any part of the computer program.

     Documentation means the user's manual(s) and all other printed or
      electronic materials accompanying the Software.

     Product means the Software and Documentation.

     License means the Athena Design, Inc. Mesa` 2 for OS/2 License Agreement.

     License Number means the unique identifier of the user as encoded in the
      Software or accompanying the Software.

     You or Your means anyone who acquires or uses this Product.

     Use means loading the Software into RAM or installing it on a hard disk
      or other storage device.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.2. Copyright/Proprietary Protection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This Product is owned by Athena and is protected by United States and
international copyright laws and international treaty provisions. All
intellectual property rights in and to the Product are retained by Athena. You
must treat the Product like any other copyrighted material, except to the
extent that this License provides to the contrary. Your right to use the
Product and License Number terminates automatically if you breach any term of
this License. In the event of termination, you must immediately destroy all
copies of the Product and License Number or return them to Athena.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.3. Grant of Nontransferable License ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Athena grants you one nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use the Product
and License Number according to the terms set forth in this Agreement. This
License is granted only to the original party acquiring the product. Athena
reserves all rights not expressly granted to you. This License determines your
rights with respect to the Software. You may:

     Install binary copies of the Software.

     Distribute complete, unaltered binary copies of the Software.

     Use the License Number on only one machine, used by one end user.

 If you are the registered owner of a License Number issued by Athena, you may
 use the Software in its full feature mode. You agree not to disclose your
 License Number to anyone other than Athena Customer Support. You understand
 the License Number is valuable and you agree to take all reasonable
 precautions to protect it as you would any other confidential information.

 You understand that the issuance of License Numbers is the method by which
 Athena controls the right to use the Software in its full feature mode, and is
 compensated for its work in developing the Product. You further understand
 that disclosure of your License Number in violation of this License might
 enable unauthorized persons to use the Software in its full feature mode,
 without any compensation to Athena. You agree that if you disclose your
 License Number, by omission or commission, in violation of this License, you
 will pay Athena, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to $500 for each
 person who is found to have used your License Number (i.e., not only the
 person to whom you disclosed them, but also anyone to whom your License Number
 was passed along), plus all investigative fees and expenses incurred by Athena
 in determining the extent of unauthorized use and all attorneys' fees incurred
 by Athena in enforcing its rights. You understand that this License shall be
 construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
 Massachusetts and you agree to submit to the jurisdiction of all courts in the
 Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 The Software may be used in the demonstration mode and be copied in binary
 form without payment of any license fees to Athena if you agree and abide by
 this License.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.4. License Restrictions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You may not:

     Translate the Software.

     Merge the Software with another program or modify the Software, except as
      may be specifically described in the Documentation. Any modifications to
      the Software are subject to this License.

     Reverse-engineer, disassemble, decompile, or make any attempt to discover
      the source code of the Software.

     Sublicense, rent or lease any portion of the Product.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.5. Limited Warranty ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Athena represents and warrants that for a period of 90 days from your receipt
of the Product: (1) the disks on which the Software is distributed will be free
from defects in materials and workmanship; and (2) the Software in full feature
mode will perform substantially in accordance with the Documentation. Any
written or oral information or advice given by Athena dealers, distributors,
agents or employees will in no way increase the scope of this warranty.

If the Product fails to comply with the warranty set forth above, Athena's
entire liability and your exclusive remedy will be replacement of the disk(s)
or, at Athena's option, Athena's reasonable effort to make the Product meet the
warranty set forth above; provided, that if Athena is unable to make the
Product meet such a warranty within a reasonable time, Athena may, at its sole
option, refund the purchase price you paid for the Product. This limited
warranty applies only if you return all copies of the Product, along with a
copy of your paid invoice, to the place of purchase within 90 days of the date
of invoice. Product must be in its original condition complete with all
packaging material and manuals. Any replacement Product will be warranted for
the remainder of the original 90-day warranty period or for 30 days from the
date you received the replacement, whichever is longer. These remedies are not
available outside of the United States and Canada.

EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE, THE PRODUCT IS LICENSED AS IS, AND
ATHENA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANYFITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON
HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY MAY LAST, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS LIMITED LIABILITY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS.
YOU MAY HAVE OTHERS, WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.6. No Liability for Consequential Damages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Athena's cumulative liability to you or any other party for any loss or damages
resulting from any claims, demands, or actions arising out of or relating to
this License shall not exceed the purchase price of the Product. In no event
shall Athena or its suppliers be liable for any indirect, incidental,
consequential, special, or exemplary damages or lost profits damages whatsoever
(including, without limitation, damages for business interruption, loss of
information, or other pecuniary loss) arising out of the use of or inability to
use the Product, even if Athena has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. The foregoing limitations of warranty and liability inure to
the benefit of Athena's licensors having an interest in the Product.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.7. General ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Athena product support is available to you only through Athena's registered
users warranty service and extended support services. To receive these
services, you must follow the directions accompanying the registration card for
the Product.

This license constitutes the entire agreement between you and Athena concerning
the Product. Athena hereby objects to all other prior and contemporaneous
provisions of any purchase order, receipt, acceptance, confirmation or
correspondence.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.8. TradeMark ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MESA is a registered trademark of Athena. No right, license, or interest to
such trademark is granted hereunder, and you agree that no such right, license,
or interest shall be asserted by you with respect to such trademark.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.9.9. U.S. Government Restricted Rights ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 If you are acquiring the Product on behalf of any unit or agency of the U.S.
Government, the following shall apply: The Government acknowledges Athena's
representation that the Product was developed at private expense and no part of
them is in the public domain. (a) For units of the Department of Defense:
Restricted Rights Legend: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is
subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights
in Technical Data Clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. (b) For civilian agencies:
Restricted Rights Legend: Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to the
restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial
Software - REstricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19 and the limitations set
forth in Athena's standard commercial agreement for the Software.
Contractor/manufacturer is Athena Design, Inc., 17 Saint Mary's Court,
Brookline, MA 02146.